TWI666233B - Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, and semiconductor device - Google Patents

Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, and semiconductor device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI666233B
TWI666233B TW107112595A TW107112595A TWI666233B TW I666233 B TWI666233 B TW I666233B TW 107112595 A TW107112595 A TW 107112595A TW 107112595 A TW107112595 A TW 107112595A TW I666233 B TWI666233 B TW I666233B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
general formula
bis
compound
acid
Prior art date
Application number
TW107112595A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201825557A (en
Inventor
頼末友裕
笹野大輔
中村光孝
井上泰平
Original Assignee
日商旭化成股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商旭化成股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商旭化成股份有限公司
Publication of TW201825557A publication Critical patent/TW201825557A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI666233B publication Critical patent/TWI666233B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Structures Or Materials For Encapsulating Or Coating Semiconductor Devices Or Solid State Devices (AREA)
  • Internal Circuitry In Semiconductor Integrated Circuit Devices (AREA)
  • Formation Of Insulating Films (AREA)
  • Phenolic Resins Or Amino Resins (AREA)
  • Polyamides (AREA)
  • Polyoxymethylene Polymers And Polymers With Carbon-To-Carbon Bonds (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種能夠獲得於高溫保存(high temperature storage)試驗後於Cu層與硬化後之感光性樹脂層接觸之界面處不會產生空隙而密接性較高之樹脂層的感光性樹脂組合物、使用該感光性樹脂組合物之硬化浮凸圖案之形成方法、及具有該硬化浮凸圖案而成之半導體裝置。 本發明之感光性樹脂組合物藉由於具有特定結構之感光性樹脂組合物中調配具有羰基之環狀化合物,而能夠形成於高溫保存試驗後與Cu層接觸之界面處之空隙產生被抑制的硬化膜。The present invention provides a photosensitive resin composition capable of obtaining a resin layer having high adhesion without causing voids at the interface between the Cu layer and the cured photosensitive resin layer after a high temperature storage test. A method for forming a hardened relief pattern using the photosensitive resin composition, and a semiconductor device having the hardened relief pattern. Since the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has a cyclic compound having a carbonyl group prepared in the photosensitive resin composition having a specific structure, it is possible to form a hardened cavity at the interface where the Cu layer is in contact with the Cu layer after a high-temperature storage test. membrane.

Description

感光性樹脂組合物、硬化浮凸圖案之製造方法及半導體裝置Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, and semiconductor device

本發明係關於一種用於形成例如電子零件之絕緣材料、及半導體裝置中之鈍化膜、緩衝塗膜、層間絕緣膜等之浮凸圖案的感光性樹脂組合物、使用其之硬化浮凸圖案之形成方法、及半導體裝置。The present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition for forming embossed patterns such as insulating materials for electronic parts, and passivation films, buffer coating films, and interlayer insulating films in semiconductor devices, and hardened embossed patterns using the same. Formation method and semiconductor device.

先前,電子零件之絕緣材料、及半導體裝置之鈍化膜、表面保護膜、層間絕緣膜等係使用兼具優異之耐熱性、電氣特性及機械特性之聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并㗁唑樹脂、酚樹脂等。該聚醯亞胺樹脂之中,以感光性聚醯亞胺前驅物組合物之形式提供者藉由該組合物之塗佈、曝光、顯影、及利用固化而進行之熱醯亞胺化處理,可容易地形成耐熱性之浮凸圖案皮膜。此種感光性聚醯亞胺前驅物組合物與先前之非感光型聚醯亞胺材料相比具有能夠大幅縮減步驟之特徵。 另外,半導體裝置(以下亦稱為「元件」)根據目的而藉由各種方法安裝於印刷基板。先前之元件一般而言係藉由利用細導線自元件之外部端子(焊墊)連接至引線框架之打線接合法製作。然而,於元件之高速化發展而動作頻率已達到GHz之今日,安裝中之各端子之配線長度之差異甚至會影響到元件之動作。因此,於高端用途之元件之安裝中,必須精確控制安裝配線之長度,若利用打線接合則難以滿足該要求。 因此,提出有倒裝晶片安裝,即,於半導體晶片之表面形成再配線層,並於其上形成凸塊(電極)後,將該晶片翻面(倒裝)而直接安裝於印刷基板(例如參照專利文獻1)。該倒裝晶片安裝由於可精確控制配線距離,故而用於處理高速信號之高端用途之元件,或由於安裝尺寸較小,故而用於行動電話等,其需求急遽擴大。於倒裝晶片安裝中使用聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑、酚樹脂等材料之情形時,待形成該樹脂層之圖案後,經過金屬配線層形成步驟。金屬配線層通常係對樹脂層表面進行電漿蝕刻而使表面粗化後,藉由濺鍍以1 μm以下之厚度形成成為鍍覆之籽晶層之金屬層後,以該金屬層為電極,藉由電解鍍覆而形成。此時,一般使用Ti作為成為籽晶層之金屬,使用Cu作為藉由電解鍍覆而形成之再配線層之金屬。 針對此種金屬再配線層,要求再配線之金屬層與樹脂層之密接性於可靠性試驗後較高。作為此處進行之可靠性試驗,例如可列舉:於空氣中、125℃以上之高溫下保存100小時以上之高溫保存試驗;組裝配線並一面施加電壓,一面確認於空氣中、125℃左右之溫度下保存100小時以上之狀態下之動作的高溫動作試驗;於空氣中將-65~-40℃左右之低溫狀態與125~150℃左右之高溫狀態以週期加以反覆之溫度週期試驗;於溫度85℃以上且濕度85%以上之水蒸氣環境下保存之高溫高濕保存試驗;組裝配線並一面施加電壓一面進行相同之試驗的高溫高濕偏壓試驗;於空氣中或氮氣下複數次通過260℃之回流焊爐之回流焊試驗等。 然而,先前於上述可靠性試驗中之高溫保存試驗之情形時,存在試驗後於再配線之Cu層與樹脂層接觸之界面處產生空隙之問題。若於Cu層與樹脂層之界面處產生空隙,則兩者之密接性降低。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]日本專利特開2001-338947號公報Previously, polyimide resins and polybenzoxazole resins, which had excellent heat resistance, electrical properties, and mechanical properties, were used as insulating materials for electronic parts, and passivation films, surface protective films, and interlayer insulating films for semiconductor devices. , Phenol resin, etc. Among the polyfluorene imine resins, a thermal polyimide treatment performed by coating, exposing, developing, and curing the composition in the form of a photosensitive polyimide precursor composition, A heat-resistant embossed pattern film can be easily formed. Such a photosensitive polyfluorene imide precursor composition has a feature that it can significantly reduce the number of steps compared with a conventional non-photosensitive polyfluorine imide material. In addition, a semiconductor device (hereinafter also referred to as a “device”) is mounted on a printed circuit board by various methods depending on the purpose. The previous components are generally manufactured by wire bonding using thin wires to connect from the external terminals (pads) of the component to the lead frame. However, with the rapid development of components and the operating frequency has reached GHz, the difference in the wiring length of each terminal during installation may even affect the operation of the component. Therefore, in the installation of high-end components, it is necessary to accurately control the length of the installation wiring. If wire bonding is used, it is difficult to meet this requirement. Therefore, flip-chip mounting is proposed, that is, a redistribution layer is formed on the surface of a semiconductor wafer and bumps (electrodes) are formed thereon, and then the wafer is flipped (flip-mounted) and directly mounted on a printed substrate (for example, See Patent Document 1). The flip-chip mounting is used for high-end signal processing components because it can precisely control the wiring distance, or because of the small mounting size, it is used in mobile phones, etc., and its demand is rapidly expanding. When materials such as polyimide, polybenzoxazole, and phenol resin are used in flip-chip mounting, after the pattern of the resin layer is formed, a metal wiring layer forming step is performed. The metal wiring layer is usually formed by plasma-etching the surface of the resin layer to roughen the surface, and then forming a metal layer as a seed layer for plating by sputtering to a thickness of 1 μm or less, and then using the metal layer as an electrode. It is formed by electrolytic plating. At this time, Ti is generally used as a metal to be a seed layer, and Cu is used as a metal of a redistribution layer formed by electrolytic plating. For such a metal redistribution layer, the adhesion between the metal layer and the resin layer required for redistribution is high after the reliability test. Examples of the reliability test performed here include: a high-temperature storage test stored in the air at a high temperature of 125 ° C or higher for 100 hours or more; the wiring is assembled, and the voltage is confirmed in the air at a temperature of about 125 ° C. High temperature operation test of the operation under the state of storage for more than 100 hours; a temperature cycle test in which the low temperature state of about -65 to -40 ° C and the high temperature state of about 125 to 150 ° C are repeated in cycles; at a temperature of 85 High temperature and high humidity storage test stored under water vapor environment above ℃ and humidity above 85%; Assemble the wiring and perform the same test under high temperature and high humidity bias voltage while applying voltage; pass the test in air or nitrogen multiple times at 260 ℃ Reflow soldering test in a reflow oven. However, in the case of the high-temperature storage test in the reliability test described above, there was a problem that voids were generated at the interface where the Cu layer and the resin layer contacted with each other after the test. When voids are generated at the interface between the Cu layer and the resin layer, the adhesion between the two is reduced. [Prior Art Document] [Patent Document] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-338947

[發明所欲解決之問題] 本發明係鑒於此種先前實際情況研究所得者,其目的在於提供一種能夠獲得於高溫保存(high temperature storage)試驗後於Cu層與硬化後之感光性樹脂層接觸之界面處不會產生空隙而密接性較高之樹脂層的感光性樹脂組合物、使用該感光性樹脂組合物之硬化浮凸圖案之形成方法、及具有該硬化浮凸圖案而成之半導體裝置。 [解決問題之技術手段] 本發明者等人發現,藉由於感光性樹脂組合物中調配具有羰基之環狀化合物,可獲得能夠形成即便於銅或銅合金之上而變色抑制亦優異之硬化膜的感光性樹脂組合物,從而完成本發明。即,本發明如下所述。 [1]一種感光性樹脂組合物,其包含: (A)選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺酸鹽、聚羥基醯胺、聚胺基醯胺、聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑、以及酚醛清漆、聚羥基苯乙烯及酚樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種樹脂:100質量份; (B)選自由如下化合物所組成之群中之至少一種化合物:以上述(A)樹脂100質量份為基準計0.01~10質量份,該化合物係具有2個以上之羰基之環狀化合物,且上述羰基直接鍵結於上述環狀結構,於單環化合物之情形時,形成環結構之原子之1/3以上為N原子,於縮合環化合物之情形時,形成具有上述羰基之上述環結構之原子之1/3以上為N原子;以及 (C)感光劑:以上述(A)樹脂100質量份為基準計1~50質量份。 [2]如[1]記載之感光性樹脂組合物,其中上述(A)樹脂為選自由包含下述通式(1)之聚醯亞胺前驅物、包含下述通式(4)之聚醯胺、包含下述通式(5)之聚㗁唑前驅物、包含下述通式(6)之聚醯亞胺、以及酚醛清漆、聚羥基苯乙烯及包含下述通式(7)之酚樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種。 下述通式(1)為 [化1]{式中,X1 為4價之有機基,Y1 為2價之有機基,n1 為2~150之整數,並且R1 及R2 分別獨立為氫原子、碳數1~30之飽和脂肪族基、芳香族基、或下述通式(2): [化2](式中,R3 、R4 及R5 分別獨立為氫原子或碳數1~3之有機基,並且m1 為2~10之整數)所表示之1價之有機基、或碳數1~4之飽和脂肪族基、或下述通式(3): [化3](式中,R6 、R7 及R8 分別獨立為氫原子或碳數1~3之有機基,並且m2 為2~10之整數)所表示之一價之銨離子}所表示之作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯或聚醯胺酸鹽, 下述通式(4)為具有 [化4]{式中,X2 為碳數6~15之3價之有機基,Y2 為碳數6~35之2價之有機基,且可為同一結構或具有複數種結構,R9 為具有至少一個碳數3~20之自由基聚合性之不飽和鍵結基的有機基,並且n2 為1~1000之整數} 所表示之結構之聚醯胺, 下述通式(5)為具有 [化5]{式中,Y3 為具有碳原子之4價之有機基,Y4 、X3 及X4 分別獨立為具有2個以上之碳原子之2價之有機基,n3 為1~1000之整數,n4 為0~500之整數,n3 /(n3 +n4 )>0.5,並且包含X3 及Y3 之n3 個二羥基二醯胺單元以及包含X4 及Y4 之n4 個二醯胺單元之排列順序為任意} 所表示之結構之作為聚㗁唑前驅物之聚羥基醯胺, 下述通式(6)為具有 [化6]{式中,X5 為4~14價之有機基,Y5 為2~12價之有機基,R10 及R11 分別獨立地表示具有至少一個選自酚性羥基、磺酸基或硫醇基中之基的有機基,n5 為3~200之整數,並且m3 及m4 表示0~10之整數} 所表示之結構之聚醯亞胺,並且 下述通式(7)為 [化7]{式中,a為1~3之整數,b為0~3之整數,1≦(a+b)≦4,R12 表示選自由碳數1~20之1價之有機基、鹵素原子、硝基及氰基所組成之群中之1價之取代基,於b為2或3之情形時,複數個R12 相互可相同或亦可不同,X表示選自由可具有不飽和鍵之碳數2~10之2價之脂肪族基、碳數3~20之2價之脂環式基、下述通式(8): [化8](式中,p為1~10之整數)所表示之2價之伸烷氧基、及具有碳數6~12之芳香族環之2價之有機基所組成之群中之2價之有機基}所表示之酚樹脂。 [3]如[1]或[2]記載之感光性樹脂組合物,其中上述感光性樹脂組合物包含具有上述通式(7)所表示之重複單元之酚樹脂,上述通式(7)中之X為選自由下述通式(9): [化9]{式中,R13 、R14 、R15 及R16 分別獨立為氫原子、碳數1~10之1價之脂肪族基、或氫原子之一部分或全部被取代為氟原子而成之碳數1~10之1價之脂肪族基,n6 為0~4之整數,且n6 為1~4之整數之情形時之R17 為鹵素原子、羥基、或碳數1~12之1價之有機基,至少1個R17 為羥基,n6 為2~4之整數之情形時之複數個R17 相互可相同或亦可不同}所表示之2價之基、及下述通式(10): [化10]{式中,R18 、R19 、R20 及R21 分別獨立表示氫原子、碳數1~10之1價之脂肪族基、或氫原子之一部分或全部被取代為氟原子而成之碳數1~10之1價之脂肪族基,W為單鍵、選自由可經氟原子取代之碳數1~10之脂肪族基、可經氟原子取代之碳數3~20之脂環式基、下述通式(8): [化11](式中,p為1~10之整數)所表示之2價之伸烷氧基、及下述式(11): [化12]所表示之2價之基所組成之群中之2價之基}所表示之2價之基所組成之群中之2價之有機基。 [4]一種硬化浮凸圖案之製造方法,其包括: (1)藉由於基板上塗佈如[1]至[3]中任一項記載之感光性樹脂組合物而於上述基板上形成感光性樹脂層之步驟; (2)對上述感光性樹脂層進行曝光之步驟; (3)將上述曝光後之感光性樹脂層進行顯影而形成浮凸圖案之步驟;及 (4)藉由對上述浮凸圖案進行加熱處理而形成硬化浮凸圖案之步驟。 [5]如[4]記載之方法,其中上述基板係由銅或銅合金形成。 [6]一種半導體裝置,其包含藉由如[4]或[5]記載之製造方法所獲得之硬化浮凸圖案。 [發明之效果] 根據本發明,藉由將特定之感光性樹脂與特定之化合物加以組合,而可提供一種能夠獲得於高溫保存(high temperature storage)試驗後於Cu層與聚醯亞胺層之界面處不會產生空隙而密接性較高之感光性樹脂的感光性樹脂組合物、使用該感光性樹脂組合物之硬化浮凸圖案之形成方法、及具有該硬化浮凸圖案而成之半導體裝置。[Problems to be Solved by the Invention] The present invention is made in view of such previous actual situation research, and the object of the present invention is to provide a contact between the Cu layer and the cured photosensitive resin layer after a high temperature storage test. A photosensitive resin composition of a resin layer having high adhesion without causing voids at the interface, a method for forming a hardened relief pattern using the photosensitive resin composition, and a semiconductor device having the hardened relief pattern . [Technical means to solve the problem] The present inventors have found that by preparing a cyclic compound having a carbonyl group in a photosensitive resin composition, a cured film that is excellent in discoloration suppression even on copper or a copper alloy can be obtained. The photosensitive resin composition thus completed the present invention. That is, the present invention is as follows. [1] A photosensitive resin composition comprising: (A) selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamidate, polyamidate, polyhydroxyamidoamine, polyamidoamine, polyamidoamine, 100% by mass of at least one resin in the group consisting of polyamidoimine, polyamidoimide, polybenzoxazole, and novolac, polyhydroxystyrene, and phenol resin; (B) selected from the following compounds At least one compound in the group: 0.01 to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the above (A) resin, the compound is a cyclic compound having two or more carbonyl groups, and the carbonyl group is directly bonded to the above For a cyclic structure, in the case of a monocyclic compound, more than 1/3 of the atoms forming the ring structure are N atoms; in the case of a condensed ring compound, more than 1/3 of the atoms forming the ring structure having the carbonyl group are N atom; and (C) photosensitizer: 1 to 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the above (A) resin. [2] The photosensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the (A) resin is selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor containing the following general formula (1) and a polymer containing the following general formula (4) Amidine, a polyoxazole precursor containing the following general formula (5), a polyoximide containing the following general formula (6), and a novolak, polyhydroxystyrene, and a compound containing the following general formula (7) At least one of the group consisting of a phenol resin. The following general formula (1) is [Chemical Formula 1] {In the formula, X 1 is a tetravalent organic group, Y 1 is a divalent organic group, n 1 is an integer of 2 to 150, and R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom and a saturated carbon number of 1 to 30. Aliphatic group, aromatic group, or the following general formula (2): [化 2] (Wherein R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m 1 is an integer of 2 to 10) a monovalent organic group represented by 1 or a carbon number 1 A saturated aliphatic group of ∼4, or the following general formula (3): (Wherein R 6 , R 7, and R 8 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m 2 is an integer of 2 to 10). The polyamidate precursor, polyamidate, polyamidate, or polyamidate, the following general formula (4) has the formula [Chem. 4] {In the formula, X 2 is a trivalent organic group having 6 to 15 carbons, Y 2 is a divalent organic group having 6 to 35 carbons, and may be the same structure or have a plurality of structures, and R 9 is a compound having at least A radical polymerizable unsaturated organic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and n 2 is an integer of 1 to 1000} Polyamine having a structure represented by the following formula (5):化 5] {In the formula, Y 3 is a tetravalent organic group having a carbon atom, Y 4 , X 3, and X 4 are each independently a divalent organic group having two or more carbon atoms, and n 3 is an integer from 1 to 1,000. , n 4 is an integer of 0 to 500., n 3 / (n 3 + n 4)> 0.5, and comprises X 3 and Y 3 of n 3 dihydroxy two Amides unit and comprising X n 4 and Y 4 of 4 The order of the arrangement of the diamidine units is arbitrary. Polyhydroxyamidine, which is a polyoxazole precursor, having a structure represented by}, the following general formula (6) has the formula [Chem. 6] {In the formula, X 5 is a 4- to 14-valent organic group, Y 5 is a 2- to 12-valent organic group, and R 10 and R 11 each independently have at least one selected from a phenolic hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a thiol. In the organic group of the group, n 5 is an integer of 3 to 200, and m 3 and m 4 represent an integer of 0 to 10}. Polyimide having a structure represented by}, and the following general formula (7) is [化 7] {In the formula, a is an integer of 1 to 3, b is an integer of 0 to 3, 1 ≦ (a + b) ≦ 4, and R 12 represents a monovalent organic group selected from a carbon number of 1 to 20, a halogen atom, and a nitro group. A monovalent substituent in a group consisting of cyano and cyano. When b is 2 or 3, a plurality of R 12 may be the same as or different from each other. X represents a group selected from the carbon number 2 which may have an unsaturated bond. Divalent aliphatic group of ~ 10, divalent alicyclic group of 3 to 20 carbon number, and the following general formula (8): [化 8] (In the formula, p is an integer of 1 to 10.) The divalent organic group represented by a divalent alkoxy group represented by a divalent group and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Phenol resin. [3] The photosensitive resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the photosensitive resin composition includes a phenol resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (7), and the general formula (7) X is selected from the following general formula (9): {In the formula, R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a carbon in which a part or all of a hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom A monovalent aliphatic group of 1 to 10, when n 6 is an integer of 0 to 4, and when n 6 is an integer of 1 to 4, R 17 is a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a carbon number of 1 to 12 Valence organic group, when at least one R 17 is a hydroxyl group, and n 6 is an integer of 2 to 4, a plurality of R 17 may be the same as or different from each other} The divalent group represented by} and the following general formula (10): [化 10] {In the formula, R 18 , R 19 , R 20 and R 21 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a carbon in which a part or all of a hydrogen atom is replaced with a fluorine atom A monovalent aliphatic group of 1 to 10, W is a single bond, an alicyclic formula selected from an aliphatic group of 1 to 10 carbons that can be substituted by a fluorine atom, and a carbon number of 3 to 20 that can be substituted by a fluorine atom. And the following general formula (8): (Wherein p is an integer of 1 to 10) and a divalent alkoxy group represented by the following formula (11): [化 12] The divalent base in the group consisting of the divalent base represented} the divalent organic group in the group consisting of the divalent base represented by the divalent base}. [4] A method for producing a hardened relief pattern, comprising: (1) forming a photosensitive layer on the substrate by coating the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3] on the substrate; (2) a step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer; (3) a step of developing the photosensitive resin layer after the exposure to form a relief pattern; and (4) a step of The step of heating the embossed pattern to form a hardened embossed pattern. [5] The method according to [4], wherein the substrate is formed of copper or a copper alloy. [6] A semiconductor device including a hardened relief pattern obtained by the manufacturing method according to [4] or [5]. [Effects of the Invention] According to the present invention, by combining a specific photosensitive resin and a specific compound, it is possible to provide a Cu layer and a polyimide layer which can be obtained after a high temperature storage test. Photosensitive resin composition of photosensitive resin having no adhesion at interface and high adhesion, method for forming hardened relief pattern using the photosensitive resin composition, and semiconductor device having the hardened relief pattern .

關於本發明,以下進行具體說明。再者,本說明書中,於通式中以同一符號表示之結構在分子中存在複數個之情形時,相互可相同或亦可不同。 <感光性樹脂組合物> (態樣A) 本發明係以如下成分作為必須成分,即,(A)選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯胺酸鹽、聚羥基醯胺、聚胺基醯胺、聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑、以及酚醛清漆、聚羥基苯乙烯及酚樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種樹脂:100質量份、(B)具有羰基之環狀化合物:以(A)樹脂100質量份為基準計0.01~10質量份、(C)感光劑:以(A)樹脂100質量份為基準計1~50質量份。 (A)樹脂 對本發明中所使用之(A)樹脂進行說明。本發明之(A)樹脂係以選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺酸鹽、聚羥基醯胺、聚胺基醯胺、聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑、以及酚醛清漆、聚羥基苯乙烯及酚樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種樹脂作為主成分。此處,所謂主成分意指含有占樹脂整體60質量%以上之該等樹脂,較佳為含有80質量%以上。又,視需要亦可含有其他樹脂。 該等樹脂之重量平均分子量就熱處理後之耐熱性、機械特性之觀點而言,以基於凝膠滲透層析法之聚苯乙烯換算計,較佳為200以上,更佳為5,00以上。上限較佳為500,000以下,於製成感光性樹脂組合物之情形時,就於顯影液中之溶解性之觀點而言,更佳為20,000以下。 本發明中,為了形成浮凸圖案,(A)樹脂為感光性樹脂。感光性樹脂係與下述(C)感光劑一併使用而成為感光性樹脂組合物,於其後之顯影步驟中引起溶解或未溶解之現象的樹脂。 作為感光性樹脂,於聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺酸鹽、聚羥基醯胺、聚胺基醯胺、聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑、以及包含酚醛清漆、聚羥基苯乙烯之酚樹脂之中,就熱處理後之樹脂之耐熱性、機械特性優異之方面而言,可較佳地使用聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺酸鹽、聚醯胺、聚羥基醯胺、聚醯亞胺及酚樹脂。又,該等感光性樹脂可根據所需用途而選擇與下述(C)感光劑一起製備負型或正型之任意感光性樹脂組合物等。 [(A)聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺酸鹽] 本發明之感光性樹脂組合物中,就耐熱性及感光特性之觀點而言最佳之(A)樹脂之一例為上述通式(1): [化13]{式中,X1 為4價之有機基,Y1 為2價之有機基,n1 為2~150之整數,R1 及R2 分別獨立為氫原子、碳數1~30之飽和脂肪族基、或上述通式(2): [化14](式中,R3 、R4 及R5 分別獨立為氫原子或碳數1~3之有機基,並且m1 為2~10之整數)所表示之1價之有機基、或碳數1~4之飽和脂肪族基}所表示之1價之有機基;或下述通式(3): [化15](式中,R6 、R7 及R8 分別獨立為氫原子或碳數1~3之有機基,並且m2 為2~10之整數)所表示之一價之銨離子}所表示之作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯或聚醯胺酸鹽。 聚醯亞胺前驅物藉由實施加熱(例如200℃以上)環化處理而轉化為聚醯亞胺。聚醯亞胺前驅物適用於負型感光性樹脂組合物用。 上述通式(1)中,X1 所表示之4價之有機基就兼具耐熱性與感光特性之方面而言,較佳為碳數6~40之有機基,更佳為-COOR1 基及-COOR2 基與-CONH-基相互位於鄰位之芳香族基、或脂環式脂肪族基。作為X1 所表示之4價之有機基,較佳為含有芳香族環之碳原子數6~40之有機基,更佳為列舉下述式(30): [化16]{式中,R25為選自氫原子、氟原子、C1~C10之烴基、C1~C10之含氟烴基之1價之基,l為選自0~2之整數,m為選自0~3之整數,n為選自0~4之整數} 所表示之結構,但並不限定於該等。又,X1 之結構可為1種,亦可為2種以上之組合。具有上述式所表示之結構之X1 基就兼具耐熱性與感光特性之方面而言尤佳。 上述通式(1)中,Y1 所表示之2價之有機基就兼具耐熱性與感光特性之方面而言,較佳為碳數6~40之芳香族基,例如可列舉下述式(31): [化17]{式中,R25為選自氫原子、氟原子、C1~C10之烴基、C1~C10之含氟烴基之1價之基,n為選自0~4之整數} 所表示之結構,但並不限定於該等。又,Y1 之結構可為1種,亦可為2種以上之組合。具有上述式(31)所表示之結構之Y1 基就兼具耐熱性與感光特性之方面而言尤佳。 上述通式(2)中之R3 較佳為氫原子或甲基,R4 及R5 就感光特性之觀點而言,較佳為氫原子。又,m1 就感光特性之觀點而言,為2以上且10以下之整數,較佳為2以上且4以下之整數。 於使用聚醯亞胺前驅物作為(A)樹脂之情形時,作為對感光性樹脂組合物賦予感光性之方式,可列舉酯鍵型與離子鍵型。前者係於聚醯亞胺前驅物之側鏈藉由酯鍵而導入具有光聚合性基、即烯烴性雙鍵之化合物的方法,後者係使聚醯亞胺前驅物之羧基與具有胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸系化合物之胺基經由離子鍵而鍵結從而賦予光聚合性基的方法。 上述酯鍵型之聚醯亞胺前驅物係藉由如下方式獲得,即,首先,使包含上述4價之有機基X1 之四羧酸二酐與具有光聚合性之不飽和雙鍵之醇類及任意之碳數1~4之飽和脂肪族醇類進行反應,而製備部分酯化之四羧酸(以下亦稱為酸/酯體)後,使其與包含上述2價之有機基Y1 之二胺類進行醯胺縮聚合。 (酸/酯體之製備) 本發明中,作為適於製備酯鍵型之聚醯亞胺前驅物之包含4價之有機基X1 之四羧酸二酐,可列舉以上述通式(30)所表示之四羧酸二酐為代表之例如均苯四甲酸二酐、二苯醚-3,3',4,4'-四羧酸二酐、二苯甲酮-3,3',4,4'-四羧酸二酐、聯苯基-3,3',4,4'-四羧酸二酐、二苯基碸-3,3',4,4'-四羧酸二酐、二苯基甲烷-3,3',4,4'-四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-苯二甲酸酐)丙烷、2,2-雙(3,4-苯二甲酸酐)-1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟丙烷等,較佳為列舉:均苯四甲酸二酐、二苯醚-3,3',4,4'-四羧酸二酐、二苯甲酮-3,3',4,4'-四羧酸二酐、聯苯基-3,3',4,4'-四羧酸二酐,但並不限定於該等。又,該等當然可單獨使用,但亦可將2種以上混合使用。 本發明中,作為適於製備酯鍵型之聚醯亞胺前驅物之具有光聚合性之不飽和雙鍵之醇類,例如可列舉:2-丙烯醯氧基乙醇、1-丙烯醯氧基-3-丙醇、2-丙烯醯胺基乙醇、羥甲基乙烯基酮、2-羥基乙基乙烯基酮、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-甲氧基丙酯、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-丁氧基丙酯、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-丁氧基丙酯、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-第三丁氧基丙酯、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-環己氧基丙酯、2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙醇、1-甲基丙烯醯氧基-3-丙醇、2-甲基丙烯醯胺基乙醇、羥甲基乙烯基酮、2-羥基乙基乙烯基酮、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-甲氧基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-丁氧基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-丁氧基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-第三丁氧基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-環己氧基丙酯等。 亦可於上述醇類中混合一部分作為碳數1~4之飽和脂肪族醇之例如甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第三丁醇等使用。 使上述本發明中適宜之四羧酸二酐與上述醇類於吡啶等鹼性觸媒之存在下,於如下所述之溶劑中,以溫度20~50℃攪拌4~10小時使之溶解、混合,藉此進行酸酐之酯化反應,而可獲得所需之酸/酯體。 (聚醯亞胺前驅物之製備) 對上述酸/酯體(典型而言為下述溶劑中之溶液),於冰浴冷卻下投入適宜之脫水縮合劑、例如二環碳二醯亞胺(例如二環己基碳二醯亞胺)、1-乙氧基羰基-2-乙氧基-1,2-二氫喹啉、1,1-羰基二氧基-二-1,2,3-苯并三唑、N,N'-二丁二醯亞胺基碳酸酯等加以混合而將酸/酯體製成聚酸酐後,於其中滴加投入另外使本發明中適宜使用之包含2價之有機基Y1 之二胺類溶解或分散於溶劑所得者,進行醯胺縮聚合,藉此可獲得目標聚醯亞胺前驅物。或者使用亞硫醯氯等而使上述酸/酯體中之酸部分進行醯氯化後,於吡啶等鹼存在下與二胺化合物反應,藉此可獲得目標聚醯亞胺前驅物。 作為本發明中適宜使用之包含2價之有機基Y1 之二胺類,可列舉以具有上述通式(31)所表示之結構之二胺為代表的例如對苯二胺、間苯二胺、4,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯硫醚、3,4'-二胺基二苯硫醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3'-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4'-二胺基聯苯、3,4'-二胺基聯苯、3,3'-二胺基聯苯、4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3'-二胺基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、 1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、4,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]醚、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]醚、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(3-胺基丙基二甲基矽烷基)苯、鄰聯甲苯胺碸、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀,及該等之苯環上之氫原子之一部分被甲基、乙基、羥基甲基、羥基乙基、鹵素等取代者,例如3,3'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、2,2'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、3,3'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,2'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3'-二甲氧基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、3,3'-二氯-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、2,2'-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、2,2'-雙(氟)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、4,4'-二胺基八氟聯苯等;較佳為列舉:對苯二胺、間苯二胺、4,4'-二胺基二苯醚、2,2'-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、2,2'-雙(氟)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、4,4'-二胺基八氟聯苯等、以及該等之混合物等,但並不限定於此。 又,為了提高藉由於基板上塗佈本發明之感光性樹脂組合物而於基板上形成之樹脂層與各種基板的密接性,於製備聚醯亞胺前驅物時,亦可與1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基)四苯基二矽氧烷等二胺基矽氧烷類進行共聚。 醯胺縮聚合反應結束後,視需要將共存於該反應液中之脫水縮合劑之吸水副產物過濾分離後,於所獲得之聚合物成分中投入水、脂肪族低級醇、或其混合液等不良溶劑而使聚合物成分析出,進而反覆進行再溶解、再沈澱析出操作等,藉此精製聚合物,並進行真空乾燥而單離目標聚醯亞胺前驅物。為了提高精製度,亦可使該聚合物之溶液通過填充有利用適宜之有機溶劑而膨潤之陰離子及/或陽離子交換樹脂的管柱而去除離子性雜質。 另一方面,上述離子鍵型之聚醯亞胺前驅物典型而言係使四羧酸二酐與二胺反應而獲得。於該情形時,上述通式(1)中之R1 及R2 中之至少一者為羥基。 作為四羧酸二酐,較佳為包含上述式(30)之結構之四羧酸之酸酐,作為二胺,較佳為包含上述式(31)之結構之二胺。藉由對所獲得之聚醯胺前驅物添加下述具有胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸系化合物,而利用羧基與胺基之離子鍵結而賦予光聚合性基。 作為具有胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸系化合物,例如較佳為丙烯酸二甲胺基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸二甲胺基乙酯、丙烯酸二乙胺基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸二乙胺基乙酯、丙烯酸二甲胺基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸二甲胺基丙酯、丙烯酸二乙胺基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸二乙胺基丙酯、丙烯酸二甲胺基丁酯、甲基丙烯酸二甲胺基丁酯、丙烯酸二乙胺基丁酯、甲基丙烯酸二乙胺基丁酯、等丙烯酸二烷基胺基烷基酯或甲基丙烯酸二烷基胺基烷基酯,其中,就感光特性之觀點而言,較佳為胺基上之烷基之碳數為1~10、烷基鏈之碳數為1~10的丙烯酸二烷基胺基烷基酯或甲基丙烯酸二烷基胺基烷基酯。 關於該等具有胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸系化合物之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份而為1~20質量份,就光感度特性之觀點而言,較佳為2~15質量份。相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,藉由調配作為(C)感光劑之具有胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸系化合物1質量份以上而光感度優異,藉由調配20質量份以下而厚膜硬化性優異。 關於上述酯鍵型及上述離子鍵型之聚醯亞胺前驅物之分子量,於以基於凝膠滲透層析法之聚苯乙烯換算重量平均分子量之形式測定之情形時,較佳為8,000~150,000,更佳為9,000~50,000。於重量平均分子量為8,000以上之情形時機械物性良好,於為150,000以下之情形時於顯影液中之分散性良好,且浮凸圖案之解像性能良好。作為凝膠滲透層析法之展開溶劑,推薦使用四氫呋喃及N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮。又,重量平均分子量係根據使用標準單分散聚苯乙烯所製作之校準曲線而求出。作為標準單分散聚苯乙烯,推薦自昭和電工公司製造之有機溶劑系標準試樣STANDARD SM-105中選擇。 [(A)聚醯胺] 本發明之感光性樹脂組合物中之較佳之(A)樹脂之另一例為具有下述通式(4): [化18]{式中,X2 為碳數6~15之3價之有機基,Y2 為碳數6~35之2價之有機基,且可為同一結構或具有複數種結構,R9 為具有至少一個碳數3~20之自由基聚合性之不飽和鍵結基的有機基,並且n2 為1~1000之整數} 所表示之結構之聚醯胺。該聚醯胺適用於負型感光性樹脂組合物用。 上述通式(4)中,作為R9 所表示之基,就兼具感光特性與耐化學品性之方面而言,較佳為下述通式(32) [化19]{式中,R32 為具有至少一個碳數2~19之自由基聚合性之不飽和鍵結基的有機基} 所表示之基。 上述通式(4)中,作為X2 所表示之3價之有機基,較佳為碳數6~15之3價之有機基,例如較佳為選自下述式(33): [化20]所表示之基中之芳香族基,進而更佳為自胺基取代間苯二甲酸結構中去除羧基及胺基所得之芳香族基。 上述通式(4)中,作為Y2 所表示之2價之有機基,較佳為碳數6~35之有機基,進而更佳為具有1~4個可經取代之芳香族環或脂肪族環之環狀有機基、或者不具有環狀結構之脂肪族基或矽氧烷基。作為Y2 所表示之2價之有機基,可列舉下述通式(I)及下述通式(34)、(35): [化21][化22]{式中,R33 及R34 分別獨立為選自由羥基、甲基(-CH3 )、乙基(-C2 H5 )、丙基(-C3 H7 )或丁基(-C4 H9 )所組成之群中之一種基,並且該丙基及丁基包括各種異構物} [化23]{式中,m7 為0~8之整數,m8 及m9 分別獨立為0~3之整數,m10 及m11 分別獨立為0~10之整數,並且R35 及R36 為甲基(-CH3 )、乙基(-C2 H5 )、丙基(-C3 H7 )、丁基(-C4 H9 )或該等之異構物}。 關於不具有環狀結構之脂肪族基或矽氧烷基,作為其較佳者,可列舉下述通式(36): [化24]{式中,m12 為2~12之整數,m13 為1~3之整數,m14 為1~20之整數,並且R37 、R38 、R39 及R40 分別獨立為碳數1~3之烷基或可經取代之苯基}。 本發明之聚醯胺樹脂例如可藉由如下方式合成。 (苯二甲酸化合物封端體之合成) 第一步,使具有3價之芳香族基X2 之化合物、例如選自由經胺基取代之鄰苯二甲酸、經胺基取代之間苯二甲酸及經胺基取代之對苯二甲酸所組成之群中之至少1種以上之化合物(以下稱為「苯二甲酸化合物」)1莫耳、和會與胺基反應之化合物1莫耳進行反應,而合成該苯二甲酸化合物之胺基經下述包含自由基聚合性之不飽和鍵之基修飾、封端的化合物(以下稱為「苯二甲酸化合物封端體」)。該等可單獨使用,亦可混合使用。 若成為苯二甲酸化合物經上述包含自由基聚合性之不飽和鍵之基封端的結構,則可對聚醯胺樹脂賦予負型之感光性(光硬化性)。 作為包含自由基聚合性之不飽和鍵之基,較佳為具有碳數3~20之自由基聚合性之不飽和鍵結基的有機基,尤佳為包含甲基丙烯醯基或丙烯醯基之基。 上述苯二甲酸化合物封端體可藉由使苯二甲酸化合物之胺基、與具有至少一個碳數3~20之自由基聚合性之不飽和鍵結基的醯氯、異氰酸酯或環氧化合物等進行反應而獲得。 作為適宜之醯氯,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯氯、2-[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基]乙醯氯、3-[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基]丙醯氯、氯甲酸2-[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基]乙酯、氯甲酸3-[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基]酯等。作為適宜之異氰酸酯,可列舉:異氰酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、異氰酸1,1-雙[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基]乙酯、異氰酸2-[2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基]乙酯等。作為適宜之環氧化合物,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。該等可單獨使用,亦可混合使用,但尤佳為使用甲基丙烯醯氯及/或異氰酸2-(甲基丙烯醯氧基)乙酯。 進而,作為該等苯二甲酸化合物封端體,苯二甲酸化合物為5-胺基間苯二甲酸者可獲得不僅感光特性優異且加熱硬化後之膜特性亦優異之聚醯胺,因此較佳。 上述封端反應可藉由於吡啶等鹼性觸媒或二月桂酸二正丁基錫等錫系觸媒之存在下,將苯二甲酸化合物與封端劑視需要於如下所述之溶劑中攪拌溶解、混合而進行。 醯氯等根據封端劑之種類而會於封端反應之過程中生成副產物氯化氫。於該情形時,為了防止對以後之步驟造成污染,較佳為適當進行精製,即,暫且使之於水中再沈澱並水洗乾燥、或使之通過填充有離子交換樹脂之管柱而去除減少離子成分等。 (聚醯胺之合成) 使上述苯二甲酸化合物封端體與具有2價之有機基Y2 之二胺化合物於吡啶或三乙胺等鹼性觸媒之存在下,於如下所述之溶劑中混合而使之進行醯胺縮聚合,藉此可獲得本發明之聚醯胺。 作為醯胺縮聚合方法,可列舉:使用脫水縮合劑而使苯二甲酸化合物封端體成為對稱聚酸酐後與二胺化合物混合之方法、或藉由已知方法使苯二甲酸化合物封端體實現醯氯化後與二胺化合物混合之方法、使二羧酸成分與活性酯化劑於脫水縮合劑之存在下反應而實現活性酯化後與二胺化合物混合之方法等。 作為脫水縮合劑,例如作為較佳者,可列舉:二環己基碳二醯亞胺、1-乙氧基羰基-2-乙氧基-1,2-二氫喹啉、1,1'-羰基二氧基-二-1,2,3-苯并三唑、N,N'-二丁二醯亞胺基碳酸酯等。 作為氯化劑,可列舉亞硫醯氯等。 作為活性酯化劑,可列舉:N-羥基丁二醯亞胺或1-羥基苯并三唑、N-羥基-5-降&#158665;烯-2,3-二羧醯亞胺、2-羥基亞胺基-2-氰基乙酸乙酯、2-羥基亞胺基-2-氰基乙醯胺等。 作為具有有機基Y2 之二胺化合物,較佳為選自由芳香族二胺化合物、芳香族雙胺基苯酚化合物、脂環式二胺化合物、直鏈脂肪族二胺化合物、矽氧烷二胺化合物所組成之群中之至少一種二胺化合物,視需要亦可併用複數種。 作為芳香族二胺化合物,可列舉:對苯二胺、間苯二胺、4,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯硫醚、3,4'-二胺基二苯硫醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3'-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4'-二胺基聯苯、3,4'-二胺基聯苯、3,3'-二胺基聯苯、4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3'-二胺基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、 3,3'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4'-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]醚、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]醚、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(3-胺基丙基二甲基矽烷基)苯、鄰聯甲苯胺碸、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、以及該等之苯環上之氫原子之一部被選自由甲基、乙基、羥基甲基、羥基乙基及鹵素原子所組成之群中之1種以上之基取代的二胺化合物。 作為該苯環上之氫原子被取代的二胺化合物之例,可列舉:3,3'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、2,2'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、3,3'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,2'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3'-二甲氧基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、3,3'-二氯-4,4'-二胺基聯苯基等。 作為芳香族雙胺基苯酚化合物,可列舉:3,3'-二羥基聯苯胺、3,3'-二胺基-4,4'-二羥基聯苯、3,3'-二羥基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙-(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙-(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙-(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、3,3'-二羥基-4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3'-二羥基-4,4'-二胺基二苯醚、4,4'-二羥基-3,3'-二胺基二苯醚、2,5-二羥基-1,4-二胺基苯、4,6-二胺基間苯二酚、1,1-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)環己烷、4,4-(α-甲基亞苄基)-雙(2-胺基苯酚)等。 作為脂環式二胺化合物,可列舉:1,3-二胺基環戊烷、1,3-二胺基環己烷、1,3-二胺基-1-甲基環己烷、3,5-二胺基-1,1-二甲基環己烷、1,5-二胺基-1,3-二甲基環己烷、1,3-二胺基-1-甲基-4-異丙基環己烷、1,2-二胺基-4-甲基環己烷、1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,4-二胺基-2,5-二乙基環己烷、1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,4-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、2-(3-胺基環戊基)-2-丙基胺、薄荷烷二胺、異佛爾酮二胺、降&#158665;烷二胺、1-環庚烯-3,7-二胺、4,4'-亞甲基雙(環己基胺)、4,4'-亞甲基雙(2-甲基環己基胺)、1,4-雙(3-胺基丙基)哌&#134116;、3,9-雙(3-胺基丙基)-2,4,8,10-四氧雜螺-[5,5]-十一烷等。 作為直鏈脂肪族二胺化合物,可列舉:1,2-二胺基乙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷、1,6-二胺基己烷、1,8-二胺基辛烷、1,10-二胺基癸烷、1,12-二胺基十二烷等烴型二胺、或2-(2-胺基乙氧基)乙基胺、2,2'-(乙二氧基)二乙基胺、雙[2-(2-胺基乙氧基)乙基]醚等環氧烷型二胺等。 作為矽氧烷二胺化合物,可列舉二甲基(聚)矽氧烷二胺,例如信越化學工業製造之商標名PAM-E、KF-8010、X-22-161A等。 醯胺縮聚合反應結束後,視需要將反應液中所析出之源自脫水縮合劑之析出物等過濾分離。繼而,於反應液中投入水或脂肪族低級醇或其混合液等聚醯胺之不良溶劑而使聚醯胺析出。進而,使所析出之聚醯胺再次溶解於溶劑,反覆實施再沈澱析出操作,藉此進行精製,並進行真空乾燥,而單離目標聚醯胺。再者,為了進一步提高精製度,可使該聚醯胺之溶液通過填充有離子交換樹脂之管柱而去除離子性雜質。 聚醯胺之基於凝膠滲透層析法(以下稱為「GPC」)之聚苯乙烯換算重量平均分子量較佳為7,000~70,000,進而更佳為10,000~50,000。若聚苯乙烯換算重量平均分子量為7,000以上,則確保硬化浮凸圖案之基本物性。又,若聚苯乙烯換算重量平均分子量為70,000以下,則確保形成浮凸圖案時之顯影溶解性。 作為GPC之溶離液,推薦使用四氫呋喃或N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮。又,重量平均分子量值係根據使用標準單分散聚苯乙烯所製作之校準曲線而求出。作為標準單分散聚苯乙烯,推薦自昭和電工製造之有機溶劑系標準試樣STANDARD SM-105中選擇。 [(A)聚羥基醯胺] 本發明之感光性樹脂組合物中之較佳之(A)樹脂之另一例為具有下述通式(5): [化25]{式中,Y3 為具有碳原子之4價之有機基,較佳為具有2個以上之碳原子之4價之有機基,Y4 、X3 及X4 分別獨立為具有2個以上之碳原子之2價之有機基,n3 為1~1000之整數,n4 為0~500之整數,n3 /(n3 +n4 )>0.5,並且包含X3 及Y3 之n3 個二羥基二醯胺單元以及包含X4 及Y4 之n4 個二醯胺單元之排列順序為任意}所表示之結構之聚羥基醯胺(聚㗁唑前驅物(以下有時將上述通式(5)所表示之聚羥基醯胺簡稱為「聚㗁唑前驅物」))。 聚㗁唑前驅物為具有上述通式(5)中之n3 個二羥基二醯胺單元(以下有時簡稱為二羥基二醯胺單元)之聚合物,亦可具有上述通式(5)中之n4 個二醯胺單元(以下有時簡稱為二醯胺單元)。 X3 之碳原子數基於獲得感光特性之目的而較佳為2個以上且40個以下,X4 之碳原子數基於獲得感光特性之目的而較佳為2個以上且40個以下,Y3 之碳原子數基於獲得感光特性之目的而較佳為2個以上且40個以下,並且Y4 之碳原子數基於獲得感光特性之目的而較佳為2個以上且40個以下。 該二羥基二醯胺單元可藉由使具有Y3 (NH2 )2 (OH)2 之結構之二胺基二羥基化合物(較佳為雙胺基苯酚)與具有X3 (COOH)2 之結構之二羧酸進行合成而形成。以下,以上述二胺基二羥基化合物為雙胺基苯酚之情形為例而說明典型態樣。該雙胺基苯酚之2組胺基與羥基分別相互位於鄰位,該二羥基二醯胺單元於約250~400℃之加熱下閉環而轉化為耐熱性之聚㗁唑結構。通式(5)中之n3 基於獲得感光特性之目的而為1以上,且基於獲得感光特性之目的而為1000以下。n3 較佳為2~1000之範圍,更佳為3~50之範圍,最佳為3~20之範圍。 視需要亦可於聚㗁唑前驅物上縮合n4 個上述二醯胺單元。該二醯胺單元可藉由使具有Y4 (NH2 )2 之結構之二胺與具有X4 (COOH)2 之結構之二羧酸進行合成而形成。通式(5)中之n4 為0~500之範圍,藉由n4 為500以下而獲得良好之感光特性。n4 更佳為0~10之範圍。若二醯胺單元相對於二羥基二醯胺單元之比率過高,則於用作顯影液之鹼性水溶液中之溶解性降低,因此通式(5)中之n3 /(n3 +n4 )之值超過0.5,更佳為0.7以上,最佳為0.8以上。 關於作為具有Y3 (NH2 )2 (OH)2 之結構之二胺基二羥基化合物的雙胺基苯酚,例如可列舉:3,3'-二羥基聯苯胺、3,3'-二胺基-4,4'-二羥基聯苯、4,4'-二胺基-3,3'-二羥基聯苯、3,3'-二胺基-4,4'-二羥基二苯基碸、4,4'-二胺基-3,3'-二羥基二苯基碸、雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)丙烷、4,4'-二胺基-3,3'-二羥基二苯甲酮、3,3'-二胺基-4,4'-二羥基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二胺基-3,3'-二羥基二苯醚、3,3'-二胺基-4,4'-二羥基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基-2,5-二羥基苯、1,3-二胺基-2,4-二羥基苯、1,3-二胺基-4,6-二羥基苯等。該等雙胺基苯酚可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用。作為該雙胺基苯酚中之Y3 基,就感光特性之方面而言,較佳為下述式(37): [化26]{式中,Rs1與Rs2分別獨立地表示氫原子、甲基、乙基、丙基、環戊基、環己基、苯基、三氟甲基}所表示者。 又,作為具有Y4 (NH2 )2 之結構之二胺,可列舉芳香族二胺、矽二胺等。其中,作為芳香族二胺,例如可列舉:間苯二胺、對苯二胺、2,4-甲苯二胺、3,3'-二胺基二苯醚、3,4'-二胺基二苯醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯硫醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯基酮、4,4'-二胺基二苯基酮、3,4'-二胺基二苯基酮、2,2'-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2'-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、4-甲基-2,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)-1-戊烯、 4-甲基-2,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)-2-戊烯、1,4-雙(α,α-二甲基-4-胺基苄基)苯、亞胺基二對苯二胺、1,5-二胺基萘、2,6-二胺基萘、4-甲基-2,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)戊烷、5(或6)-胺基-1-(4-胺基苯基)-1,3,3-三甲基茚滿、雙(對胺基苯基)氧化膦、4,4'-二胺基偶氮苯、4,4'-二胺基二苯基脲、4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]二苯甲酮、4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)二苯基碸、4,4'-雙[4-(α,α-二甲基-4-胺基苄基)苯氧基]二苯甲酮、4,4'-雙[4-(α,α-二甲基-4-胺基苄基)苯氧基]二苯基碸、4,4'-二胺基聯苯、 4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮、苯基茚滿二胺、3,3'-二甲氧基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、3,3'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、鄰甲苯胺碸、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯氧基苯基)丙烷、雙(4-胺基苯氧基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基苯氧基苯基)硫醚、1,4-(4-胺基苯氧基苯基)苯、1,3-(4-胺基苯氧基苯基)苯、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4'-二-(3-胺基苯氧基)二苯基碸、4,4'-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺等、以及該等芳香族二胺之芳香核之氫原子被選自由氯原子、氟原子、溴原子、甲基、甲氧基、氰基及苯基所組成之群中之至少一種基或原子取代的化合物。 又,作為上述二胺,為了提高與基材之接著性而可選擇矽二胺。作為矽二胺之例,可列舉:雙(4-胺基苯基)二甲基矽烷、雙(4-胺基苯基)四甲基矽氧烷、雙(4-胺基苯基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(γ-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、1,4-雙(γ-胺基丙基二甲基矽烷基)苯、雙(4-胺基丁基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(γ-胺基丙基)四苯基二矽氧烷等。 又,作為具有X3 (COOH)2 或X4 (COOH)2 之結構之較佳之二羧酸,可列舉X3 及X4 分別為具有直鏈、支鏈或環狀結構之脂肪族基或芳香族基者。其中,較佳為可含有芳香族環或脂肪族環之碳原子數2個以上且40個以下之有機基,X3 及X4 分別可較佳地自下述式(38): [化27]{式中,R41 表示選自由-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-NHCO-及-C(CF3 )2 -所組成之群中之2價之基} 所表示之芳香族基中進行選擇,該等於感光特性之方面較佳。 聚㗁唑前驅物亦可為末端基經特定之有機基封端者。於使用經封端基封端之聚㗁唑前驅物之情形時,有望使本發明之感光性樹脂組合物之加熱硬化後之塗膜之機械物性(尤其伸長率)及硬化浮凸圖案形狀變得良好。作為此種封端基之較佳例,可列舉下述式(39): [化28]所表示者。 聚㗁唑前驅物之基於凝膠滲透層析法之聚苯乙烯換算重量平均分子量較佳為3,000~70,000,更佳為6,000~50,000。該重量平均分子量就硬化浮凸圖案之物性之觀點而言,較佳為3,000以上。又,就解像性之觀點而言,較佳為70,000以下。作為凝膠滲透層析法之展開溶劑,推薦使用四氫呋喃、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮。又,分子量係根據使用標準單分散聚苯乙烯所製作之校準曲線而求出。作為標準單分散聚苯乙烯,推薦自昭和電工公司製造之有機溶劑系標準試樣STANDARD SM-105中選擇。 [(A)聚醯亞胺] 本發明之感光性樹脂組合物中之較佳之(A)樹脂之另一例為具有上述通式(6): [化29]{式中,X5 表示4~14價之有機基,Y5 表示2~12價之有機基,R10 及R11 表示具有至少一個選自酚性羥基、磺酸基或硫醇基中之基的有機基,且可相同或亦可不同,n5 為3~200之整數,並且m3 及m4 為0~10之整數} 所表示之結構之聚醯亞胺。此處,通式(6)所表示之樹脂於表現充分之膜特性時無需藉由熱處理步驟而產生化學變化,因此適合於更低溫下進行處理,就該方面而言尤佳。 上述通式(6)所表示之結構單元中之X5 較佳為碳數4~40之4價~14價之有機基,就兼具耐熱性與感光特性之方面而言,進而較佳為含有芳香族環或脂肪族環之碳原子數5~40之有機基。 上述通式(6)所表示之聚醯亞胺可使四羧酸、對應之四羧酸二酐、四羧酸二酯二氯化物等與二胺、對應之二異氰酸酯化合物、三甲基矽烷基化二胺進行反應而獲得。聚醯亞胺一般而言可藉由使作為由四羧酸二酐與二胺反應獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物之一者的聚醯胺酸經過利用加熱或酸或鹼等進行之化學處理而發生脫水閉環而獲得。 作為適宜之四羧酸二酐,可列舉:均苯四甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯基四羧酸二酐、2,3,3',4'-聯苯基四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-聯苯基四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二無水物、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二無水物、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二無水物、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二無水物、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二無水物、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)甲烷二無水物、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)碸二無水物、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)醚二無水物、1,2,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、9,9-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)茀酸二酐、 9,9-雙{4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基}茀酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,3,5,6-吡啶四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二無水物等芳香族四羧酸二酐、或丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸二酐等脂肪族四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐及下述通式(40): [化30]{式中,R42 表示選自氧原子、C(CF3 )2 、C(CH3 )2 或SO2 中之基,並且R43 及R44 可相同或亦可不同,且表示選自氫原子、羥基或硫醇基中之基}所表示之化合物。 該等之中,較佳為3,3',4,4'-聯苯基四羧酸二酐、2,3,3',4'-聯苯基四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-聯苯基四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二無水物、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二無水物、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二無水物、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二無水物、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二無水物、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)甲烷二無水物、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)碸二無水物、 雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)醚二無水物、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二無水物、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、9,9-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)茀酸二酐、9,9-雙{4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基}茀酸二酐及下述通式(41) [化31]{式中,R45 表示選自氧原子、C(CF3 )2 、C(CH3 )2 或SO2 中之基,並且R46 及R47 可相同或亦可不同,且表示選自氫原子、羥基或硫醇基中之基}所表示之結構之酸二酐。該等可單獨使用或2種以上組合使用。 上述通式(6)之Y5 表示二胺之結構成分,作為該二胺,表示含有芳香族環或脂肪族環之2~12價之有機基,其中較佳為碳原子數5~40之有機基。 作為二胺之具體例,可列舉:3,4'-二胺基二苯醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,4'-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯硫醚、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、苯炔、間苯二胺、對苯二胺、1,5-萘二胺、2,6-萘二胺、雙(4-胺基苯氧基苯基)碸、雙(3-胺基苯氧基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙{4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基}醚、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、2,2'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、2,2'-二乙基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、3,3'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、 3,3'-二乙基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、2,2',3,3'-四甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、3,3',4,4'-四甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、2,2'-二(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀或該等之芳香族環經烷基或鹵素原子取代的化合物、或者脂肪族之環己基二胺、亞甲基雙環己基胺、及下述通式(42): [化32]{式中,R48 表示選自氧原子、C(CF3 )2 、C(CH3 )2 或SO2 中之基,並且R49 ~R52 可相同或亦可不同,且表示選自氫原子、羥基或硫醇基中之基}所表示之結構之二胺等。 該等之中,較佳為3,4'-二胺基二苯醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,4'-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯硫醚、間苯二胺、P-苯二胺、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、及下述通式(43): [化33]{式中,R53 表示選自氧原子、C(CF3 )2 、C(CH3 )2 或SO2 中之基,並且R54 ~R57 可相同或亦可不同,且表示選自氫原子、羥基或硫醇基中之基} 所表示之結構之二胺。 該等之中,尤佳為3,4'-二胺基二苯醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、及下述通式(44): [化34]{式中,R58 表示選自氧原子、C(CF3 )2 、C(CH3 )2 或SO2 中之基,並且R59 及R60 可相同或亦可不同,且表示選自氫原子、羥基或硫醇基中之基} 所表示之結構之二胺。該等可單獨使用或2種以上組合使用。 通式(6)之R10 及R11 表示酚性羥基、磺酸基、或硫醇基。本發明中,作為R10 及R11 ,可使酚性羥基、磺酸基及/或硫醇基混合存在。 藉由控制R10 及R11 之鹼可溶性基之量,於鹼性水溶液中之溶解速度發生變化,因此可藉由該調整而獲得具有適度之溶解速度之感光性樹脂組合物。 進而,為了提高與基板之接著性,亦可於不會降低耐熱性之範圍內與作為X5 、Y5 之具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基進行共聚。具體而言,可列舉與1~10莫耳%之作為二胺成分之雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等進行有共聚者等。 上述聚醯亞胺可利用如下等方法獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物後,利用採用已知之醯亞胺化反應法使該聚醯亞胺前驅物完全醯亞胺化之方法、或中途停止醯亞胺化反應而導入一部分醯亞胺結構(於該情形時為聚醯胺醯亞胺)之方法、或藉由將完全醯亞胺化之聚合物與該聚醯亞胺前驅物進行摻合而導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法進行合成,上述獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物之方法如下:例如使四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物(一部分經作為單胺之末端封端劑取代)於低溫下反應;使四羧酸二酐(一部分經作為酸酐或單醯氯化合物或單活性酯化合物之末端封端劑取代)與二胺化合物於低溫下反應;由四羧酸二酐與醇而獲得二酯,其後與二胺(一部分經作為單胺之末端封端劑取代)於縮合劑之存在下反應;由四羧酸二酐與醇而獲得二酯,其後將剩餘之二羧酸進行醯氯化,使之與二胺(一部分經作為單胺之末端封端劑取代)反應。 上述聚醯亞胺較佳為以相對於構成感光性樹脂組合物之樹脂整體而醯亞胺化率為15%以上之方式具有聚醯亞胺。進而較佳為20%以上。此處所謂醯亞胺化率係指構成感光性樹脂組合物之樹脂整體中所存在之醯亞胺化之比率。若醯亞胺化率低於15%,則熱硬化時之收縮量變大,不適於厚膜製作。 醯亞胺化率可藉由以下方法而容易地算出。首先,測定聚合物之紅外線吸收光譜,確認存在源自聚醯亞胺之醯亞胺結構之吸收波峰(1780 cm-1附近、1377 cm-1附近)。繼而,於350℃下對該聚合物進行1小時之熱處理,測定熱處理後之紅外線吸收光譜,將1377 cm-1附近之波峰強度與熱處理前之強度進行比較,藉此算出熱處理前聚合物中之醯亞胺化率。 關於上述聚醯亞胺之分子量,於以基於凝膠滲透層析法之聚苯乙烯換算重量平均分子量之形式測定之情形時,較佳為3,000~200,000,更佳為5,000~50,000。於重量平均分子量為3,000以上之情形時機械物性良好,於50,000以下之情形時於顯影液中之分散性良好,且浮凸圖案之解像性能良好。 作為凝膠滲透層析法之展開溶劑,推薦使用四氫呋喃及N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮。又,分子量係根據使用標準單分散聚苯乙烯所製作之校準曲線而求出。作為標準單分散聚苯乙烯,推薦自昭和電工公司製造之有機溶劑系標準試樣STANDARD SM-105中選擇。 進而,於本發明中,亦可較佳地使用酚樹脂。 [(A)酚樹脂] 本實施形態中之所謂酚樹脂意指具有包含酚性羥基之重複單元之樹脂。(A)酚樹脂於熱硬化時不發生如聚醯亞胺前驅物進行環化(醯亞胺化)之結構變化,因此具有能夠於低溫(例如250℃以下)下硬化之優點。 本實施形態中,(A)酚樹脂之重量平均分子量較佳為700~100,000,更佳為1,500~80,000,進而較佳為2,000~50,000。重量平均分子量就硬化膜之回流焊處理適用性之觀點而言,較佳為700以上,另一方面,就感光性樹脂組合物之鹼溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為100,000以下。 本文中之重量平均分子量之測定可藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)進行,根據使用標準聚苯乙烯所製作之校準曲線而算出。 (A)酚樹脂就於鹼性水溶液中之溶解性、形成抗蝕圖案時之感度與解像性、及硬化膜之殘留應力之觀點而言,較佳為選自酚醛清漆、聚羥基苯乙烯、具有下述通式(7): [化35]{式中,a為1~3之整數,b為0~3之整數,1≦(a+b)≦4,R12 表示選自由碳數1~20之1價之有機基、鹵素原子、硝基及氰基所組成之群中之1價之取代基,於b為2或3之情形時,複數個R12 相互可相同或亦可不同,X表示選自由可具有不飽和鍵之碳數2~10之2價之脂肪族基、碳數3~20之2價之脂環式基、下述通式(8): [化36](式中,p為1~10之整數)所表示之2價之伸烷氧基、及具有碳數6~12之芳香族環之2價之有機基所組成之群中之2價之有機基} 所表示之重複單元之酚樹脂、及經具有碳數4~100之不飽和烴基之化合物改性的酚樹脂中之至少一種酚樹脂。 (酚醛清漆) 本文中,所謂酚醛清漆意指藉由使酚類與甲醛於觸媒存在下進行縮合而獲得之聚合物全體。一般而言,酚醛清漆可使1莫耳之酚類與相對於該酚類而未達1莫耳之甲醛進行縮合而獲得。作為上述酚類,例如可列舉:苯酚、鄰甲酚、間甲酚、對甲酚、鄰乙基苯酚、間乙基苯酚、對乙基苯酚、鄰丁基苯酚、間丁基苯酚、對丁基苯酚、2,3-二甲苯酚、2,4-二甲苯酚、2,5-二甲苯酚、2,6-二甲苯酚、3,4-二甲苯酚、3,5-二甲苯酚、2,3,5-三甲基苯酚、3,4,5-三甲基苯酚、兒茶酚、間苯二酚、連苯三酚、α-萘酚、β-萘酚等。作為具體之酚醛清漆,例如可列舉:苯酚/甲醛縮合酚醛清漆樹脂、甲酚/甲醛縮合酚醛清漆樹脂、苯酚-萘酚/甲醛縮合酚醛清漆樹脂等。 酚醛清漆之重量平均分子量較佳為700~100,000,更佳為1,500~80,000,進而較佳為2,000~50,000。重量平均分子量就硬化膜之回流焊處理適用性之觀點而言,較佳為700以上,另一方面,就感光性樹脂組合物之鹼溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為100,000以下。 (聚羥基苯乙烯) 本文中,所謂聚羥基苯乙烯意指含有羥基苯乙烯作為聚合單元之聚合物全體。作為聚羥基苯乙烯之較佳例,可列舉聚對乙烯基苯酚。聚對乙烯基苯酚意指含有對乙烯基苯酚作為聚合單元之聚合物全體。因此,只要不違反本發明之目的,則可使用羥基苯乙烯(例如對乙烯基苯酚)以外之聚合單元來構成聚羥基苯乙烯(例如聚對乙烯基苯酚)。聚羥基苯乙烯中,以全部聚合單元之莫耳數基準計之羥基苯乙烯單元之莫耳數之比率較佳為10莫耳%~99莫耳%,更佳為20~97莫耳%,進而較佳為30~95莫耳%。於上述比率為10莫耳%以上之情形時,於感光性樹脂組合物之鹼溶解性之觀點而言有利,於99莫耳%以下之情形時,於使含有下述共聚成分之組合物硬化而成之硬化膜之回流焊適用性之觀點而言有利。羥基苯乙烯(例如對乙烯基苯酚)以外之聚合單元可為能夠與羥基苯乙烯(例如對乙烯基苯酚)進行共聚之任意之聚合單元。作為形成羥基苯乙烯(例如對乙烯基苯酚)以外之聚合單元的共聚成分,並無限定,可列舉:例如丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸羥基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸丁酯、丙烯酸辛酯、甲基丙烯酸2-乙氧基乙酯、丙烯酸第三丁酯、1,5-戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸N,N-二乙基胺基乙酯、乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,3-丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、癸二醇二丙烯酸酯、癸二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,4-環己二醇二丙烯酸酯、2,2-二羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸酯、甘油二丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、甘油三丙烯酸酯、2,2-二(對羥基苯基)丙烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、聚氧乙基-2-2-二(對羥基苯基)丙烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚氧丙基三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、丁二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,3-丙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、丁二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,3-丙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,2,4-丁三醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、2,2,4-三甲基-1,3-戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、1,2-二甲基丙烯酸1-苯基乙二酯、季戊四醇四甲基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、1,5-戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯及1,4-苯二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯之類的丙烯酸之酯;苯乙烯以及例如2-甲基苯乙烯及乙烯基甲苯之類的經取代之苯乙烯;例如丙烯酸乙烯酯及甲基丙烯酸乙烯酯之類的乙烯酯單體;以及鄰乙烯基苯酚、間乙烯基苯酚等。 又,作為上述說明之酚醛清漆及聚羥基苯乙烯,分別可單獨使用1種或將2種以上組合使用。 聚羥基苯乙烯之重量平均分子量較佳為700~100,000,更佳為1,500~80,000,進而較佳為2,000~50,000。重量平均分子量就硬化膜之回流焊處理適用性之觀點而言,較佳為700以上,另一方面,就感光性樹脂組合物之鹼溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為100,000以下。 (通式(7)所表示之酚樹脂) 本實施形態中,(A)酚樹脂亦較佳為包含具有下述通式(7): [化37]{式中,a為1~3之整數,b為0~3之整數,1≦(a+b)≦4,R12 表示選自由碳數1~20之1價之有機基、鹵素原子、硝基及氰基所組成之群中之1價之取代基,於b為2或3之情形時,複數個R12 相互可相同或亦可不同,X表示選自由可具有不飽和鍵之碳數2~10之2價之脂肪族基、碳數3~20之2價之脂環式基、下述通式(8): [化38](式中,p為1~10之整數)所表示之2價之伸烷氧基、及具有碳數6~12之芳香族環之2價之有機基所組成之群中之2價之有機基}所表示之重複單元之酚樹脂。具有上述重複單元之酚樹脂與例如先前使用之聚醯亞胺樹脂及聚苯并㗁唑樹脂相比能夠於低溫下硬化,且能夠形成具有良好之伸長率之硬化膜,於該方面而言特別有利。酚樹脂分子中所存在之上述重複單元可為1種或2種以上之組合。 上述通式(7)中,R12 就合成通式(7)之樹脂時之反應性之觀點而言為選自由碳數1~20之1價之有機基、鹵素原子、硝基及氰基所組成之群中之1價之取代基。R12 就鹼溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為選自由鹵素原子、硝基、氰基、可具有不飽和鍵之碳數1~10之脂肪族基、碳數6~20之芳香族基、及下述通式(45): [化39]{式中,R61 、R62 及R63 分別獨立表示氫原子、可具有不飽和鍵之碳數1~10之脂肪族基、碳數3~20之脂環式基、或碳數6~20之芳香族基,並且R64 表示可具有不飽和鍵之碳數1~10之2價之脂肪族基、碳數3~20之2價之脂環式基、或碳數6~20之2價之芳香族基}所表示之四種基所組成之群中之1價之取代基。 本實施形態中,上述通式(7)中,a為1~3之整數,但就鹼溶解性及伸長率之觀點而言,較佳為2。又,於a為2之情形時,羥基彼此之取代位置可為鄰位、間位及對位之任意位置。並且,於a為3之情形時,羥基彼此之取代位置可為1,2,3-位、1,2,4-位及1,3,5-位等任意位置。 本實施形態中,上述通式(7)中,於a為1之情形時,為了提高鹼溶解性,可對具有通式(7)所表示之重複單元之酚樹脂(以下亦稱為(a1)樹脂)進而混合選自酚醛清漆及聚羥基苯乙烯中之酚樹脂(以下亦稱為(a2)樹脂)。 (a1)樹脂與(a2)樹脂之混合比以質量比計較佳為(a1)/(a2)=10/90~90/10之範圍。該混合比就於鹼性水溶液中之溶解性、及硬化膜之伸長率之觀點而言,較佳為(a1)/(a2)=10/90~90/10,更佳為(a1)/(a2)=20/80~80/20,進而較佳為(a1)/(a2)=30/70~70/30。 關於作為上述(a2)樹脂之酚醛清漆及聚羥基苯乙烯,可使用與上述(酚醛清漆)及(聚羥基苯乙烯)項中所示者相同之樹脂。 本實施形態中,上述通式(7)中,b為0~3之整數,但就鹼溶解性及伸長率之觀點而言,較佳為0或1。又,於b為2或3之情形時,複數個R12 相互可相同或亦可不同。 進而,本實施形態中,上述通式(7)中,a及b滿足1≦(a+b)≦4之關係。 本實施形態中,上述通式(7)中,X就硬化浮凸圖案形狀、及硬化膜之伸長率之觀點而言為選自由可具有不飽和鍵之碳數2~10之2價之脂肪族基、碳數3~20之2價之脂環式基、上述通式(8)所表示之伸烷氧基、及具有碳數6~12之芳香族環之2價之有機基所組成之群中之2價之有機基。該等2價之有機基之中,就硬化後之膜之強韌性之觀點而言,X較佳為選自由下述通式(9): [化40]{式中,R13 、R14 、R15 及R16 分別獨立為氫原子、碳數1~10之1價之脂肪族基、或氫原子之一部分或全部被取代為氟原子而成之碳數1~10之1價之脂肪族基,n6 為0~4之整數,且n6 為1~4之整數之情形時之R17 為鹵素原子、羥基、或碳數1~12之1價之有機基,至少1個R17 為羥基,n6 為2~4之整數之情形時之複數個R17 相互可相同或亦可不同}所表示之2價之基、及下述通式(10): [化41]{式中,R18 、R19 、R20 及R21 分別獨立表示氫原子、碳數1~10之1價之脂肪族基、或氫原子之一部分或全部被取代為氟原子而成之碳數1~10之1價之脂肪族基,W為單鍵、選自由可經氟原子取代之碳數1~10之脂肪族基、可經氟原子取代之碳數3~20之脂環式基、下述通式(8): [化42](式中,p為1~10之整數)所表示之2價之伸烷氧基、及下述式(11): [化43]所表示之2價之基所組成之群中之2價之有機基}所表示之2價之基所組成之群中之2價之有機基。上述具有碳數6~12之芳香族環之2價之有機基X之碳數較佳為8~75,更佳為8~40。再者,上述具有碳數6~12之芳香族環之2價之有機基X之結構一般而言不同於上述通式(7)中之芳香環上鍵結有OH基及任意之R12 基之結構。 進而,上述通式(10)所表示之2價之有機基就樹脂組合物之圖案形成性、及硬化後之硬化膜之伸長率良好之觀點而言,更佳為下述式(12): [化44]所表示之2價之有機基,進而尤佳為下述式(13): [化45]所表示之2價之有機基。 通式(7)所表示之結構中,X尤佳為上述式(12)或(13)所表示之結構,X之以式(12)或(13)表示之結構所代表之部位之比率就伸長率之觀點而言,較佳為20質量%以上,更佳為30質量%以上。上述比率就組合物之鹼溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為80質量%以下,更佳為70質量%以下。 又,具有上述通式(7)所表示之結構之酚樹脂之中,就組合物之鹼溶解性、及硬化膜之伸長率之觀點而言,尤佳為於同一樹脂骨架內具有下述通式(14)所表示之結構及下述通式(15)所表示之結構該兩者的結構。 [化46]{式中,R21 為選自由烴基及烷氧基所組成之群中之碳數1~10之1價之基,n7 為2或3,n8 為0~2之整數,m5 為1~500之整數,2≦(n7 +n8 )≦4,於n8 為2之情形時,複數個R21 相互可相同或亦可不同} [化47]{式中,R22 及R23 分別獨立為選自由烴基及烷氧基所組成之群中之碳數1~10之1價之基,n9 為1~3之整數,n10 為0~2之整數,n11 為0~3之整數,m6 為1~500之整數,2≦(n9 +n10 )≦4,於n10 為2之情形時,複數個R22 相互可相同或亦可不同,於n11 為2或3之情形時,複數個R23 相互可相同或亦可不同} 上述通式(14)之m5 及上述通式(15)之m6 表示酚樹脂之主鏈中之各自之重複單元之總數。即,(A)酚樹脂中,例如上述通式(14)所表示之結構中之括弧內之重複單元與上述通式(15)所表示之結構中之括弧內之重複單元可以無規、嵌段或該等之組合之形式排列。m5 及m6 分別獨立為1~500之整數,下限值較佳為2,更佳為3,上限值較佳為450,更佳為400,進而較佳為350。m5 及m6 就硬化後之膜之強韌性之觀點而言,較佳為分別獨立為2以上,就於鹼性水溶液中之溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為450以下。m5 與m6 之合計就硬化後之膜之強韌性之觀點而言,較佳為2以上,更佳為4以上,進而較佳為6以上,就於鹼性水溶液中之溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為200以下,更佳為175以下,進而較佳為150以下。 於同一樹脂骨架內具有上述通式(14)所表示之結構及上述通式(15)所表示之結構該兩者的(A)酚樹脂中,上述通式(14)所表示之結構之莫耳比率越高,則硬化後之膜物性越良好,耐熱性亦越優異,另一方面,上述通式(15)所表示之結構之莫耳比率越高,則鹼溶解性越良好,硬化後之圖案形狀越優異。因此,上述通式(14)所表示之結構相對於上述通式(15)所表示之結構的比率m5 /m6 就硬化後之膜物性之觀點而言,較佳為20/80以上,更佳為40/60以上,尤佳為50/50以上,就鹼溶解性及硬化浮凸圖案形狀之觀點而言,較佳為90/10以下,更佳為80/20以下,進而較佳為70/30以下。 具有通式(7)所表示之重複單元之酚樹脂典型而言包含酚化合物與共聚成分(具體而言為選自由具有醛基之化合物(亦包括如三㗁烷般分解生成醛化合物之化合物)、具有酮基之化合物、分子內具有2個羥甲基之化合物、分子內具有2個烷氧基甲基之化合物、及分子內具有2個鹵烷基之化合物所組成之群中之1種以上之化合物),更典型而言可藉由使包含該等之單體成分進行聚合反應而合成。例如可使如下所述之苯酚及/或苯酚衍生物(以下亦統稱為「酚化合物」)與醛化合物、酮化合物、羥甲基化合物、烷氧基甲基化合物、二烯化合物或鹵烷基化合物等共聚成分進行聚合而獲得(A)酚樹脂。於該情形時,上述通式(7)中,芳香環上鍵結有OH基及任意之R12 基之結構所表示之部分源自上述酚化合物,X所表示之部分源自上述共聚成分。就反應控制、以及所獲得之(A)酚樹脂及感光性樹脂組合物之穩定性之觀點而言,酚化合物與上述共聚成分之添加莫耳比(酚化合物):(共聚成分)較佳為5:1~1.01:1,更佳為2.5:1~1.1:1。 具有通式(7)所表示之重複單元之酚樹脂之重量平均分子量較佳為700~100,000,更佳為1,500~80,000,進而較佳為2,000~50,000。重量平均分子量就硬化膜之回流焊處理適用性之觀點而言,較佳為700以上,另一方面,就感光性樹脂組合物之鹼溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為100,000以下。 作為可用於獲得具有通式(7)所表示之重複單元之酚樹脂的酚化合物,例如可列舉:甲酚、乙基苯酚、丙基苯酚、丁基苯酚、戊基苯酚、環己基苯酚、羥基聯苯、苄基苯酚、硝基苄基苯酚、氰基苄基苯酚、金剛烷苯酚、硝基苯酚、氟苯酚、氯苯酚、溴苯酚、三氟甲基苯酚、N-(羥基苯基)-5-降&#158665;烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(羥基苯基)-5-甲基-5-降&#158665;烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、三氟甲基苯酚、羥基苯甲酸、羥基苯甲酸甲酯、羥基苯甲酸乙酯、羥基苯甲酸苄酯、羥基苯甲醯胺、羥基苯甲醛、羥基苯乙酮、羥基二苯甲酮、羥基苯甲腈、間苯二酚、二甲苯酚、兒茶酚、甲基兒茶酚、乙基兒茶酚、己基兒茶酚、苄基兒茶酚、硝基苄基兒茶酚、甲基間苯二酚、乙基間苯二酚、己基間苯二酚、苄基間苯二酚、硝基苄基間苯二酚、氫醌、咖啡酸、二羥基苯甲酸、二羥基苯甲酸甲酯、二羥基苯甲酸乙酯、二羥基苯甲酸丁酯、二羥基苯甲酸丙酯、二羥基苯甲酸苄酯、二羥基苯甲醯胺、二羥基苯甲醛、二羥基苯乙酮、二羥基二苯甲酮、二羥基苯甲腈、N-(二羥基苯基)-5-降&#158665;烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(二羥基苯基)-5-甲基-5-降&#158665;烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、硝基兒茶酚、氟兒茶酚、氯兒茶酚、溴兒茶酚、三氟甲基兒茶酚、硝基間苯二酚、氟間苯二酚、氯間苯二酚、溴間苯二酚、三氟甲基間苯二酚、連苯三酚、間苯三酚、1,2,4-三羥基苯、三羥基苯甲酸、三羥基苯甲酸甲酯、三羥基苯甲酸乙酯、三羥基苯甲酸丁酯、三羥基苯甲酸丙酯、三羥基苯甲酸苄酯、三羥基苯甲醯胺、三羥基苯甲醛、三羥基苯乙酮、三羥基二苯甲酮、三羥基苯甲腈等。 作為上述醛化合物,例如可列舉:乙醛、丙醛、三甲基乙醛、丁醛、戊醛、己醛、三㗁烷、乙二醛、環己醛、二苯基乙醛、乙基丁醛、苯甲醛、乙醛酸、5-降&#158665;烯-2-羧基醛、丙二醛、丁二醛、戊二醛、柳醛、萘甲醛、對苯二甲醛等。 作為上述酮化合物,例如可列舉:丙酮、甲基乙基酮、二乙基酮、二丙基酮、二環己基酮、二苄基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、雙環己酮、環己烷二酮、3-丁炔-2-酮、2-降&#158665;酮、金剛酮、2,2-雙(4-氧雜環己基)丙烷等。 作為上述羥甲基化合物,例如可列舉:2,6-雙(羥基甲基)對甲酚、2,6-雙(羥基甲基)-4-乙基苯酚、2,6-雙(羥基甲基)-4-丙基苯酚、2,6-雙(羥基甲基)-4-正丁基苯酚、2,6-雙(羥基甲基)-4-第三丁基苯酚、2,6-雙(羥基甲基)-4-甲氧基苯酚、2,6-雙(羥基甲基)-4-乙氧基苯酚、2,6-雙(羥基甲基)-4-丙氧基苯酚、2,6-雙(羥基甲基)-4-正丁氧基苯酚、2,6-雙(羥基甲基)-4-第三丁氧基苯酚、1,3-雙(羥基甲基)脲、核糖醇、阿拉伯糖醇、阿洛醇、2,2-雙(羥基甲基)丁酸、2-苄氧基-1,3-丙二醇、2,2-二甲基-1,3-丙二醇、2,2-二乙基-1,3-丙二醇、單乙酸甘油酯、2-甲基-2-硝基-1,3-丙二醇、5-降&#158665;烯-2,2-二甲醇、5-降&#158665;烯-2,3-二甲醇、季戊四醇、2-苯基-1,3-丙二醇、三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、3,6-雙(羥基甲基)均四甲苯、2-硝基對苯二甲醇、1,10-二羥基癸烷、1,12-二羥基十二烷、1,4-雙(羥基甲基)環己烷、1,4-雙(羥基甲基)環己烯、1,6-雙(羥基甲基)金剛烷、1,4-苯二甲醇、1,3-苯二甲醇、2,6-雙(羥基甲基)-1,4-二甲氧基苯、2,3-雙(羥基甲基)萘、2,6-雙(羥基甲基)萘、1,8-雙(羥基甲基)蒽、2,2'-雙(羥基甲基)二苯醚、4,4'-雙(羥基甲基)二苯醚、4,4'-雙(羥基甲基)二苯硫醚、4,4'-雙(羥基甲基)二苯甲酮、4-羥基甲基苯甲酸-4'-羥基甲基苯酯、4-羥基甲基苯甲酸-4'-羥基甲基苯胺、4,4'-雙(羥基甲基)苯基脲、4,4'-雙(羥基甲基)苯基胺基甲酸酯、1,8-雙(羥基甲基)蒽、4,4'-雙(羥基甲基)聯苯、2,2'-二甲基-4,4'-雙(羥基甲基)聯苯、2,2-雙(4-羥基甲基苯基)丙烷、乙二醇、二乙二醇、三乙二醇、四乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇、三丙二醇、四丙二醇等。 作為上述烷氧基甲基化合物,例如可列舉:2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)對甲酚、2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)-4-乙基苯酚、2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)-4-丙基苯酚、2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)-4-正丁基苯酚、2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)-4-第三丁基苯酚、2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)-4-甲氧基苯酚、2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)-4-乙氧基苯酚、2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)-4-丙氧基苯酚、2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)-4-正丁氧基苯酚、2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)-4-第三丁氧基苯酚、1,3-雙(甲氧基甲基)脲、2,2-雙(甲氧基甲基)丁酸、2,2-雙(甲氧基甲基)-5-降&#158665;烯、2,3-雙(甲氧基甲基)-5-降&#158665;烯、1,4-雙(甲氧基甲基)環己烷、1,4-雙(甲氧基甲基)環己烯、1,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)金剛烷、1,4-雙(甲氧基甲基)苯、1,3-雙(甲氧基甲基)苯、2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)-1,4-二甲氧基苯、2,3-雙(甲氧基甲基)萘、2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)萘、1,8-雙(甲氧基甲基)蒽、2,2'-雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯醚、4,4'-雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯醚、4,4'-雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯硫醚、4,4'-雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯甲酮、4-甲氧基甲基苯甲酸-4'-甲氧基甲基苯基、4-甲氧基甲基苯甲酸-4'-甲氧基甲基苯胺、4,4'-雙(甲氧基甲基)苯基脲、4,4'-雙(甲氧基甲基)苯基胺基甲酸酯、1,8-雙(甲氧基甲基)蒽、4,4'-雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、2,2'-二甲基-4,4'-雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、2,2-雙(4-甲氧基甲基苯基)丙烷、乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、三乙二醇二甲醚、四乙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇二甲醚、二丙二醇二甲醚、三丙二醇二甲醚、四丙二醇二甲醚等。 作為上述二烯化合物,例如可列舉:丁二烯、戊二烯、己二烯、庚二烯、辛二烯、3-甲基-1,3-丁二烯、1,3-丁二醇-二甲基丙烯酸酯、2,4-己二烯-1-醇、甲基環己二烯、環戊二烯、環己二烯、環庚二烯、環辛二烯、二環戊二烯、1-羥基二環戊二烯、1-甲基環戊二烯、甲基二環戊二烯、二烯丙醚、二烯丙基硫醚、己二酸二烯丙酯、2,5-降&#158665;二烯、四氫茚、5-亞乙基-2-降&#158665;烯、5-乙烯基-2-降&#158665;烯、三聚氰酸三烯丙酯、異三聚氰酸二烯丙酯、異三聚氰酸三烯丙酯、異三聚氰酸二烯丙基丙酯等。 作為上述鹵烷基化合物,例如可列舉:二氯二甲苯、雙氯甲基二甲氧基苯、雙氯甲基均四甲苯、雙氯甲基聯苯、雙氯甲基-聯苯基羧酸、雙氯甲基-聯苯基二羧酸、雙氯甲基-甲基聯苯、雙氯甲基-二甲基聯苯、雙氯甲基蒽、乙二醇雙(氯乙基)醚、二乙二醇雙(氯乙基)醚、三乙二醇雙(氯乙基)醚、四乙二醇雙(氯乙基)醚等。 使上述酚化合物與共聚成分藉由脫水、脫鹵化氫、或脫醇而縮合,或一面使不飽和鍵斷鍵一面進行聚合,藉此可獲得(A)酚樹脂,聚合時亦可使用觸媒。作為酸性之觸媒,例如可列舉:鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、磷酸、亞磷酸、甲磺酸、對甲苯磺酸、二甲基硫酸、二乙基硫酸、乙酸、草酸、1-羥基亞乙基-1,1'-二膦酸、乙酸鋅、三氟化硼、三氟化硼-苯酚錯合物、三氟化硼-醚錯合物等。另一方面,作為鹼性之觸媒,例如可列舉:氫氧化鋰、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鈣、氫氧化鋇、碳酸鈉、三乙胺、吡啶、4-N,N-二甲基胺基吡啶、哌啶、哌&#134116;、1,4-二氮雜雙環[2.2.2]辛烷、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一烯、1,5-二氮雜雙環[4.3.0]-5-壬烯、氨、六亞甲基四胺等。 關於用以獲得具有通式(7)所表示之重複結構之酚樹脂所使用的觸媒之量,相對於共聚成分(即酚化合物以外之成分)之合計莫耳數,較佳為醛化合物、酮化合物、羥甲基化合物、烷氧基甲基化合物、二烯化合物及鹵烷基化合物之合計莫耳數100莫耳%,較佳為0.01莫耳%~100莫耳%之範圍。 (A)酚樹脂之合成反應中,反應溫度通常較佳為40℃~250℃,更佳為100℃~200℃之範圍,並且反應時間較佳為約1小時~10小時。視需要可使用能夠使該樹脂充分溶解之溶劑。 再者,具有通式(7)所表示之重複結構之酚樹脂亦可為於無損本發明之效果之範圍內進而聚合有不成為上述通式(7)之結構之原料的酚化合物者。所謂無損本發明之效果之範圍係例如成為(A)酚樹脂之原料的酚化合物總莫耳數之30%以下。 (經具有碳數4~100之不飽和烴基之化合物改性的酚樹脂) 經具有碳數4~100之不飽和烴基之化合物改性的酚樹脂為苯酚或其衍生物與具有碳數4~100之不飽和烴基之化合物(以下有時簡稱為「含不飽和烴基之化合物」)之反應產物(以下亦稱為「不飽和烴基改性苯酚衍生物」)和醛類的縮聚合產物,或為酚樹脂和含不飽和烴基之化合物的反應產物。 苯酚衍生物可使用與上述作為具有通式(7)所表示之重複單元之酚樹脂之原料所記述之苯酚衍生物相同者。 關於含不飽和烴基之化合物之不飽和烴基,就硬化膜之殘留應力及回流焊處理適用性之觀點而言,較佳為包含2個以上之不飽和基。又,就製成樹脂組合物時之相溶性及硬化膜之殘留應力之觀點而言,不飽和烴基較佳為碳數4~100,更佳為碳數8~80,進而較佳為碳數10~60。 作為含不飽和烴基之化合物,例如可列舉:碳數4~100之不飽和烴、具有羧基之聚丁二烯、環氧化聚丁二烯、亞麻醇、油醇、不飽和脂肪酸及不飽和脂肪酸酯。作為適宜之不飽和脂肪酸,可列舉:丁烯酸、肉豆蔻油酸、棕櫚油酸、油酸、反油酸、異油酸、鱈油酸、芥子酸、二十四烯酸、亞麻油酸、α-次亞麻油酸、桐酸、十八碳四烯酸、花生四烯酸、二十碳五烯酸、鯡魚酸及二十二碳六烯酸。該等之中,尤其就硬化膜之伸長率、及硬化膜之可撓性之觀點而言,尤佳為作為不飽和脂肪酸酯之植物油。 植物油通常包含甘油與不飽和脂肪酸之酯,存在碘值為100以下之不乾性油、超過100且未達130之半乾性油或130以上之乾性油。作為不乾性油,例如可列舉:橄欖油、牽牛花籽油、何首烏油、茶梅油、山茶油、蓖麻油及花生油。作為半乾性油,例如可列舉:玉米油、棉籽油及芝麻油。作為乾性油,例如可列舉:桐油、亞麻仁油、大豆油、胡桃油、紅花油、葵花籽油、荏子油及芥子油。又,亦可使用由該等植物油加工而成之加工植物油。 上述植物油之中,就於苯酚或其衍生物或者酚樹脂與植物油之反應中防止隨反應過度進行而產生之凝膠化、提高良率之觀點而言,較佳為使用不乾性油。另一方面,就抗蝕圖案之密接性、機械特性及耐熱衝擊性提高之觀點而言,較佳為使用乾性油。乾性油之中,就可更有效且確實地發揮本發明之效果之方面而言,較佳為桐油、亞麻仁油、大豆油、胡桃油及紅花油,更佳為桐油及亞麻仁油。該等植物油可單獨使用1種或將2種以上組合使用。 苯酚或其衍生物與含不飽和烴基之化合物的反應較佳為於50~130℃下進行。關於苯酚或其衍生物與含不飽和烴基之化合物的反應比率,就降低硬化膜之殘留應力之觀點而言,相對於苯酚或其衍生物100質量份,含不飽和烴基之化合物較佳為1~100質量份,更佳為5~50質量份。若含不飽和烴基之化合物未達1質量份,則存在硬化膜之可撓性降低之傾向,若超過100質量份,則存在硬化膜之耐熱性降低之傾向。於上述反應中,視需要亦可使用對甲苯磺酸、三氟甲磺酸等作為觸媒。 使利用上述反應而生成之不飽和烴基改性苯酚衍生物與醛類進行縮聚合,藉此生成經含不飽和烴基之化合物改性的酚樹脂。醛類例如自甲醛、乙醛、糠醛、苯甲醛、羥基苯甲醛、甲氧基苯甲醛、羥基苯基乙醛、甲氧基苯基乙醛、巴豆醛、氯乙醛、氯苯基乙醛、丙酮、甘油醛、乙醛酸、乙醛酸甲酯、乙醛酸苯酯、乙醛酸羥基苯酯、甲醯基乙酸、甲醯基乙酸甲酯、2-甲醯基丙酸、2-甲醯基丙酸甲酯、丙酮酸、乙醯丙酸、4-乙醯丁酸、丙酮二羧酸及3,3'-4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸中選擇。又,亦可使用多聚甲醛、三㗁烷等甲醛前驅物。該等醛類可單獨使用1種或將2種以上組合使用。 上述醛類與上述不飽和烴基改性苯酚衍生物之反應為縮聚合反應,可採用先前公知之酚樹脂之合成條件。反應較佳為於酸或鹼等觸媒之存在下進行,就樹脂之聚合度(分子量)之觀點而言,更佳為使用酸觸媒。作為酸觸媒,例如可列舉:鹽酸、硫酸、甲酸、乙酸、對甲苯磺酸及草酸。該等酸觸媒可單獨使用1種或將2種以上組合使用。 上述反應通常較佳為於反應溫度100~120℃下進行。又,反應時間根據所使用之觸媒之種類或量而不同,通常為1~50小時。反應結束後,藉由將反應產物於200℃以下之溫度下減壓脫水而獲得經含不飽和烴基之化合物改性的酚樹脂。再者,反應時可使用甲苯、二甲苯、甲醇等溶劑。 經含不飽和烴基之化合物改性的酚樹脂亦可藉由使間二甲苯之類的苯酚以外之化合物及醛類一起與上述不飽和烴基改性苯酚衍生物進行縮聚合而獲得。於該情形時,苯酚以外之化合物相對於由苯酚衍生物與含不飽和烴基之化合物反應而獲得之化合物的添加莫耳比較佳為未達0.5。 經含不飽和烴基之化合物改性的酚樹脂亦可藉由使酚樹脂與含不飽和烴基之化合物進行反應而獲得。該情形時所使用之酚樹脂為酚化合物(即苯酚及/或苯酚衍生物)與醛類之縮聚合產物。於該情形時,作為苯酚衍生物及醛類,可使用與上述苯酚衍生物及醛類相同者,可於如上所述之先前公知之條件下合成酚樹脂。 作為由適宜用於形成經含不飽和烴基之化合物改性的酚樹脂之酚化合物與醛類所獲得之酚樹脂之具體例,可列舉:苯酚/甲醛酚醛清漆樹脂、甲酚/甲醛酚醛清漆樹脂、苯二甲酚/甲醛酚醛清漆樹脂、間苯二酚/甲醛酚醛清漆樹脂及苯酚-萘酚/甲醛酚醛清漆樹脂。 與酚樹脂反應之含不飽和烴基之化合物可使用和上述參與製造與醛類反應之不飽和烴基改性苯酚衍生物的含不飽和烴基之化合物相同者。 酚樹脂與含不飽和烴基之化合物的反應通常較佳為於50~130℃下進行。又,關於酚樹脂與含不飽和烴基之化合物的反應比率,就提高硬化膜(抗蝕圖案)之可撓性之觀點而言,相對於酚樹脂100質量份,含不飽和烴基之化合物較佳為1~100質量份,更佳為2~70質量份,進而較佳為5~50質量份。若含不飽和烴基之化合物未達1質量份,則存在硬化膜之可撓性降低之傾向,若超過100質量份,則存在反應中產生凝膠化之可能性變高之傾向、及硬化膜之耐熱性降低之傾向。於酚樹脂與含不飽和烴基之化合物反應時視需要亦可使用對甲苯磺酸、三氟甲磺酸等作為觸媒。再者,反應時可使用例如甲苯、二甲苯、甲醇、四氫呋喃等溶劑,於下文進行詳細說明。 亦可使用藉由使利用如上方法所生成之經含不飽和烴基之化合物改性的酚樹脂中所殘留之酚性羥基進而與多元酸酐進行反應而實現酸改性的酚樹脂。藉由利用多元酸酐進行酸改性而導入羧基,於鹼性水溶液(用作顯影液者)中之溶解性進一步提高。 多元酸酐只要具有含複數個羧基之多元酸之羧基經脫水縮合而形成之酸酐基,則並無特別限定。作為多元酸酐,例如可列舉:鄰苯二甲酸酐、琥珀酸酐、辛烯基琥珀酸酐、十五烯基琥珀酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐、伊康酸酐、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、耐地酸酐、3,6-內亞甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、甲基內亞甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、四溴鄰苯二甲酸酐及偏苯三甲酸酐等二元酸酐,聯苯基四羧酸二酐、萘四羧酸二酐、二苯醚四羧酸二酐、丁烷四羧酸二酐、環戊烷四羧酸二酐、均苯四甲酸二酐及二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐等芳香族四元酸二酐。該等可單獨使用1種或將2種以上組合使用。該等之中,多元酸酐較佳為二元酸酐,更佳為選自由四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、琥珀酸酐及六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐所組成之群中之1種以上。於該情形時,具有可形成形狀更良好之抗蝕圖案之優點。 酚性羥基與多元酸酐之反應可於50~130℃下進行。於該反應中,相對於酚性羥基1莫耳,較佳為使0.10~0.80莫耳之多元酸酐進行反應,更佳為使0.15~0.60莫耳進行反應,進而較佳為使0.20~0.40莫耳進行反應。若多元酸酐未達0.10莫耳,則存在顯影性降低之傾向,若超過0.80莫耳,則存在未曝光部之耐鹼性降低之傾向。 再者,就使反應快速進行之觀點而言,上述反應時視需要可含有觸媒。作為觸媒,可列舉:三乙胺等三級胺、三乙基苄基氯化銨等四級銨鹽、2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑等咪唑化合物、三苯基膦等磷化合物。 進而經多元酸酐改性之酚樹脂之酸值較佳為30~200 mgKOH/g,更佳為40~170 mgKOH/g,進而較佳為50~150 mgKOH/g。若酸值未達30 mgKOH/g,則與酸值處於上述範圍之情形相比存在鹼性顯影所需時間較長之傾向,若超過200 mgKOH/g,則與酸值處於上述範圍之情形相比存在未曝光部之耐顯影液性降低之傾向。 關於經含不飽和烴基之化合物改性的酚樹脂之分子量,考慮到於鹼性水溶液中之溶解性、或感光特性與硬化膜物性之均衡性,以重量平均分子量計較佳為1000~100000,更佳為2000~100000。 作為本實施形態之(A)酚樹脂,亦較佳為選自具有上述通式(7)所表示之重複單元之酚樹脂及上述經具有碳數4~100之不飽和烴基之化合物改性的酚樹脂中之至少一種酚樹脂(以下亦稱為(a3)樹脂)、與選自酚醛清漆及聚羥基苯乙烯中之酚樹脂(以下亦稱為(a4)樹脂)的混合物。(a3)樹脂與(a4)樹脂之混合比以質量比計為(a3)/(a4)=5/95~95/5之範圍。該混合比就於鹼性水溶液中之溶解性、形成抗蝕圖案時之感度與解像性、及硬化膜之殘留應力、回流焊處理適用性之觀點而言,較佳為(a3)/(a4)=5/95~95/5,更佳為(a3)/(a4)=10/90~90/10,進而較佳為(a3)/(a4)=15/85~85/15。關於作為上述(a4)樹脂之酚醛清漆及聚羥基苯乙烯,可使用與上述(酚醛清漆)及(聚羥基苯乙烯)項中所示者相同之樹脂。 (B)具有羰基之環狀化合物 (B)化合物為選自由如下化合物所組成之群中之至少一種化合物,該化合物係具有2個以上之羰基之環狀化合物,且上述羰基直接鍵結於上述環狀結構,於單環化合物之情形時,形成環結構之原子之1/3以上為N原子,於縮合環化合物之情形時,形成具有上述羰基之上述環結構之原子之1/3以上為N原子。 就耐遷移性之觀點而言,較佳為選自由根據環結構進行分類之如下化合物所組成之群中之至少一種化合物,即,5員環化合物、6員環化合物、5員環與5員環之縮合環化合物、5員環與6員環之縮合環化合物、6員環與6員環之縮合環化合物。 藉由具有2個以上之羰基,可減小銅表面上之空隙之面積。進而就顯影性或感度、固化後之面內均勻性、回流焊後之伸長率等觀點而言,亦較佳為具有2個以上之羰基。於羰基為2個以上之情形時,與羰基為1個之情形相比,銅表面上之空隙之面積顯著變小。又,就顯影性或感度、固化後之面內均勻性、回流焊後之伸長率等觀點而言,羰基為2個以上之情形優於羰基為1個之情形。 關於(B)化合物之具體例,作為5員環化合物,可列舉:3-吡唑啉酮、5-吡唑啉酮、3-甲基-5-吡唑啉酮、1,3-二甲基-5-吡唑啉酮、2-咪唑啶酮、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、乙內醯脲、尿囊素、仲班酸(parabanic acid)等,作為6員環化合物,可列舉:四氫-2-嘧啶酮、巴比妥酸、1,3-二甲基巴比妥酸、1,3-二環己基巴比妥酸、5-胺基巴比妥酸(uramil)、尿嘌呤、三聚氰酸、異三聚氰酸三(2-羥基乙基)酯等,作為5員環與5員環之縮合環化合物,可列舉甘脲等,作為6員環與5員環之縮合環化合物,可列舉:鳥嘌呤、異鳥嘌呤、N-甲基鳥嘌呤、7-(2-羥基乙基)鳥嘌呤、N-(3-氯苯基)鳥嘌呤、N-(3-乙基苯基)鳥嘌呤、次黃嘌呤、8-氮雜次黃嘌呤、7-去氮雜次黃嘌呤、黃嘌呤、1-甲基黃嘌呤、3-甲基黃嘌呤、8-溴-3-甲基黃嘌呤、可可鹼、茶鹼、7-(2-氯乙基)茶鹼、咖啡因、尿酸、8-氮雜黃嘌呤等,作為6員環與6員環之縮合環狀化合物,可列舉:喋呤、二氧四氫蝶啶、7,8-二甲基咯&#134116;、1,4-二氫-6-甲基喹㗁啉-2,3-二酮等,亦可列舉該等之混合物。該等之中,較佳為使用縮合環化合物。 進而,就耐遷移性之觀點而言,(B)化合物較佳為選自由下述通式(60): [化48]{式中,Rs3、Rs4及Rs5分別獨立為氫原子、鹵素原子、羥基、可經芳香族基取代之胺基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、羥基烷基或碳數1~10之烷基或芳香族基} 所表示之化合物、下述通式(61): [化49]{式中,Rs6、Rs7及Rs8分別獨立為氫原子、鹵素原子、羥基、可經芳香族基取代之胺基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、羥基烷基或碳數1~10之烷基或芳香族基} 所表示之化合物、下述通式(62): [化50]{式中,Rs9、Rs10、Rs11及Rs12分別獨立為氫原子、鹵素原子、羥基、可經芳香族基取代之胺基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、羥基烷基或碳數1~10之烷基或芳香族基} 所表示之化合物、下述通式(63): [化51]{式中,R21 、R22 、R23 及R24 分別獨立為氫原子、鹵素原子、羥基、可經芳香族基取代之胺基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、羥基烷基或碳數1~10之烷基或芳香族基} 所表示之化合物所組成之群中之至少一種化合物。 作為上述通式(60)~(63)所表示之化合物,具體而言,可列舉:黃嘌呤、1-甲基黃嘌呤、3-甲基黃嘌呤、可可鹼、茶鹼、咖啡因、尿酸、8-氮雜黃嘌呤、二氧四氫蝶啶等及其衍生物。 關於(B)化合物之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份而為0.01~10質量份,較佳為0.05~2質量份。就耐遷移性之觀點而言,較理想為0.01質量份以上,就溶解性之觀點而言,較理想為未達10質量份。 認為該等(B)成分藉由羰基、或環結構中所含之氮原子與銅進行配位而改變銅之表面狀態,從而抑制於高溫保存試驗時發生銅遷移。認為尤其於縮合環之情形時,藉由複數個羰基與氮原子之協同作用而提高耐遷移性。 (C)感光劑 對本發明所使用之(C)感光劑進行說明。(C)感光劑根據本發明之感光性樹脂組合物為例如主要使用聚醯亞胺前驅物及/或聚醯胺作為(A)樹脂之負型,或為例如主要使用聚㗁唑前驅物、可溶性聚醯亞胺及酚樹脂之至少一種作為(A)樹脂之正型等而不同。 關於(C)感光劑於感光性樹脂組合物中之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份而為1~50質量份。上述調配量就光感度或圖案化性之觀點而言為1質量份以上,就感光性樹脂組合物之硬化性或硬化後之感光性樹脂層之物性之觀點而言為50質量份以下。 [(C)負型感光劑:光聚合起始劑及/或光酸產生劑] 首先,對期望為負型之情形進行說明。於該情形時,使用光聚合起始劑及/或光酸產生劑作為(C)感光劑,作為光聚合起始劑,較佳為光自由基聚合起始劑,較佳為列舉:二苯甲酮、鄰苯甲醯苯甲酸甲酯、4-苯甲醯基-4'-甲基二苯基酮、二苄基酮、茀酮等二苯甲酮衍生物,2,2'-二乙氧基苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基苯丙酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮等苯乙酮衍生物,9-氧硫&#134079;、2-甲基9-氧硫&#134079;、2-異丙基9-氧硫&#134079;、二乙基9-氧硫&#134079;等9-氧硫&#134079;衍生物,苯偶醯、苯偶醯二甲基縮酮、苯偶醯-β-甲氧基乙基縮醛等苯偶醯衍生物, 安息香、安息香甲醚等安息香衍生物,1-苯基-1,2-丁烷二酮-2-(鄰甲氧基羰基)肟、1-苯基-1,2-丙烷二酮-2-(鄰甲氧基羰基)肟、1-苯基-1,2-丙烷二酮-2-(鄰乙氧基羰基)肟、1-苯基-1,2-丙烷二酮-2-(鄰苯甲醯基)肟、1,3-二苯基丙烷三酮-2-(鄰乙氧基羰基)肟、1-苯基-3-乙氧基丙烷三酮-2-(鄰苯甲醯基)肟等肟類,N-苯基甘胺酸等N-芳基甘胺酸類,苯甲醯基過氯化物等過氧化物類,芳香族聯咪唑類,二茂鈦類,α-(正辛磺醯氧基亞胺基)-4-甲氧基苄基氰化物等光酸產生劑類等,但並不限定於該等。上述光聚合起始劑之中,尤其就光感度之方面而言,更佳為肟類。 於在負型之感光性樹脂組合物中使用光酸產生劑作為(C)感光劑之情形時,於紫外線之類之活性光線之照射下呈現酸性,且具有藉由該作用而使下述交聯劑與作為(A)成分之樹脂進行交聯、或使交聯劑彼此進行聚合之作用。作為該光酸產生劑之例,可使用二芳基鋶鹽、三芳基鋶鹽、二烷基苯甲醯甲基鋶鹽、二芳基錪鹽、芳基重氮鎓鹽、芳香族四羧酸酯、芳香族磺酸酯、硝基苄基酯、肟磺酸酯、芳香族N-氧基醯亞胺磺酸酯、芳香族磺醯胺、含鹵烷基之烴系化合物、含鹵烷基之雜環狀化合物、萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯等。此種化合物視需要可併用2種以上、或與其他增感劑組合使用。上述光酸產生劑之中,尤其就光感度之方面而言,更佳為芳香族肟磺酸酯、芳香族N-氧基醯亞胺磺酸酯。 關於該等感光劑之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份而為1~50質量份,就光感度特性之觀點而言,較佳為2~15質量份。藉由調配相對於(A)樹脂100質量份而為1質量份以上之(C)感光劑則光感度優異,藉由調配50質量份以下則厚膜硬化性優異。 進而,如上所述,於通式(1)所表示之(A)樹脂為離子鍵型之情形時,為了經由離子鍵對(A)樹脂之側鏈賦予光聚合性基而使用具有胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸系化合物。於該情形時,具有胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸系化合物係用作(C)感光劑,如上所述,例如較佳為丙烯酸二甲胺基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸二甲胺基乙酯、丙烯酸二乙胺基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸二乙胺基乙酯、丙烯酸二甲胺基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸二甲胺基丙酯、丙烯酸二乙胺基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸二乙胺基丙酯、丙烯酸二甲胺基丁酯、甲基丙烯酸二甲胺基丁酯、丙烯酸二乙胺基丁酯、甲基丙烯酸二乙胺基丁酯等丙烯酸二烷基胺基烷基酯或甲基丙烯酸二烷基胺基烷基酯,其中,就感光特性之觀點而言,較佳為胺基上之烷基之碳數為1~10、烷基鏈之碳數為1~10之丙烯酸二烷基胺基烷基酯或甲基丙烯酸二烷基胺基烷基酯。 關於該等具有胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸系化合物之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份而為1~20質量份,就光感度特性之觀點而言,較佳為2~15質量份。藉由調配相對於(A)樹脂100質量份而為1質量份以上之具有胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸系化合物作為(C)感光劑則光感度優異,藉由調配20質量份以下則厚膜硬化性優異。 其次,對期望為正型之情形進行說明。於該情形時,使用光酸產生劑作為(C)感光劑,具體而言,可使用重氮醌化合物、鎓鹽、含鹵素之化合物等,就溶劑溶解性及保存穩定性之觀點而言,較佳為具有重氮醌結構之化合物。 [(C)正型感光劑:具有醌二疊氮基之化合物] 作為(C)具有醌二疊氮基之化合物(以下亦稱為「(C)醌二疊氮化合物」),可例示具有1,2-苯醌二疊氮結構之化合物、及具有1,2-萘醌二疊氮結構之化合物,乃美國專利第2,772,972號說明書、美國專利第2,797,213號說明書、及美國專利第3,669,658號說明書等中之公知物質。該(C)醌二疊氮化合物較佳為選自由以下詳細說明之具有特定結構之聚羥基化合物之1,2-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯、及該聚羥基化合物之1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸酯所組成之群中之至少一種化合物(以下亦稱為「NQD化合物」)。 該NQD化合物係藉由如下方式獲得:依據常規方法,利用氯磺酸或亞硫醯氯將萘醌二疊氮磺酸化合物進行磺醯氯化,使所獲得之萘醌二疊氮磺醯氯與聚羥基化合物進行縮合反應。例如可藉由如下方式獲得:使聚羥基化合物與特定量之1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺醯氯或1,2-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺醯氯於二㗁烷、丙酮或四氫呋喃等溶劑中,於三乙胺等鹼性觸媒之存在下反應而進行酯化,將所獲得之產物水洗並加以乾燥。 本實施形態中,就形成抗蝕圖案時之感度與解像性之觀點而言,(C)具有醌二疊氮基之化合物較佳為下述通式(70)~(74)所表示之羥基化合物之1,2-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯及/或1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸酯。 通式(70)由 [化52]{式中,X11 及X12 分別獨立表示氫原子或碳數1~60(較佳為碳數1~30)之1價之有機基,X13 及X14 分別獨立表示氫原子或碳數1~60(較佳為碳數1~30)之1價之有機基,r1、r2、r3及r4分別獨立為0~5之整數,r3及r4之至少一者為1~5之整數,(r1+r3)≦5,並且(r2+r4)≦5}所表示。 通式(71)由 [化53]{式中,Z表示碳數1~20之4價之有機基,X15 、X16 、X17 及X18 分別獨立表示碳數1~30之1價之有機基,r6為0或1之整數,r5、r7、r8及r9分別獨立為0~3之整數,r10、r11、r12及r13分別獨立為0~2之整數,並且r10、r11、r12及r13不會均為0}所表示。 且通式(72)由 [化54]{式中,r14表示1~5之整數,r15表示3~8之整數,(r14×r15)個之L分別獨立表示碳數1~20之1價之有機基,(r15)個之T1 及(r15)個之T2 分別獨立表示氫原子或碳數1~20之1價之有機基}所表示。 且通式(73)由 [化55]{式中,A表示脂肪族之包含三級或四級碳之2價之有機基,並且M表示2價之有機基,較佳為表示選自下述化學式: [化56]所表示之3種基中之2價之基}所表示。 進而,通式(74)由 [化57]{式中,r17、r18、r19及r20分別獨立為0~2之整數,r17、r18、r19及r20之至少一者為1或2,X20 ~X29 分別獨立表示氫原子、鹵素原子、選自由烷基、烯基、烷氧基、烯丙基及醯基所組成之群之1價之基,並且Y10 、Y11 及Y12 分別獨立表示單鍵、選自由-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-CO2 -、亞環戊基、亞環己基、伸苯基、及碳數1~20之2價之有機基所組成之群中之2價之基}所表示。 於另一實施形態中,上述通式(74)中,Y10 ~Y12 較佳為分別獨立地自下述通式: [化58][化59][化60]{式中,X30 及X31 分別獨立表示氫原子、選自由烷基、烯基、芳基、及取代芳基所組成之群中之至少一種1價之基,X32 、X33 、X34 及X35 分別獨立表示氫原子或烷基,r21為1~5之整數,並且X36 、X37 、X38 及X39 分別獨立表示氫原子或烷基} 所表示之三種2價之有機基中選擇。 作為上述通式(70)所表示之化合物,可列舉下述式(75)~(79)所表示之羥基化合物。 此處,通式(75)為 [化61]{式中,r16分別獨立為0~2之整數,並且X40 分別獨立表示氫原子或碳數1~20之1價之有機基,於X40 存在複數個之情形時,複數個X40 相互可相同或亦可不同,並且X40 較佳為下述通式: [化62](式中,r18為0~2之整數,X41 表示氫原子、選自由烷基及環烷基所組成之群中之1價之有機基,並且於r18為2之情形時,2個X41 相互可相同亦可不同) 所表示之1價之有機基}, 通式(76)由 [化63]{式中,X42 表示氫原子、選自由碳數1~20之烷基、碳數1~20之烷氧基及碳數1~20之環烷基所組成之群中之1價之有機基}所表示。 又,通式(77)為 [化64]{式中,r19分別獨立為0~2之整數,X43 分別獨立表示氫原子或下述通式: [化65](式中,r20為0~2之整數,X45 選自由氫原子、烷基及環烷基所組成之群中,並且於r20為2之情形時,2個X45 相互可相同亦可不同)所表示之1價之有機基,並且X44 選自由氫原子、碳數1~20之烷基、及碳數1~20之環烷基所組成之群中},式(78)及(79)為如下結構。 [化66][化67]作為上述通式(70)所表示之化合物,就製成NQD化物時之感度較高、且於感光性樹脂組合物中之析出性較低之方面而言,較佳為下述式(80)~(82)所表示之羥基化合物。 式(80)~(82)之結構如下所示。 [化68][化69][化70]作為上述通式(76)所表示之化合物,就製成NQD化物時之感度較高、且於感光性樹脂組合物中之析出性較低之方面而言,較佳為下述式(83): [化71]所表示之羥基化合物。 作為上述通式(77)所表示之化合物,就製成NQD化物時之感度較高、且於感光性樹脂組合物中之析出性較低之方面而言,較佳為下述式(84)~(86)所表示之羥基化合物。 式(84)~(86)之結構如下所示。 [化72][化73][化74]上述通式(71)中,Z只要為碳數1~20之4價之有機基即可,並無特別限定,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為具有下述式: [化75]所表示之結構之4價之基。 上述通式(71)所表示之化合物之中,就製成NQD化物時之感度較高、且於感光性樹脂組合物中之析出性較低之方面而言,較佳為下述式(87)~(90)所表示之羥基化合物。 式(87)~(90)之結構如下所示。 [化76][化77][化78][化79]作為上述通式(72)所表示之化合物,就製成NQD化物時之感度較高、且於感光性樹脂組合物中之析出性較低之方面而言,較佳為下述式(91): [化80]{式中,r40分別獨立為0~9之整數}所表示之羥基化合物。 作為上述通式(73)所表示之化合物,就製成NQD化物時之感度較高、且於感光性樹脂組合物中之析出性較低之方面而言,較佳為下述式(92)及(93)所表示之羥基化合物。 式(92)及(93)之結構如下所示。 [化81][化82]作為上述通式(74)所表示之化合物,就感度較高、且於感光性樹脂組合物中之析出性較低之方面而言,具體而言較佳為下述式(94): [化83]所表示之聚羥基化合物之NQD化物。 於(C)具有醌二疊氮基之化合物具有1,2-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基之情形時,該基可為1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺醯基或1,2-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺醯基之任意者。1,2-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺醯基能夠吸收水銀燈之i射線區域,因此適於利用i射線進行曝光。另一方面,1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺醯基甚至能夠吸收水銀燈之g射線區域,因此適於利用g射線進行曝光。 本實施形態中,較佳為根據進行曝光之波長而選擇1,2-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯化合物及1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸酯化合物之一者或兩者。又,亦可使用於同一分子中具有1,2-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺醯基及1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺醯基之1,2-萘醌二疊氮磺酸酯化合物,亦可將1,2-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯化合物與1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸酯化合物混合使用。 (C)具有醌二疊氮基之化合物中,就顯影對比度之觀點而言,羥基化合物之萘醌二疊氮磺醯基酯之平均酯化率較佳為10%~100%,進而較佳為20%~100%。 就感度及伸長率等硬化膜物性之觀點而言,作為NQD化合物之較佳例,例如可列舉下述通式群所表示者。 [化84]可列舉{式中,Q為氫原子、或下述式群: [化85]中之任一者所表示之萘醌二疊氮磺酸酯基,但Q不會全體同時為氫原子}所表示者。 於該情形時,作為NQD化合物,可使用於同一分子中具有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基及5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基之萘醌二疊氮磺醯基酯化合物,亦可將4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基酯化合物與5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基酯化合物混合使用。 上述段落[0196]所記載之萘醌二疊氮磺酸酯基之中,尤佳為下述通式(95): [化86]所表示者。 作為上述鎓鹽,可列舉:錪鹽、鋶鹽、ホシホニウム鹽、鏻鹽、銨鹽及重氮鎓鹽等,較佳為選自由二芳基錪鹽、三芳基鋶鹽及三烷基鋶鹽所組成之群中之鎓鹽。 作為上述含鹵素之化合物,可列舉含鹵烷基之烴化合物等,較佳為三氯甲基三&#134116;。 關於該等光酸產生劑之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份而為1~50質量份,較佳為5~30質量份。若作為(C)感光劑之光酸產生劑之調配量為1質量份以上,則感光性樹脂組合物之圖案化性良好,若為50質量份以下,則感光性樹脂組合物之硬化後之膜之拉伸伸長率良好,且曝光部之顯影殘留物(浮渣)較少。 上述NQD化合物可單獨使用,亦可將2種以上混合使用。 本實施形態中,關於感光性樹脂組合物中之(C)具有醌二疊氮基之化合物之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份而為0.1質量份~70質量份,較佳為1質量份~40質量份,更佳為3質量份~30質量份,進而較佳為5質量份~30質量份。若該調配量為0.1質量份以上,則獲得良好之感度,另一方面,若為70質量份以下,則硬化膜之機械物性良好。 本發明之感光性樹脂組合物亦可進而含有上述(A)~(C)成分以外之成分。該成分之較佳者根據作為(A)樹脂例如使用聚醯亞胺前驅物及聚醯胺等之負型或使用聚㗁唑前驅物及可溶性聚醯亞胺等之正型等而不同。 本實施形態中之作為負型樹脂組合物之上述聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組合物及聚醯胺樹脂組合物、或者作為正型感光性樹脂組合物之聚㗁唑樹脂組合物、可溶性聚醯亞胺樹脂組合物及酚樹脂組合物中可包含用以使該等樹脂溶解之溶劑。 作為溶劑,可列舉:醯胺類、亞碸類、脲類、酮類、酯類、內酯類、醚類、鹵化烴類、烴類、醇類等,例如可使用N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基亞碸、四甲基脲、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、草酸二乙酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸丁酯、γ-丁內酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、苄醇、苯乙二醇、四氫呋喃甲醇、乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、&#134156;啉、二氯甲烷、1,2-二氯乙烷、1,4-二氯丁烷、氯苯、鄰二氯苯、苯甲醚、己烷、庚烷、苯、甲苯、二甲苯、均三甲苯等。其中,就樹脂之溶解性、樹脂組合物之穩定性、及對基板之接著性之觀點而言,較佳為N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、二甲基亞碸、四甲基脲、乙酸丁酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、苄醇、苯乙二醇及四氫呋喃甲醇。 此種溶劑之中,尤佳為可使生成聚合物完全溶解者,例如可列舉:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基亞碸、四甲基脲、γ-丁內酯等。 作為適用於上述酚樹脂之溶劑,可列舉:雙(2-甲氧基乙基)醚、甲基溶纖劑、乙基溶纖劑、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、二丙二醇二甲醚、環己酮、環戊酮、甲苯、二甲苯、γ-丁內酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等。 本發明之感光性樹脂組合物中,關於溶劑之使用量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,較佳為100~1000質量份,更佳為120~700質量份,進而較佳為125~500質量份之範圍。 本發明之感光性樹脂組合物亦可進而含有上述(A)~(C)成分以外之成分。 例如於使用本發明之感光性樹脂組合物於包含銅或銅合金之基板上形成硬化膜之情形時,為了抑制銅上產生變色,可任意地調配唑類化合物及嘌呤衍生物等含氮雜環化合物。 作為唑類化合物,可列舉:1H-三唑、5-甲基-1H-三唑、5-乙基-1H-三唑、4,5-二甲基-1H-三唑、5-苯基-1H-三唑、4-第三丁基-5-苯基-1H-三唑、5-羥基苯基-1H-三唑、苯基三唑、對乙氧基苯基三唑、5-苯基-1-(2-二甲基胺基乙基)三唑、5-苄基-1H-三唑、羥基苯基三唑、1,5-二甲基三唑、4,5-二乙基-1H-三唑、1H-苯并三唑、2-(5-甲基-2-羥基苯基)苯并三唑、2-[2-羥基-3,5-雙(α,α-二甲基苄基)苯基]-苯并三唑、2-(3,5-二第三丁基-2-羥基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(3-第三丁基-5-甲基-2-羥基苯基)-苯并三唑、2-(3,5-二第三戊基-2-羥基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2'-羥基-5'-第三辛基苯基)苯并三唑、羥基苯基苯并三唑、甲苯并三唑、5-甲基-1H-苯并三唑、4-甲基-1H-苯并三唑、4-羧基-1H-苯并三唑、5-羧基-1H-苯并三唑、1H-四唑、5-甲基-1H-四唑、5-苯基-1H-四唑、5-胺基-1H-四唑、1-甲基-1H-四唑等。 可尤佳地列舉:甲苯并三唑、5-甲基-1H-苯并三唑及4-甲基-1H-苯并三唑。又,該等唑類化合物可使用1種或以2種以上之混合物之形式使用。 作為嘌呤衍生物之具體例,可列舉:嘌呤、腺嘌呤、鳥嘌呤、次黃嘌呤、黃嘌呤、可可鹼、咖啡因、尿酸、異鳥嘌呤、2,6-二胺基嘌呤、9-甲基腺嘌呤、2-羥基腺嘌呤、2-甲基腺嘌呤、1-甲基腺嘌呤、N-甲基腺嘌呤、N,N-二甲基腺嘌呤、2-氟腺嘌呤、9-(2-羥基乙基)腺嘌呤、鳥嘌呤肟、N-(2-羥基乙基)腺嘌呤、8-胺基腺嘌呤、6-胺基‐8-苯基‐9H-嘌呤、1-乙基腺嘌呤、6-乙基胺基嘌呤、1-苄基腺嘌呤、N-甲基鳥嘌呤、7-(2-羥基乙基)鳥嘌呤、N-(3-氯苯基)鳥嘌呤、N-(3-乙基苯基)鳥嘌呤、2-氮雜腺嘌呤、5-氮雜腺嘌呤、8-氮雜腺嘌呤、8-氮雜鳥嘌呤、8-氮雜嘌呤、8-氮雜黃嘌呤、8-氮雜次黃嘌呤等及其衍生物。 關於本發明之感光性樹脂組合物含有上述唑類化合物或嘌呤衍生物之情形時之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.1~20質量份,就光感度特性之觀點而言,更佳為0.5~5質量份。若唑類化合物相對於(A)樹脂100質量份之調配量為0.1質量份以上,則於銅或銅合金之上形成本發明之感光性樹脂組合物之情形時,抑制銅或銅合金表面產生變色,另一方面,若為20質量份以下,則光感度優異。 又,為了抑制銅表面上產生變色而可任意地調配受阻酚化合物。作為受阻酚化合物,可列舉:2,6-二第三丁基-4-甲基苯酚、2,5-二第三丁基-氫醌、3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸十八烷基酯、3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸異辛酯、4,4'-亞甲基雙(2,6-二第三丁基苯酚)、4,4'-硫代-雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、4,4'-亞丁基-雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、三乙二醇-雙[3-(3-第三丁基-5-甲基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、1,6-己二醇-雙[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、2,2-硫代-二伸乙基雙[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、N,N'-六亞甲基雙(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基-苯丙醯胺)、2,2'-亞甲基-雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2'-亞甲基-雙(4-乙基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、 四[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸]季戊四醇酯、異氰尿酸三-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苄基)酯、1,3,5-三甲基-2,4,6-三(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苄基)苯、1,3,5-三(3-羥基-2,6-二甲基-4-異丙基苄基)-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、1,3,5-三(4-第三丁基-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、1,3,5-三(4-第二丁基-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、1,3,5-三[4-(1-乙基丙基)-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基苄基]-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、 1,3,5-三[4-三乙基甲基-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基苄基]-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、1,3,5-三(3-羥基-2,6-二甲基-4-苯基苄基)-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、1,3,5-三(4-第三丁基-3-羥基-2,5,6-三甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、1,3,5-三(4-第三丁基-5-乙基-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、1,3,5-三(4-第三丁基-6-乙基-3-羥基-2-甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、1,3,5-三(4-第三丁基-6-乙基-3-羥基-2,5-二甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、1,3,5-三(4-第三丁基-5,6-二乙基-3-羥基-2-甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、 1,3,5-三(4-第三丁基-3-羥基-2-甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、1,3,5-三(4-第三丁基-3-羥基-2,5-二甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、1,3,5-三(4-第三丁基-5‐乙基-3-羥基-2-甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮等,但並不限定於此。該等之中,尤佳為1,3,5-三(4-第三丁基-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三&#134116;-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮等。 關於受阻酚化合物之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.1~20質量份,就光感度特性之觀點而言,更佳為0.5~10質量份。若受阻酚化合物相對於(A)樹脂100質量份之調配量為0.1質量份以上,則例如於銅或銅合金之上形成本發明之感光性樹脂組合物之情形時,防止銅或銅合金產生變色或受到腐蝕,另一方面,若為20質量份以下,則光感度優異。 本發明之感光性樹脂組合物亦可含有交聯劑。交聯劑可為於對使用本發明之感光性樹脂組合物所形成之浮凸圖案進行加熱硬化時,能夠使(A)樹脂交聯、或交聯劑本身能夠形成交聯網狀結構的交聯劑。交聯劑可進一步強化由感光性樹脂組合物所形成之硬化膜之耐熱性及耐化學品性。 作為交聯劑,例如可列舉:作為含有羥甲基及/或烷氧基甲基之化合物的Cymel(註冊商標)300、301、303、370、325、327、701、266、267、238、1141、272、202、1156、1158、1123、1170、1174,UFR 65、300,Micoat 102、105(以上為Mitsui Cytec公司製造);NIKALAC(註冊商標)MX-270、-280、-290,NIKALAC MS-11,NIKALAC MW-30、-100、-300、-390、-750(以上為SANWA CHEMICAL公司製造);DML-OCHP、DML-MBPC、DML-BPC、DML-PEP、DML-34X、DML-PSBP、DML-PTBP、DML-PCHP、DML-POP、DML-PFP、DML-MBOC、BisCMP-F、DML-BisOC-Z、DML-BisOCHP-Z、DML-BisOC-P、DMOM-PTBT、TMOM-BP、TMOM-BPA、TML-BPAF-MF(以上為本州化學工業公司製造);苯二甲醇、雙(羥基甲基)甲酚、雙(羥基甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(羥基甲基)二苯醚、雙(羥基甲基)二苯甲酮、羥基甲基苯甲酸羥基甲基苯酯、雙(羥基甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(羥基甲基)聯苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)甲酚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯醚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯甲酮、甲氧基甲基苯甲酸甲氧基甲基苯酯、雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯等。 又,可列舉:作為環氧乙烷化合物之苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、雙酚型環氧樹脂、三苯酚型環氧樹脂、四苯酚型環氧樹脂、苯酚-苯二甲基型環氧樹脂、萘酚-苯二甲基型環氧樹脂、苯酚-萘酚型環氧樹脂、苯酚-二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、脂環式環氧樹脂、脂肪族環氧樹脂、二乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、山梨醇聚縮水甘油醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷聚縮水甘油醚、1,1,2,2-四(對羥基苯基)乙烷四縮水甘油醚、甘油三縮水甘油醚、鄰第二丁基苯基縮水甘油醚、1,6-雙(2,3-環氧丙氧基)萘、二甘油聚縮水甘油醚、聚乙二醇縮水甘油醚、YDB-340、YDB-412、YDF-2001、YDF-2004(以上為商品名,新日鐵化學股份有限公司製造)、NC-3000-H、EPPN-501H、EOCN-1020、NC-7000L、EPPN-201L、XD-1000、EOCN-4600(以上為商品名,日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、Epikote(註冊商標)1001、Epikote 1007、Epikote 1009、Epikote 5050、Epikote 5051、Epikote 1031S、Epikote 180S65、Epikote 157H70、YX-315-75(以上為商品名,Japan Epoxy Resins股份有限公司製造)、EHPE3150、PLACCEL G402、PUE101、PUE105(以上為商品名,Diacel Chemical Industries股份有限公司製造)、EPICLON(註冊商標)830、850、1050、N-680、N-690、N-695、N-770、HP-7200、HP-820、EXA-4850-1000(以上為商品名,DIC公司製造)、DENACOL(註冊商標)EX-201、EX-251、EX-203、EX-313、EX-314、EX-321、EX-411、EX-511、EX-512、EX-612、EX-614、EX-614B、EX-711、EX-731、EX-810、EX-911、EM-150(以上為商品名,Nagase chemteX公司製造)、Epolight(註冊商標)70P、Epolight 100MF(以上為商品名,共榮社化學製造)等。 又,可列舉:作為含異氰酸酯基之化合物之4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、甲苯二異氰酸酯、1,3-苯二亞甲基二異氰酸酯、二環己基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、Takenate(註冊商標)500、600、Cosmonate(註冊商標)NBDI、ND(以上為商品名,三井化學公司製造)、Duranate(註冊商標)17B-60PX、TPA-B80E、MF-B60X、MF-K60X、E402-B80T(以上為商品名,Asahi Kasei Chemicals公司製造)等。 又,可列舉:作為雙順丁烯二醯亞胺化合物之4,4'-二苯基甲烷雙順丁烯二醯亞胺、苯基甲烷順丁烯二醯亞胺、間伸苯基雙順丁烯二醯亞胺、雙酚A二苯醚雙順丁烯二醯亞胺、3,3'-二甲基-5,5'-二乙基-4,4'-二苯基甲烷雙順丁烯二醯亞胺、4-甲基-1,3-伸苯基雙順丁烯二醯亞胺、1,6'-雙順丁烯二醯亞胺-(2,2,4-三甲基)己烷、4,4'-二苯醚雙順丁烯二醯亞胺、4,4'-二苯基碸雙順丁烯二醯亞胺、1,3-雙(3-順丁烯二醯亞胺苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-順丁烯二醯亞胺苯氧基)苯、BMI-1000、BMI-1100、BMI-2000、BMI-2300、BMI-3000、BMI-4000、BMI-5100、BMI-7000、BMI-TMH、BMI-6000、BMI-8000(以上為商品名,大和化成工業股份有限公司製造)等,但只要為如上所述般進行熱交聯之化合物,則並不限定於該等。 關於使用交聯劑之情形時之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.5~20質量份,更佳為2~10質量份。於該調配量為0.5質量份以上之情形時,表現出良好之耐熱性及耐化學品性,另一方面,於為20質量份以下之情形時,保存穩定性優異。 本發明之感光性樹脂組合物亦可包含有機鈦化合物。藉由包含有機鈦化合物,而即便於約250℃之低溫下硬化之情形時亦可形成耐化學品性優異之感光性樹脂層。又,尤其藉由使感光性樹脂組合物中含有(B)具有羰基之環狀化合物與有機鈦化合物該兩者,而具有固化後之樹脂層不僅基板接著性優異且耐化學品性亦優異之效果。 作為可使用之有機鈦化合物,可列舉鈦原子上經由共價鍵或離子鍵而鍵結了有機化學物質者。 將有機鈦化合物之具體例示於以下之I)~VII): I)鈦螯合物化合物:其中,就負型感光性樹脂組合物之保存穩定性及獲得良好圖案之方面而言,更佳為具有2個以上之烷氧基之鈦螯合物,具體例如下:雙(三乙醇胺)二異丙醇鈦、雙(2,4-戊二酸)二正丁醇鈦、雙(2,4-戊二酸)二異丙醇鈦、雙(四甲基庚二酸)二異丙醇鈦、雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)二異丙醇鈦等。 II)四烷氧基鈦化合物:例如四(正丁醇)鈦、四乙醇鈦、四(2-乙基己醇)鈦、四異丁醇鈦、四異丙醇鈦、四甲醇鈦、四甲氧基丙醇鈦、四甲基苯酚鈦、四(正壬醇)鈦、四(正丙醇)鈦、四硬脂醇鈦、四[雙{2,2-(烯丙氧基甲基)丁醇}]鈦等。 III)二茂鈦化合物:例如(五甲基環戊二烯基)三甲醇鈦、雙(η5 -2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦、雙(η5 -2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦等。 IV)單烷氧基鈦化合物:例如三(二辛基磷酸)異丙醇鈦、三(十二烷基苯磺酸)異丙醇鈦等。 V)氧鈦化合物:例如雙(戊二酸)氧鈦、雙(四甲基庚二酸)氧鈦、酞菁氧鈦等。 VI)四乙醯丙酮酸鈦化合物:例如四乙醯丙酮酸鈦等。 VII)鈦酸酯偶合劑:例如三(十二烷基苯磺醯基)鈦酸異丙酯等。 其中,就表現出更良好之耐化學品性之觀點而言,有機鈦化合物較佳為選自由上述I)鈦螯合物化合物、II)四烷氧基鈦化合物及III)二茂鈦化合物所組成之群中之至少一種化合物。尤佳為雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)二異丙醇鈦、四(正丁醇)鈦、及雙(η5 -2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦。 關於調配有機鈦化合物之情形時之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.05~10質量份,更佳為0.1~2質量份。於該調配量為0.05質量份以上之情形時,表現出良好之耐熱性及耐化學品性,另一方面,於為10質量份以下之情形時,保存穩定性優異。 進而,為了提高使用本發明之感光性樹脂組合物所形成之膜與基材之接著性,可任意地調配接著助劑。作為接著助劑,可列舉:γ-胺基丙基二甲氧基矽烷、N-(β-胺基乙基)-γ-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、γ-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基二甲氧基甲基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、二甲氧基甲基-3-哌啶基丙基矽烷、二乙氧基-3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基矽烷、N-(3-二乙氧基甲基矽烷基丙基)丁二醯亞胺、N-[3-(三乙氧基矽烷基)丙基]苯二甲醯胺酸、二苯甲酮-3,3'-雙(N-[3-三乙氧基矽烷基]丙基醯胺)-4,4'-二羧酸、苯-1,4-雙(N-[3-三乙氧基矽烷基]丙基醯胺)-2,5-二羧酸、3-(三乙氧基矽烷基)丙基丁二酸酐、N-苯基胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(三烷氧基矽烷基)丙基琥珀酸酐等矽烷偶合劑,及三(乙基乙醯乙酸)鋁、三(乙醯丙酮酸)鋁、乙醯乙酸乙基鋁二異丙酯等鋁系接著助劑等。 該等接著助劑之中,就接著力之方面而言,更佳為使用矽烷偶合劑。於感光性樹脂組合物含有接著助劑之情形時,關於接著助劑之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.5~25質量份之範圍。 作為矽烷偶合劑,可列舉:3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業股份有限公司製造:商品名KBM803、Chisso股份有限公司製造:商品名Sila-Ace S810)、3-巰基丙基三乙氧基矽烷(Azmax股份有限公司製造:商品名SIM6475.0)、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業股份有限公司製造:商品名LS1375、Azmax股份有限公司製造:商品名SIM6474.0)、巰基甲基三甲氧基矽烷(Azmax股份有限公司製造:商品名SIM6473.5C)、巰基甲基甲基二甲氧基矽烷(Azmax股份有限公司製造:商品名SIM6473.0)、3-巰基丙基二乙氧基甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基乙氧基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三丙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基二乙氧基丙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基乙氧基二丙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基二甲氧基丙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲氧基二丙氧基矽烷、2-巰基乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-巰基乙基二乙氧基甲氧基矽烷、2-巰基乙基乙氧基二甲氧基矽烷、2-巰基乙基三丙氧基矽烷、2-巰基乙基三丙氧基矽烷、2-巰基乙基乙氧基二丙氧基矽烷、2-巰基乙基二甲氧基丙氧基矽烷、2-巰基乙基甲氧基二丙氧基矽烷、4-巰基丁基三甲氧基矽烷、4-巰基丁基三乙氧基矽烷、4-巰基丁基三丙氧基矽烷、N-(3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基)脲(信越化學工業股份有限公司製造:商品名LS3610、Azmax股份有限公司製造:商品名SIU9055.0)、N-(3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基)脲(Azmax股份有限公司製造:商品名SIU9058.0)、N-(3-二乙氧基甲氧基矽烷基丙基)脲、N-(3-乙氧基二甲氧基矽烷基丙基)脲、N-(3-三丙氧基矽烷基丙基)脲、N-(3-二乙氧基丙氧基矽烷基丙基)脲、N-(3-乙氧基二丙氧基矽烷基丙基)脲、N-(3-二甲氧基丙氧基矽烷基丙基)脲、N-(3-甲氧基二丙氧基矽烷基丙基)脲、N-(3-三甲氧基矽烷基乙基)脲、N-(3-乙氧基二甲氧基矽烷基乙基)脲、N-(3-三丙氧基矽烷基乙基)脲、N-(3-三丙氧基矽烷基乙基)脲、N-(3-乙氧基二丙氧基矽烷基乙基)脲、N-(3-二甲氧基丙氧基矽烷基乙基)脲、N-(3-甲氧基二丙氧基矽烷基乙基)脲、N-(3-三甲氧基矽烷基丁基)脲、N-(3-三乙氧基矽烷基丁基)脲、N-(3-三丙氧基矽烷基丁基)脲、3-(m-胺基苯氧基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Azmax股份有限公司製造:商品名SLA0598.0)、間胺基苯基三甲氧基矽烷(Azmax股份有限公司製造:商品名SLA0599.0)、對胺基苯基三甲氧基矽烷(Azmax股份有限公司製造:商品名SLA0599.1)、胺基苯基三甲氧基矽烷(Azmax股份有限公司製造:商品名SLA0599.2)、2-(三甲氧基矽烷基乙基)吡啶(Azmax股份有限公司製造:商品名SIT8396.0)、2-(三乙氧基矽烷基乙基)吡啶、2-(二甲氧基矽烷基甲基乙基)吡啶、2-(二乙氧基矽烷基甲基乙基)吡啶、胺基甲酸(3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基)第三丁酯、(3-縮水甘油氧基丙基)三乙氧基矽烷、四甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、四正丙氧基矽烷、四異丙氧基矽烷、四正丁氧基矽烷、四異丁氧基矽烷、四第三丁氧基矽烷、四(甲氧基乙氧基矽烷)、四(甲氧基正丙氧基矽烷)、四(乙氧基乙氧基矽烷)、四(甲氧基乙氧基乙氧基矽烷)、雙(三甲氧基矽烷基)乙烷、雙(三甲氧基矽烷基)己烷、雙(三乙氧基矽烷基)甲烷、雙(三乙氧基矽烷基)乙烷、雙(三乙氧基矽烷基)乙烯、雙(三乙氧基矽烷基)辛烷、雙(三乙氧基矽烷基)辛二烯、雙[3-(三乙氧基矽烷基)丙基]二硫醚、雙[3-(三乙氧基矽烷基)丙基]四硫醚、二第三丁氧基二乙醯氧基矽烷、二異丁氧基鋁氧基三乙氧基矽烷、雙(戊二酸)鈦-O,O'-雙(氧基乙基)-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基矽烷三醇、甲基苯基矽烷二醇、乙基苯基矽烷二醇、正丙基苯基矽烷二醇、異丙基苯基矽烷二醇、正丁基苯基矽烷二醇、異丁基苯基矽烷二醇、第三丁基苯基矽烷二醇、二苯基矽烷二醇、二甲氧基二苯基矽烷、二乙氧基二苯基矽烷、二甲氧基二對甲苯基矽烷、乙基甲基苯基矽烷醇、正丙基甲基苯基矽烷醇、異丙基甲基苯基矽烷醇、正丁基甲基苯基矽烷醇、異丁基甲基苯基矽烷醇、第三丁基甲基苯基矽烷醇、乙基正丙基苯基矽烷醇、乙基異丙基苯基矽烷醇、正丁基乙基苯基矽烷醇、異丁基乙基苯基矽烷醇、第三丁基乙基苯基矽烷醇、甲基二苯基矽烷醇、乙基二苯基矽烷醇、正丙基二苯基矽烷醇、異丙基二苯基矽烷醇、正丁基二苯基矽烷醇、異丁基二苯基矽烷醇、第三丁基二苯基矽烷醇、三苯基矽烷醇等,但並不限定於該等。該等可單獨使用,亦可將複數種組合使用。 作為矽烷偶合劑,上述矽烷偶合劑之中,就保存穩定性之觀點而言,較佳為苯基矽烷三醇、三甲氧基苯基矽烷、三甲氧基(對甲苯基)矽烷、二苯基矽烷二醇、二甲氧基二苯基矽烷、二乙氧基二苯基矽烷、二甲氧基二對甲苯基矽烷、三苯基矽烷醇、及下述結構所表示之矽烷偶合劑。 [化87]關於使用矽烷偶合劑之情形時之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.01~20質量份。 本發明之感光性樹脂組合物亦可進而含有上述成分以外之成分。該成分之較佳者根據作為(A)樹脂例如使用聚醯亞胺前驅物及聚醯胺等之負型或使用聚㗁唑前驅物、可溶性聚醯亞胺及酚樹脂等之正型等而不同。 於使用聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯胺等作為(A)樹脂之負型之情形時,為了提高光感度而可任意地調配增感劑。作為該增感劑,例如可列舉:米其勒酮、4,4'-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、2,5-雙(4'-二乙基胺基亞苄基)環戊烷、2,6-雙(4'-二乙基胺基亞苄基)環己酮、2,6-雙(4'-二乙基胺基亞苄基)-4-甲基環己酮、4,4'-雙(二甲基胺基)查爾酮、4,4'-雙(二乙基胺基)查爾酮、對二甲基胺基亞桂皮基茚滿酮、對二甲基胺基亞苄基茚滿酮、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基伸聯苯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基伸乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基伸乙烯基)異萘并噻唑、1,3-雙(4'-二甲基胺基亞苄基)丙酮、1,3-雙(4'-二乙基胺基亞苄基)丙酮、3,3'-羰基-雙(7-二乙基胺基香豆素)、3-乙醯基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-苄氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-甲氧基羰基-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、N-苯基-N'-乙基乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、N-對甲苯基二乙醇胺、N-苯基乙醇胺、4-&#134156;啉基二苯甲酮、二甲基胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、二乙基胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、1-苯基-5-巰基四唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)萘并(1,2-d)噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯甲醯基)苯乙烯等。該等可單獨使用或以例如2~5者之組合之形式使用。 關於感光性樹脂組合物含有用以提高光感度之增感劑之情形時之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.1~25質量份。 又,為了提高浮凸圖案之解像性,可任意地調配具有光聚合性之不飽和鍵之單體。作為此種單體,較佳為藉由光聚合起始劑而進行自由基聚合反應之(甲基)丙烯酸系化合物,並不特別限定於以下所列者,可列舉:二乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯等乙二醇或聚乙二醇之單或二丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯、丙二醇或聚丙二醇之單或二丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯、甘油之單、二或三丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯、環己烷二丙烯酸酯及二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇之二丙烯酸酯及二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇之二丙烯酸酯及二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇之二丙烯酸酯及二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A之單或二丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯、苯三甲基丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸異&#158665;酯及甲基丙烯酸異&#158665;酯、丙烯醯胺及其衍生物、甲基丙烯醯胺及其衍生物、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯、甘油之二或三丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇之二、三或四丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯、以及該等化合物之環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷加成物等化合物。 於感光性樹脂組合物含有用以提高浮凸圖案之解像性的上述具有光聚合性之不飽和鍵之單體之情形時,關於具有光聚合性之不飽和鍵之單體之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,較佳為1~50質量份。 又,於使用聚醯亞胺前驅物等作為(A)樹脂之負型之情形時,尤其是為了提高以包含溶劑之溶液之狀態保存時之感光性樹脂組合物之黏度及光感度之穩定性,可任意地調配熱聚合抑制劑。作為熱聚合抑制劑,可使用氫醌、N-亞硝基二苯基胺、對第三丁基兒茶酚、啡噻&#134116;、N-苯基萘基胺、乙二胺四乙酸、1,2-環己二胺四乙酸、二醇醚二胺四乙酸、2,6-二第三丁基對甲基苯酚、5-亞硝基-8-羥基喹啉、1-亞硝基-2-萘酚、2-亞硝基-1-萘酚、2-亞硝基-5-(N-乙基-N-磺丙基胺基)苯酚、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺銨鹽、N-亞硝基-N(1-萘基)羥基胺銨鹽等。 關於感光性樹脂組合物中調配熱聚合抑制劑之情形時之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.005~12質量份之範圍。 另一方面,本發明之感光樹脂組合物中,於使用聚㗁唑前驅物等作為(A)樹脂之正型之情形時,視需要可添加先前作為感光性樹脂組合物之添加劑而使用之染料、界面活性劑、以及熱酸產生劑、溶解促進劑、用以提高與基材之密接性之接著助劑等。 <染料、界面活性劑、接著助劑> 若更具體地說明上述添加劑,則作為染料,例如可列舉:甲基紫、結晶紫、孔雀綠等。又,作為界面活性劑,例如可列舉包含聚丙二醇或聚氧乙烯月桂醚等聚二醇類或其衍生物之非離子系界面活性劑,例如Fluorad(商品名,住友3M公司製造)、MEGAFAC(商品名,Dainippon Ink & Chemical Industry公司製造)或Lumiflon(商品名,旭硝子公司製造)等氟系界面活性劑,例如KP341(商品名,信越化學工業公司製造)、DBE(商品名,Chisso公司製造)、Glanol(商品名,共榮社化學公司製造)等有機矽氧烷界面活性劑。作為接著助劑,例如可列舉:烷基咪唑啉、丁酸、烷基酸、聚羥基苯乙烯、聚乙烯基甲醚、第三丁基酚醛清漆、環氧矽烷、環氧聚合物等、及各種矽烷偶合劑。 關於上述染料及界面活性劑之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.1~30質量份。 又,就即便於降低硬化溫度之情形時亦表現出良好之硬化物之熱物性及機械物性之觀點而言,可任意地調配熱酸產生劑。 就即便於降低硬化溫度之情形時亦表現出良好之硬化物之熱物性及機械物性之觀點而言,較佳為調配熱酸產生劑。 作為熱酸產生劑,可列舉:具有利用熱而產生酸之功能之鎓鹽等由強酸與鹼所形成之鹽、或醯亞胺磺酸酯。 作為鎓鹽,例如可列舉:芳基重氮鎓鹽、二苯基錪鹽等二芳基錪鹽;二(第三丁基苯基)錪鹽等二(烷基芳基)錪鹽;三甲基鋶鹽之類的三烷基鋶鹽;二甲基苯基鋶鹽等二烷基單芳基鋶鹽;二苯基甲基鋶鹽等二芳基單烷基錪鹽;三芳基鋶鹽等。 該等之中,較佳為對甲苯磺酸之二(第三丁基苯基)錪鹽、三氟甲磺酸之二(第三丁基苯基)錪鹽、三氟甲磺酸之三甲基鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸之二甲基苯基鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸之二苯基甲基鋶鹽、九氟丁磺酸之二(第三丁基苯基)錪鹽、樟腦磺酸之二苯基錪鹽、乙磺酸之二苯基錪鹽、苯磺酸之二甲基苯基鋶鹽、甲苯磺酸之二苯基甲基鋶鹽等。 又,作為由強酸與鹼所形成之鹽,除上述鎓鹽以外,亦可使用由如下強酸與鹼所形成之鹽,例如吡啶鎓鹽。作為強酸,可列舉:對甲苯磺酸、苯磺酸之類的芳基磺酸,樟腦磺酸、三氟甲磺酸、九氟丁磺酸之類的全氟烷基磺酸,甲磺酸、乙磺酸、丁磺酸之類的烷基磺酸等。作為鹼,可列舉:吡啶、2,4,6-三甲基吡啶之類的烷基吡啶、2-氯-N-甲基吡啶之類的N-烷基吡啶、鹵化-N-烷基吡啶等。 作為醯亞胺磺酸酯,例如可使用萘甲醯亞胺磺酸酯、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺磺酸酯等,只要為於熱作用下產生酸之化合物,則並無限定。 關於使用熱酸產生劑之情形時之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.1~30質量份,更佳為0.5~10質量份,進而較佳為1~5質量份。 於正型之感光性樹脂組合物之情形時,為了促進於感光後無用之樹脂之去除,可使用溶解促進劑。較佳為例如具有羥基或羧基之化合物。作為具有羥基之化合物之例,可列舉:用於上述萘醌二疊氮化合物之壓載劑、以及對異丙苯基苯酚、雙酚類、間苯二酚類、及MtrisPC、MtetraPC等直鏈狀酚化合物、TrisP-HAP、TrisP-PHBA、TrisP-PA等非直鏈狀酚化合物(均為本州化學工業公司製造)、二苯基甲烷之2~5個苯酚取代體、3,3-二苯基丙烷之1~5個苯酚取代體、使2,2-雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷與5-降&#158665;烯-2,3-二羧酸酐以莫耳比1:2進行反應而獲得之化合物、使雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸與1,2-環己基二羧酸酐以莫耳比1:2進行反應而獲得之化合物、N-羥基琥珀醯亞胺、N-羥基鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、N-羥基5-降&#158665;烯-2,3-二羧醯亞胺等。作為具有羧基之化合物之例,可列舉:3-苯基乳酸、4-羥基苯基乳酸、4-羥基苦杏仁酸、3,4-二羥基苦杏仁酸、4-羥基-3-甲氧基苦杏仁酸、2-甲氧基-2-(1-萘基)丙酸、苦杏仁酸、2-苯乳酸、α-甲氧基苯基乙酸、O-乙醯基苦杏仁酸、伊康酸等。 關於使用溶解促進劑之情形時之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.1~30質量份。 (態樣B) 於本實施形態之另一態樣中,可使用(B)含硫化合物代替上述(B)具有羰基之環狀化合物。更具體而言, 提供一種感光性樹脂組合物,其包含 (A)選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺酸鹽、聚羥基醯胺、聚胺基醯胺、聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑、以及酚醛清漆、聚羥基苯乙烯及酚樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種樹脂:100質量份, (B)含硫化合物:以上述(A)樹脂100質量份為基準計0.01~10質量份,以及 (C)感光劑:以上述(A)樹脂100質量份為基準計1~50質量份。 於該態樣中,(A)樹脂較佳為選自由包含上述通式(1)之聚醯亞胺前驅物、包含上述通式(4)之聚醯胺、包含上述通式(5)之聚㗁唑前驅物、包含上述通式(6)之聚醯亞胺、以及酚醛清漆、聚羥基苯乙烯及包含上述通式(7)之酚樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種。 又,較佳為感光性樹脂組合物包含具有上述通式(7)所表示之重複單元之酚樹脂,上述通式(7)中之X為選自由上述通式(9)所表示之2價之基、及上述通式(10)所表示之2價之基所組成之群中之2價之有機基。 藉由於感光性樹脂組合物中調配含硫化合物,可獲得能夠形成於高溫保存試驗後與Cu層接觸之界面處之空隙產生被抑制之硬化膜的感光性樹脂組合物。 (B)含硫化合物為具有硫、較佳為硫與氮之有機化合物,硫較佳為以形成環結構之一原子或硫羰基之形式含有。 關於可用作(B)含硫化合物者,作為以形成5員環結構之一原子之形式包含硫者,例如可列舉:噻唑、2-胺基噻唑、2-(4-噻唑基)苯并咪唑、1,3,4-噻二唑、2-胺基-1,3,4-噻二唑、5-胺基-1,2,3-噻二唑、2,4-噻唑烷二酮、苯并噻唑、2-胺基苯并噻唑等,作為以形成6員環結構之一原子之形式包含硫者,例如可列舉:啡噻&#134116;、N-甲基啡噻&#134116;等,作為以硫羰基之形式包含硫者,例如可列舉:若丹林、N-烯丙基若丹林、二乙基硫脲、二丁基硫脲、二環己基硫脲、二苯基硫脲、2-硫脲嘧啶、4-硫脲嘧啶、2,4-二巰基嘧啶、2-9-氧硫&#134079;、2-巰基-4(3H)-喹唑啉酮等。該等之中,較佳為使用具有硫脲結構之化合物。 關於(B)含硫化合物之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份為0.01~10質量份,較佳為0.05~2質量份。就耐遷移性之觀點而言,較理想為0.01質量份以上,就溶解性之觀點而言,較理想為未達10質量份。 含硫化合物、尤其是硫脲可藉由硫原子而與銅配位。藉此,銅表面之狀態改變,而抑制於高溫保存試驗中發生銅遷移。 (態樣C) 於本實施形態之另一態樣中,可使用(B)選自下述通式(B-1)、(B-2)及(B-3)中之至少一種化合物代替上述(B)具有羰基之環狀化合物。更具體而言, 提供一種感光性樹脂組合物,其包含 (A)選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺酸鹽、聚羥基醯胺、聚胺基醯胺、聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑、以及酚醛清漆、聚羥基苯乙烯及酚樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種樹脂:100質量份, (B)選自 下述通式(B-1): [化88]{式中,Rq1 表示由碳原子、氫原子、氮原子、氧原子所形成之碳數1~10之有機基}、 下述通式(B-2): [化89]{式中,Rq2 、Rq3 分別表示選自羥基、碳數1~10之烷基或烷氧基中之有機基,ll表示選自1~10之整數}、及 下述通式(B-3): [化90]{式中,Rq4 、Rq5 分別表示選自羥基、碳數1~10之烷基或烷氧基中之有機基,XS 表示碳數1~10之2價之烴基,mm、nn分表示選自1~10之整數}中之至少一種化合物:以上述(A)樹脂100質量份為基準計0.01~10質量份,以及 (C)感光劑:以上述(A)樹脂100質量份為基準計1~50質量份。 於該態樣中,(A)樹脂較佳為選自由包含上述通式(1)之聚醯亞胺前驅物、包含上述通式(4)之聚醯胺、包含上述通式(5)之聚㗁唑前驅物、包含上述通式(6)之聚醯亞胺、以及酚醛清漆、聚羥基苯乙烯及包含上述通式(7)之酚樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種。 又,較佳為感光性樹脂組合物包含具有上述通式(7)所表示之重複單元之酚樹脂,上述通式(7)中之X為選自由上述通式(9)所表示之2價之基、及上述通式(10)所表示之2價之基所組成之群中之2價之有機基。 (B)通式(B-1)、(B-2)及(B-3)所表示之化合物、較佳為(B-1)所表示之化合物藉由以氮原子或氧原子與銅之表面發生相互作用,而可改變銅之表面狀態。因此,抑制於高溫保存試驗時發生銅遷移。 作為具體例,(B-1)為具有脲基之由碳原子、氫原子、氮原子、氧原子所形成之有機化合物,例如可列舉:甲基脲、乙基脲、丁基脲、苯基脲、羥基乙基脲、乙內醯脲酸、尿囊素、瓜胺酸等及該等之混合物。 (B-2)為乙二醇之縮聚物或其末端醚化體,例如可列舉:二乙二醇、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二丁醚、三乙二醇、三乙二醇單乙醚、三乙二醇二乙醚、四乙二醇、四乙二醇二甲醚等及該等之混合物。 進而,(B-3)為二羧酸之烷氧基聚環氧乙烷之酯或烷氧基乙基酯,例如可列舉:己二酸雙(2-甲氧基乙基)酯、己二酸雙(2-丁氧基乙基)酯、癸二酸雙(2-乙氧基乙基)酯等及該等之混合物。 該等(B)選自通式(B-1)、(B-2)及(B-3)中之至少一種化合物之中,可較佳地使用通式(B-1)所表示之化合物。 關於(B)選自通式(B-1)、(B-2)及(B-3)中之至少一種化合物之調配量,相對於(A)樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.01~10質量份,更佳為0.05~2質量份。就耐遷移性之觀點而言,較理想為0.01質量份以上,就溶解性之觀點而言,較理想為10質量份以下。 (態樣D) 於本實施形態之另一態樣中,可使用(B)芳香族胺化合物、即選自由下述通式(I)所表示之苯胺衍生物、下述通式(II)所表示之三唑衍生物、及下述通式(III)所表示之三唑衍生物所組成之群中之至少1種代替上述(B)具有羰基之環狀化合物。更具體而言, 提供一種感光性樹脂組合物,其包含 (A)選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺酸鹽、聚羥基醯胺、聚胺基醯胺、聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、及聚苯并㗁唑所組成之群中之至少一種樹脂:100質量份, (B)芳香族胺化合物、即下述通式(I): [化91]{Ra1~Ra5分別可相同亦可不同,為氫原子或羥基、或碳數為1以上且15以下之整數之飽和烴基、不飽和烴基、芳香族基或醯胺基,Ra6~Ra7分別可相同亦可不同,為氫原子或碳數為1以上且5以下之整數之飽和烴基、不飽和烴基、或芳香族基} 所表示之苯胺衍生物、或下述通式(II): [化92]{Ra8~Ra10分別可相同亦可不同,為氫原子或羥基、或碳數為1以上且15以下之整數之飽和烴基、不飽和烴基、芳香族基或醯胺基} 所表示之三唑衍生物、或下述通式(III): [化93]{R11~R13分別可相同亦可不同,為氫原子或羥基、或碳數為1以上且15以下之整數之飽和烴基、不飽和烴基、芳香族基或醯胺基} 所表示之三唑衍生物中之至少任一種:以上述(A)樹脂100質量份為基準計0.01~15質量份,以及 (C)感光劑:以上述(A)樹脂100質量份為基準計1~50質量份。 於該態樣中,(A)樹脂較佳為選自由包含上述通式(1)之聚醯亞胺前驅物、包含上述通式(4)之聚醯胺、包含上述通式(5)之聚㗁唑前驅物、以及包含上述通式(6)之聚醯亞胺所組成之群中之至少一種。 使用(B)芳香族胺化合物之態樣中,作為感光性樹脂,可使用聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺酸鹽、聚羥基醯胺、聚胺基醯胺、聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺及聚苯并㗁唑,其中,就熱處理後之樹脂之耐熱性、機械特性優異之方面而言,較佳為使用聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺酸鹽、聚醯胺、聚羥基醯胺、聚醯亞胺樹脂,最佳為使用聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚醯亞胺樹脂。 藉由使用(B)芳香族胺化合物,可抑制高溫保存試驗後於所再配線之Cu層與樹脂層之界面處產生空隙。其原因尚未確定,認為係由於如下效果:藉由芳香族胺化合物之孤電子對與Cu層表面之Cu元素配位,而將活性之Cu之反應部位進行封端,因此抑制空隙產生。 作為(B)芳香族胺化合物,可較佳地使用下述通式(I): [化94]{Ra1~Ra5分別可相同亦可不同,為氫原子或羥基、或碳數為1以上且15以下之整數之飽和烴基、不飽和烴基、芳香族基或醯胺基,Ra6~Ra7分別可相同亦可不同,為氫原子或碳數為1以上且5以下之整數之飽和烴基、不飽和烴基、或芳香族基}所表示之苯胺衍生物。 作為通式(I)所表示之苯胺衍生物之中適宜使用之化合物例,可較佳地使用N-苯基苄基胺、水楊醯替苯胺、萘酚AS、2-乙醯胺茀、草醯替苯胺、N-烯丙基苯胺、N-甲基苯胺、N-乙基苯胺、吲哚啉、N-正丁基苯胺、2-苯胺基乙醇、4-甲氧基乙醯苯胺、乙醯基乙醯苯胺、1,2,3,4-四氫喹啉、胺基甲酸第三丁基苯酯、(3-羥基苯基)胺基甲酸第三丁酯、草醯替苯胺、N,N'-二苯基乙烷-1,2-二胺等。其中,可尤佳地使用N-苯基苄基胺((B)-1)、N,N'-二苯基乙烷-1,2-二胺((B)-2)、胺基甲酸第三丁基苯酯((B)-3)、(3-羥基苯基)胺基甲酸第三丁酯((B)-4)。 [化95][化96][化97][化98]作為(B)三唑衍生物,可較佳地使用下述通式(II): [化99]{Ra8~Ra10分別可相同亦可不同,為氫原子或羥基、或碳數為1以上且15以下之整數之飽和烴基、不飽和烴基、芳香族基或醯胺基} 所表示之三唑衍生物、或下述通式(III): [化100]{Ra11~Ra13分別可相同亦可不同,為氫原子或羥基、或碳數為1以上且15以下之整數之飽和烴基、不飽和烴基、芳香族基或醯胺基} 所表示之三唑衍生物。 作為上述通式(II)所表示之三唑衍生物之具體化合物例,可較佳地使用苯并三唑、1-羥基苯并三唑、1-胺基苯并三唑、5-甲基-1H-苯并三唑、1H-1,2,3-三唑、2-羥基-N-(1H-1,2,4-三唑-3-基)苯甲醯胺(ADEKA股份有限公司製造,Adekastab CDA-1)、2-(2H-苯并[d][1,2,3]三唑-2-基)-4-(2,4,4-三甲基戊烷-2-基)苯酚(ADEKA股份有限公司製造,Adekastab LA-29)、2-(2'-羥基-3',5'-二第三胺基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2'-羥基-5'-甲基苯基)苯并三唑。其中,可尤佳地使用2-羥基-N-(1H-1,2,4-三唑-3-基)苯甲醯胺((B)-5)、2-(2H-苯并[d][1,2,3]三唑-2-基)-4-(2,4,4-三甲基戊烷-2-基)苯酚((B)-6)。 [化101][化102]作為上述通式(III)所表示之三唑衍生物之具體化合物例,可較佳地使用(4-((1H-1,2,4-三唑-1-基甲基)苯基)甲醇、三賽唑、1,2,4-1H-三唑、抑芽唑(triapenthenol)、比多農(bitertanol)、4-(1H-1,2,4-三唑-1-基)苯甲醛、4-(1H-1,2,4-三唑-1-基)苯甲酸、3-(1H-1,2,4-三唑-1-基甲基)苯甲酸、4-[(1H-1,2,4-三唑-1-基甲基)苯基]甲醇、3-(1H-1,2,4-三唑-1-基)苯甲醛、3-(1H-1,2,4-三唑-1-基甲基)苯甲醛、3-(1H-1,2,4-三唑-1-基)苯甲酸、2-(1H-1,2,4-三唑-1-基)苯胺。其中,可尤佳地使用(4-((1H-1,2,4-三唑-1-基甲基)苯基)甲醇((B)-7)。 [化103](B)芳香族胺化合物中,就與Cu元素之配位能力之方面而言,較佳為構成苯胺衍生物或三唑衍生物之胺原子之任一者為二級胺。 關於(B)芳香族胺化合物之含量,相對於樹脂(A)100質量份,較佳為0.01~15質量份,更佳為0.1~10質量份,進而較佳為1~8質量份。若含量多於該範圍,則保存穩定性降低,因此欠佳,若含量少於該範圍,則與銅表面之間容易產生空隙。 <硬化浮凸圖案之製造方法及半導體裝置> 又,本發明提供一種硬化浮凸圖案之製造方法,其包括:(1)藉由於基板上塗佈上述本發明之感光性樹脂組合物而於該基板上形成樹脂層之步驟;(2)對該樹脂層進行曝光之步驟;(3)將該曝光後之樹脂層進行顯影而形成浮凸圖案之步驟;及(4)藉由對該浮凸圖案進行加熱處理而形成硬化浮凸圖案之步驟。以下說明各步驟之典型態樣。 (1)藉由於基板上塗佈感光性樹脂組合物而於該基板上形成樹脂層之步驟 於本步驟中,於基材上塗佈本發明之感光性樹脂組合物,視需要其後加以乾燥而形成樹脂層。作為塗佈方法,可採用先前用於感光性樹脂組合物塗佈之方法,例如利用旋轉塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、網版印刷機等進行塗佈之方法、利用噴霧塗佈機進行噴霧塗佈之方法等。 視需要可使包含感光性樹脂組合物之塗膜乾燥。作為乾燥方法,可採用風乾、利用烘箱或加熱板進行之加熱乾燥、真空乾燥等方法。具體而言,於進行風乾或加熱乾燥之情形時,可於20℃~140℃下、1分鐘~1小時之條件下進行乾燥。藉由如上方式而可於基板上形成樹脂層。 (2)對樹脂層進行曝光之步驟 於本步驟中,使用接觸式曝光機、鏡面投影曝光機、步進機等曝光裝置,隔著具有圖案之光罩(photomask)或掩膜(reticle)、或者直接地藉由紫外線光源等對上述所形成之樹脂層進行曝光。 其後,為了提高光感度等,視需要亦可實施任意之溫度及時間之組合之條件下之曝光後烘烤(PEB)及/或顯影前烘烤。烘烤條件之範圍較佳為溫度:40~120℃、時間:10秒~240秒,但只要無損本發明之感光性樹脂組合物之各特性,則不限於該範圍。 (3)將曝光後之樹脂層進行顯影而形成浮凸圖案之步驟 於本步驟中,將曝光後之感光性樹脂層之曝光部或未曝光部顯影去除。於使用負型之感光性樹脂組合物之情形(例如使用聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯胺作為(A)樹脂之情形)時,將未曝光部顯影去除,於使用正型之感光性樹脂組合物之情形(例如使用聚㗁唑前驅物或可溶性聚醯亞胺作為(A)樹脂之情形)時,將曝光部顯影去除。作為顯影方法,可自先前已知之光阻之顯影方法、例如旋轉噴霧法、覆液法、伴有超音波處理之浸漬法等中選擇任意方法而使用。又,於顯影後,為了調整浮凸圖案之形狀等,視需要亦可實施任意之溫度及時間之組合之條件下之顯影後烘烤。 作為顯影時使用之顯影液,較佳為針對感光性樹脂組合物之良溶劑、或該良溶劑與不良溶劑之組合。例如於不溶於鹼性水溶液之感光性樹脂組合物之情形時,作為良溶劑,較佳為N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-環己基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、環戊酮、環己酮、γ-丁內酯、α-乙醯基-γ-丁內酯等,作為不良溶劑,較佳為甲苯、二甲苯、甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、乳酸乙酯、丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯及水等。於將良溶劑與不良溶劑混合使用之情形時,較佳為根據感光性樹脂組合物中之聚合物之溶解性而調整不良溶劑相對於良溶劑之比率。又,亦可將2種以上之各溶劑、例如數種溶劑組合使用。 另一方面,於溶於鹼性水溶液之感光性樹脂組合物之情形時,顯影時使用之顯影液係將鹼性水溶液可溶性聚合物溶解去除者,典型而言為溶解有鹼性化合物之鹼性水溶液。顯影液中所溶解之鹼性化合物可為無機鹼性化合物或有機鹼性化合物中之任意者。 作為該無機鹼性化合物,例如可列舉:氫氧化鋰、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、磷酸氫二銨、磷酸氫二鉀、磷酸氫二鈉、矽酸鋰、矽酸鈉、矽酸鉀、碳酸鋰、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、硼酸鋰、硼酸鈉、硼酸鉀、及氨等。 又,作為該有機鹼性化合物,例如可列舉:氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化三甲基羥基乙基銨、甲胺、二甲胺、三甲胺、單乙胺、二乙胺、三乙胺、正丙胺、二正丙胺、異丙胺、二異丙胺、甲基二乙基胺、二甲基乙醇胺、乙醇胺、及三乙醇胺等。 進而,視需要可於上述鹼性水溶液中適量添加甲醇、乙醇、丙醇或乙二醇等水溶性有機溶劑、界面活性劑、保存穩定劑、及樹脂之溶解抑止劑等。藉由如上方式可形成浮凸圖案。 (4)藉由對浮凸圖案進行加熱處理而形成硬化浮凸圖案之步驟 於本步驟中,藉由對經上述顯影而獲得之浮凸圖案進行加熱而轉變為硬化浮凸圖案。作為加熱硬化之方法,可選擇使用加熱板者、使用烘箱者、使用可設定溫控程式之升溫式烘箱者等各種方法。加熱可於例如180℃~400℃下、30分鐘~5小時之條件下進行。作為加熱硬化時之環境氣體,可使用空氣,亦可使用氮氣、氬氣等惰性氣體。 <半導體裝置> 本發明亦提供一種包含藉由上述本發明之硬化浮凸圖案之製造方法所獲得之硬化浮凸圖案的半導體裝置。本發明亦提供一種包含作為半導體元件之基材、與於上述基材上藉由上述硬化浮凸圖案製造方法所形成之樹脂之硬化浮凸圖案的半導體裝置。又,本發明亦適用於使用半導體元件作為基材,包括上述硬化浮凸圖案之製造方法作為步驟之一部分的半導體裝置之製造方法。本發明之半導體裝置可藉由將利用上述硬化浮凸圖案製造方法所形成之硬化浮凸圖案形成為表面保護膜、層間絕緣膜、再配線用絕緣膜、倒裝晶片裝置用保護膜、或具有凸塊結構之半導體裝置之保護膜等,並與已知之半導體裝置之製造方法進行組合而製造。 本發明之感光性樹脂組合物除如上所述般適用於半導體裝置以外,亦可用於多層電路之層間絕緣、撓性貼銅板之保護塗層、阻焊膜、及液晶配向膜等用途。 又,以上將態樣A~態樣D分開說明,但本發明亦包括各態樣之組合。 [實施例] 以下,藉由實施例而具體地說明本發明,但本發明並不限定於此。於實施例、比較例及製造例中,依據以下方法測定及評價感光性樹脂組合物之物性。 (1)重量平均分子量 藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定各樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)。測定所使用之管柱為昭和電工股份有限公司製造之商標名「Shodex 805M/806M串聯」,標準單分散聚苯乙烯係選擇昭和電工股份有限公司製造之商標名「Shodex STANDARD SM-105」,展開溶劑為N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮,檢測器使用昭和電工股份有限公司製造之商標名「Shodex RI-930」。 (2)Cu上之硬化浮凸圖案之製作 使用濺鍍裝置(L-440S-FHL型,Canon Anelva公司製造),於6英吋矽晶圓(Fujimi Electronic Industry股份有限公司製造,厚度625±25 μm)上依序濺鍍厚200 nm之Ti、厚400 nm之Cu。繼而,使用塗佈顯影儀(Coater Developer)(D-Spin60A型,SOKUDO公司製造),於該晶圓上旋轉塗佈藉由下述方法所製備之感光性樹脂組合物,加以乾燥,藉此形成厚6~10 μm之塗膜。使用附測試圖案之光罩,利用平行光光罩對準曝光機(PLA-501FA型,Canon公司製造),對該塗膜照射300 mJ/cm2 之能量。繼而,於負型之情形時使用環戊酮作為顯影液,於正型之情形時使用2.38%TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide,四甲基氫氧化銨)作為顯影液,利用塗佈顯影儀(D-Spin60A型,SOKUDO公司製造)對該塗膜進行噴霧顯影,於負型之情形時使用丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯進行沖洗,於正型之情形時使用純水進行沖洗,藉此獲得Cu上之浮凸圖案。 使用升溫程式型固化爐(VF-2000型,Koyo Lindberg公司製造),於氮氣環境下,於各實施例所記載之溫度下對Cu上形成有該浮凸圖案之晶圓進行2小時之加熱處理,藉此於Cu上獲得包含厚約6~7 μm之樹脂之硬化浮凸圖案。 (3)Cu上之硬化浮凸圖案之高溫保存(high temperature storage)試驗與其後之評價 使用升溫程式型固化爐(VF-2000型,Koyo Lindberg公司製造),於空氣中,於150℃下對Cu上形成有該硬化浮凸圖案之晶圓加熱168小時。繼而,使用電漿表面處理裝置(EXAM型,神港精機公司製造),藉由電漿蝕刻而去除Cu上全部之樹脂層。電漿蝕刻條件如下所述。 輸出:133 W 氣體種類、流量:O2 :40 ml/min+CF4 :1 ml/min 氣體壓力:50 Pa 模式:強力模式(hard mode) 蝕刻時間:1800秒 利用FE-SEM(field emission-scanning electron microscope,場發射掃描式電子顯微鏡)(S-4800型,Hitachi High-Technologies公司製造)觀察樹脂層全部經去除之Cu表面,使用圖像解析軟體(A像君,旭化成公司製造),算出空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率。 (4)清漆保存穩定性評價 將實施例及比較例中獲得之感光性樹脂組合物於23℃、50%Rh之環境下放置3週,觀察黏度變化。 黏度測定係使用TV-25型黏度計(東機產業製造),測定23℃下之黏度。 ○:組合物於放置後之黏度變化率(下述)為10%以內。 ×:組合物於放置後之黏度變化率大於10%。 黏度變化率(%)={(初始黏度)-(放置後黏度)之絕對值}×100/(初始黏度) 實施例A <製造例A1>((A)作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物A之合成) 於容積2 L之可分離式燒瓶中放入4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(ODPA)155.1 g,添加甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEMA)131.2 g與γ-丁內酯400 ml並於室溫下攪拌,一面攪拌一面添加吡啶81.5 g而獲得反應混合物。於由反應產生之放熱結束後,靜置冷卻至室溫,放置16小時。 繼而,於冰浴冷卻下,一面攪拌一面歷時40分鐘向反應混合物中添加使二環己基碳二醯亞胺(DCC)206.3 g溶解於γ-丁內酯180 ml所得之溶液,繼而,一面攪拌一面歷時60分鐘添加使4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)93.0 g懸浮於γ-丁內酯350 ml所得者。進而於室溫下攪拌2小時後,添加乙醇30 ml並攪拌1小時,繼而,添加γ-丁內酯400 ml。藉由過濾而去除反應混合物中所生成之沈澱物,獲得反應液。 將所獲得之反應液添加至3 L之乙醇中,而生成包含粗聚合物之沈澱物。過濾分離所生成之粗聚合物,使之溶解於四氫呋喃1.5 L而獲得粗聚合物溶液。將所獲得之粗聚合物溶液滴加至28 L之水中而使聚合物沈澱,過濾分離所獲得之沈澱物後,進行真空乾燥而獲得粉末狀之聚合物(聚合物A)。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物A之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為20,000。 再者,各製造例中獲得之樹脂之重量平均分子量係採用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC),於以下之條件下進行測定,求出以標準聚苯乙烯換算計之重量平均分子量。 泵:JASCO PU-980 檢測器:JASCO RI-930 管柱烘箱:JASCO CO-965 40℃ 管柱:2根Shodex KD-806M串聯 流動相:0.1 mol/L LiBr/NMP(N-methylpyrrolidone,N-甲基吡咯啶酮) 流速:1 ml/min. <製造例A2>((A)作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物B之合成) 使用3,3',4,4'-聯苯基四羧酸二酐(BPDA)147.1 g代替製造例A1之4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(ODPA)155.1 g,除此以外,藉由與上述製造例A1記載之方法相同之方式進行反應,而獲得聚合物B。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物B之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為22,000。 <製造例A3>((A)作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物C之合成) 使用2,2'-雙三氟甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(TFMB)147.8 g代替製造例A1之4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)93.0 g,除此以外,藉由與上述製造例A1記載之方法相同之方式進行反應,而獲得聚合物C。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物C之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為21,000。 <製造例A4>((A)作為聚醯胺之聚合物D之合成) (苯二甲酸化合物封端體AIPA-MO之合成) 於容積5 L之可分離式燒瓶中投入5-胺基間苯二甲酸{以下簡記為AIPA}543.5 g、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮1700 g,進行混合攪拌,藉由水浴加熱至50℃。利用滴液漏斗於其中滴加投入使異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯512.0 g(3.3 mol)經γ-丁內酯500 g稀釋所得者,直接於50℃下攪拌2小時左右。 藉由低分子量凝膠滲透層析法{以下記為低分子量GPC}確認反應結束(5-胺基間苯二甲酸消失)後,將該反應液投入至15 L之離子交換水中,進行攪拌,加以靜置,待出現反應產物之結晶化沈澱後將其過濾分離,經適當水洗後,於40℃下真空乾燥48小時,藉此獲得由5-胺基間苯二甲酸之胺基與異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯之異氰酸酯基作用所得之AIPA-MO。所獲得之AIPA-MO之低分子量GPC純度約為100%。 (聚合物D之合成) 於容積2 L之可分離式燒瓶中投入所獲得之AIPA-MO 100.89 g(0.3 mol)、吡啶71.2 g(0.9 mol)、GBL(丁內酯,γ-butyrolactone)400 g,進行混合,藉由冰浴冷卻至5℃。於冰浴冷卻下,歷時20分鐘左右於其中滴加使二環己基碳二醯亞胺(DCC)125.0 g(0.606 mol)經GBL 125 g溶解稀釋所得者,繼而,歷時20分鐘左右滴加使4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯{以下記為BAPB}103.16 g(0.28 mol)經NMP 168 g溶解所得者,藉由冰浴維持3小時未達5℃,繼而移除冰浴,於室溫下攪拌5小時。藉由過濾而去除反應混合物中所生成之沈澱物,獲得反應液。 於所獲得之反應液中滴加水840 g與異丙醇560 g之混合液,分離所析出之聚合物,使之再溶解於NMP 650 g。將所獲得之粗聚合物溶液滴加至5 L之水中使聚合物沈澱,過濾分離所獲得之沈澱物後,進行真空乾燥而獲得粉末狀之聚合物(聚合物E)。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物D之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為34,700。 <製造例A5>((A)作為聚㗁唑前驅物之聚合物E之合成) 於容積3 L之可分離式燒瓶中將2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)-六氟丙烷183.1 g、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)640.9 g、吡啶63.3 g於室溫(25℃)下進行混合攪拌,製成均勻溶液。利用滴液漏斗於其中滴加使4,4'-二苯醚二甲醯氯118.0 g經二乙二醇二甲醚(DMDG)354 g溶解所得者。此時,將可分離式燒瓶於15~20℃之水浴中冷卻。滴液所需之時間為40分鐘,反應液溫最高為30℃。 滴液結束後經過3小時後,向反應液中添加1,2-環己基二羧酸酐30.8 g(0.2 mol),於室溫下攪拌放置15小時,使聚合物鏈之占總數99%之胺末端基經羧基環己基醯胺基封端。此時之反應率可藉由利用高效液相層析法(HPLC)追蹤所投入之1,2-環己基二羧酸酐之殘量而容易地算出。其後,將上述反應液於高速攪拌下滴加至2 L之水中而使聚合物分散析出,將其回收,經適當水洗,脫水後實施真空乾燥,而獲得藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法所測得之重量平均分子量9,000(聚苯乙烯換算)之粗聚苯并㗁唑前驅物。 使上述獲得之粗聚苯并㗁唑前驅物再溶解於γ-丁內酯(GBL)後,對其利用陽離子交換樹脂及陰離子交換樹脂進行處理,將藉此獲得之溶液投入至離子交換水中後,過濾分離所析出之聚合物,進行水洗並真空乾燥,藉此獲得經精製之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物(聚合物E)。 <製造例A6>((A)作為聚醯亞胺之聚合物F之合成) 對裝有Teflon(註冊商標)製錨型攪拌器之玻璃製可分離式四口燒瓶安裝附迪安-斯塔克分離器之冷卻管。一面通入氮氣,一面將上述燒瓶浸於矽油浴中進行攪拌。 添加2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷(Clariant Japan公司製造)(以下記為BAP)72.28 g(280 mmol)、5-(2,5-二側氧四氫-3-呋喃基)-3-甲基-環己烯-1,2二羧酸酐(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造)(以下記為MCTC)70.29 g(266 mmol)、γ-丁內酯254.6 g、甲苯60 g,於室溫下以100 rpm攪拌4小時後,添加5-降&#158665;烯-2,3-二羧酸酐(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造)4.6 g(28 mmol),一面通入氮氣一面於矽浴溫度50℃下以100 rpm加熱攪拌8小時。其後,加熱至矽浴溫度180℃,以100 rpm加熱攪拌2小時。去除於反應中所餾出之甲苯、水。醯亞胺化反應結束後恢復至室溫。 其後將上述反應液於高速攪拌下滴加至3 L之水中而使聚合物分散析出,將其回收,經適當水洗,脫水後實施真空乾燥,而獲得藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法所測得之重量平均分子量23,000(聚苯乙烯換算)之粗聚醯亞胺(聚合物F)。 <製造例A7>((A)作為酚樹脂之聚合物G之合成) 於容積0.5 L之附迪安-斯塔克裝置之可分離式燒瓶中將3,5-二羥基苯甲酸甲酯128.3 g(0.76 mol)、4,4'-雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯(以下亦稱為「BMMB」)121.2 g(0.5 mol)、二乙基硫酸3.9 g(0.025 mol)、二乙二醇二甲醚140 g於70℃下進行混合攪拌,而使固形物溶解。 藉由油浴將混合溶液加熱至140℃,確認自反應液生成了甲醇。直接於140℃下攪拌反應液2小時。 繼而,將反應容器於大氣中冷卻,向其中另外添加100 g之四氫呋喃并攪拌。將上述反應稀釋液於高速攪拌下滴加至4 L之水中而使樹脂分散析出,將其回收,經適當水洗,脫水後實施真空乾燥,而以產率70%獲得包含3,5-二羥基苯甲酸甲酯/BMMB之共聚物(聚合物G)。該聚合物G之藉由GPC法之標準聚苯乙烯換算所求出之重量平均分子量為21,000。 <製造例A8>((A)作為酚樹脂之聚合物H之合成) 對容積1.0 L之附迪安-斯塔克裝置之可分離式燒瓶進行氮氣置換,其後,於該可分離式燒瓶中將間苯二酚81.3 g(0.738 mol)、BMMB 84.8 g(0.35 mol)、對甲苯磺酸3.81 g(0.02 mol)、丙二醇單甲醚(以下亦稱為PGME)116 g於50℃下進行混合攪拌,而使固形物溶解。 藉由油浴將混合溶液加熱至120℃,確認自反應液生成了甲醇。直接於120℃下將反應液攪拌3小時。 繼而,於另一容器中將2,6-雙(羥基甲基)對甲酚24.9 g(0.150 mol)、PGME 249 g進行混合攪拌,使之均勻溶解,將所獲得之溶液使用滴液漏斗歷時1小時滴加至該可分離式燒瓶內,滴液後進而攪拌2小時。 反應結束後,進行與製造例A7相同之處理,而以產率77%獲得包含間苯二酚/BMMB/2,6-雙(羥基甲基)對甲酚之共聚物(聚合物H)。該聚合物H之藉由GPC法之標準聚苯乙烯換算所求出之重量平均分子量為9,900。 <實施例A1> 使用聚合物A、B,藉由以下之方法製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並對所製備之感光性樹脂組合物進行評價。將作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物A 50 g與B 50 g(相當於(A)樹脂)與黃嘌呤(相當於(B)具有羰基之環狀化合物)0.2 g、1-苯基-1,2-丙烷二酮-2-(O-乙氧基羰基)-肟(表1中記為「PDO」)(相當於(C)感光劑)4 g、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯8 g、N-[3-(三乙氧基矽烷基)丙基]苯二甲醯胺酸1.5 g一併溶解於包含N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(以下記為NMP)80 g與乳酸乙酯20 g之混合溶劑。藉由進而添加少量之上述混合溶劑而將所獲得之溶液之黏度調整為約35泊(poise),製成負型感光性樹脂組合物。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.2%之結果。 <實施例A2> 上述實施例A1中,作為(B)成分,將黃嘌呤之添加量變為0.05 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例A1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得6.4%之結果。 <實施例A3> 上述實施例A1中,作為(B)成分,將黃嘌呤之添加量變為5 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例A1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.9%之結果。 <實施例A4> 上述實施例A1中,作為(B)成分,使用8-氮雜黃嘌呤代替黃嘌呤,除此以外,藉由與實施例A1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.1%之結果。 <實施例A5> 上述實施例A1中,作為(B)成分,使用尿酸代替黃嘌呤,除此以外,藉由與實施例A1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.4%之結果。 <實施例A6> 上述實施例A1中,作為(B)成分,使用二氧四氫蝶啶代替黃嘌呤,除此以外,藉由與實施例A1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.5%之結果。 <實施例A7> 上述實施例A1中,作為(B)成分,使用巴比妥酸代替黃嘌呤,除此以外,藉由與實施例A1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得7.3%之結果。 <實施例A8> 藉由與上述實施例A1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液,針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行350℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.5%之結果。 <實施例A9> 上述實施例A1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物A 50 g與聚合物B 50 g變為聚合物A 100 g,作為(C)成分,將PDO 4 g變為1,2-辛烷二酮-1-{4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)}(Irgacure OXE01(BASF公司製造,商品名))2.5 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例A1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.1%之結果。 <實施例A10> 上述實施例A1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物A 50 g與聚合物B 50 g變為聚合物A 100 g,作為(C)成分,將PDO 4 g變為1,2-辛烷二酮-1-{4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)}(Irgacure OXE01(BASF公司製造,商品名))2.5 g,進而將溶劑變為γ-丁內酯85 g與二甲基亞碸15 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例A1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.2%之結果。 <實施例A11> 上述實施例A1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物A 50 g與聚合物B 50 g變為聚合物C 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例A1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行350℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.9%之結果。 <實施例A12> 上述實施例A1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物A 50 g與聚合物B 50 g變為聚合物D 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例A1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行250℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.0%之結果。 <實施例A13> 使用聚合物E,藉由以下之方法製備正型感光性樹脂組合物,並對所製備之感光性樹脂組合物進行評價。將作為聚㗁唑前驅物之聚合物E 100 g(相當於(A)樹脂)與下述式(96): [化104]所表示之77%之酚性羥基經萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯化之感光性重氮醌化合物(東洋合成公司製造,相當於(C)感光劑)(C1)20 g、黃嘌呤(相當於(B)具有羰基之環狀化合物)0.2 g、3-第三丁氧基羰基胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷6 g一併溶解於γ-丁內酯(作為溶劑)100 g。藉由進而添加少量之γ-丁內酯而將所獲得之溶液之黏度調整為約20泊(poise),製成正型感光性樹脂組合物。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行350℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.5%之結果。 <實施例A14> 上述實施例A13中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物E 100 g變為聚合物F 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例A13相同之方式製備正型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行250℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.7%之結果。 <實施例A15> 上述實施例A13中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物E 100 g變為聚合物G 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例A13相同之方式製備正型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行220℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.3%之結果。 <實施例A16> 上述實施例A13中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物E 100 g變為聚合物H 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例A13相同之方式製備正型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行220℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.2%之結果。 <比較例A1> 於實施例A1之組成中,添加苯并三唑0.2 g代替黃嘌呤0.2 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例A1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例A1相同之評價。由於不含本發明之(B)化合物,故評價結果為15.2%。 <比較例A2> 於實施例A1之組成中,不添加黃嘌呤,除此以外,藉由與實施例A1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例A1相同之評價。由於不含本發明之(B)化合物,故評價結果為14.3%。 <比較例A3> 實施例A10之組成中,不添加黃嘌呤,除此以外,藉由與實施例A10相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例A10相同之評價。由於不含本發明之(B)化合物,故評價結果為15.7%。 <比較例A4> 實施例A11之組成中,不添加黃嘌呤,除此以外,藉由與實施例A11相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例A11相同之評價。由於不含本發明之(B)化合物,故評價結果為14.9%。 將該等實施例A1~16、比較例A1~4之結果彙總示於表1。 實施例B <製造例B1>((A)作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物A之合成) 於容積2 L之可分離式燒瓶中放入4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(ODPA)155.1 g,添加甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEMA)131.2 g與γ-丁內酯400 ml並於室溫下攪拌,一面攪拌一面添加吡啶81.5 g而獲得反應混合物。於由反應產生之放熱結束後,靜置冷卻至室溫,放置16小時。 繼而,於冰浴冷卻下,一面攪拌一面歷時40分鐘向反應混合物中添加使二環己基碳二醯亞胺(DCC)206.3 g溶解於γ-丁內酯180 ml所得之溶液,繼而,一面攪拌一面歷時60分鐘添加使4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)93.0 g懸浮於γ-丁內酯350 ml所得者。進而於室溫下攪拌2小時後,添加乙醇30 ml並攪拌1小時,繼而,添加γ-丁內酯400 ml。藉由過濾而去除反應混合物中所生成之沈澱物,獲得反應液。 將所獲得之反應液添加至3 L之乙醇中,而生成包含粗聚合物之沈澱物。過濾分離所生成之粗聚合物,使之溶解於四氫呋喃1.5 L而獲得粗聚合物溶液。將所獲得之粗聚合物溶液滴加至28 L之水中而使聚合物沈澱,過濾分離所獲得之沈澱物後,進行真空乾燥而獲得粉末狀之聚合物(聚合物A)。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物A之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為20,000。 再者,各製造例B中獲得之樹脂之重量平均分子量係採用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC),於以下之條件下進行測定,求出以標準聚苯乙烯換算計之重量平均分子量。 泵:JASCO PU-980 檢測器:JASCO RI-930 管柱烘箱:JASCO CO-965 40℃ 管柱:2根Shodex KD-806M串聯 流動相:0.1 mol/L LiBr/NMP 流速:1 ml/min. <製造例B2>((A)作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物B之合成) 使用3,3',4,4'-聯苯基四羧酸二酐(BPDA)147.1 g代替製造例B1之4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(ODPA)155.1 g,除此以外,藉由與上述製造例B1所記載之方法相同之方式進行反應,而獲得聚合物B。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物B之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為22,000。 <製造例B3>((A)作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物C之合成) 使用2,2'-雙三氟甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(TFMB)147.8 g代替製造例B1之4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)93.0 g,除此以外,藉由與上述製造例B1所記載之方法相同之方式進行反應,而獲得聚合物C。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物C之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為21,000。 <製造例B4>((A)作為聚醯胺之聚合物D之合成) (苯二甲酸化合物封端體AIPA-MO之合成) 於容積5 L之可分離式燒瓶中投入5-胺基間苯二甲酸{以下簡記為AIPA}543.5 g、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮1700 g,進行混合攪拌,藉由水浴加熱至50℃。利用滴液漏斗於其中滴加投入使異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯512.0 g(3.3 mol)經γ-丁內酯500 g稀釋所得者,直接於50℃下攪拌2小時左右。 藉由低分子量凝膠滲透層析法{以下記為低分子量GPC}確認反應結束(5-胺基間苯二甲酸消失)後,將該反應液投入至15 L之離子交換水中,進行攪拌,加以靜置,待出現反應產物之結晶化沈澱後將其過濾分離,經適當水洗後,於40℃下真空乾燥48小時,藉此獲得由5-胺基間苯二甲酸之胺基與異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯之異氰酸酯基作用所得之AIPA-MO。所獲得之AIPA-MO之低分子量GPC純度約為100%。 (聚合物D之合成) 於容積2 L之可分離式燒瓶中投入所獲得之AIPA-MO 100.89 g(0.3 mol)、吡啶71.2 g(0.9 mol)、GBL 400 g,進行混合,藉由冰浴冷卻至5℃。於冰浴冷卻下,歷時20分鐘左右於其中滴加使二環己基碳二醯亞胺(DCC)125.0 g(0.606 mol)經GBL 125 g溶解稀釋所得者,繼而,歷時20分鐘左右滴加使4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯{以下記為BAPB}103.16 g(0.28 mol)經NMP 168 g溶解所得者,藉由冰浴維持3小時未達5℃,繼而移除冰浴,於室溫下攪拌5小時。藉由過濾而去除反應混合物中所生成之沈澱物,獲得反應液。 於所獲得之反應液中滴加水840 g與異丙醇560 g之混合液,分離所析出之聚合物,使之再溶解於NMP 650 g。將所獲得之粗聚合物溶液滴加至5 L之水中使聚合物沈澱,過濾分離所獲得之沈澱物後,進行真空乾燥而獲得粉末狀之聚合物(聚合物E)。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物D之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為34,700。 <製造例B5>((A)作為聚㗁唑前驅物之聚合物E之合成) 於容積3 L之可分離式燒瓶中將2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)-六氟丙烷183.1 g、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)640.9 g、吡啶63.3 g於室溫(25℃)下進行混合攪拌,製成均勻溶液。利用滴液漏斗於其中滴加使4,4'-二苯醚二甲醯氯118.0 g經二乙二醇二甲醚(DMDG)354 g溶解所得者。此時,將可分離式燒瓶於15~20℃之水浴中冷卻。滴液所需之時間為40分鐘,反應液溫最高為30℃。 滴液結束後經過3小時後,向反應液中添加1,2-環己基二羧酸酐30.8 g(0.2 mol),於室溫下攪拌放置15小時,使聚合物鏈之占總數99%之胺末端基經羧基環己基醯胺基封端。此時之反應率可藉由利用高效液相層析法(HPLC)追蹤所投入之1,2-環己基二羧酸酐之殘量而容易地算出。其後,將上述反應液於高速攪拌下滴加至2 L之水中而使聚合物分散析出,將其回收,經適當水洗,脫水後實施真空乾燥,而獲得藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法所測得之重量平均分子量9,000(聚苯乙烯換算)之粗聚苯并㗁唑前驅物。 使上述獲得之粗聚苯并㗁唑前驅物再溶解於γ-丁內酯(GBL)後,對其利用陽離子交換樹脂及陰離子交換樹脂進行處理,將藉此獲得之溶液投入至離子交換水中後,過濾分離所析出之聚合物,進行水洗並真空乾燥,藉此獲得經精製之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物(聚合物E)。 <製造例B6>((A)作為聚醯亞胺之聚合物F之合成) 對裝有Teflon(註冊商標)製錨型攪拌器之玻璃製可分離式四口燒瓶安裝附迪安-斯塔克分離器之冷卻管。一面通入氮氣,一面將上述燒瓶浸於矽油浴中進行攪拌。 添加2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷(Clariant Japan公司製造)(以下記為BAP)72.28 g(280 mmol)、5-(2,5-二側氧四氫-3-呋喃基)-3-甲基-環己烯-1,2二羧酸酐(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造)(以下記為MCTC)70.29 g(266 mmol)、γ-丁內酯254.6 g、甲苯60 g,於室溫下以100 rpm攪拌4小時後,添加5-降&#158665;烯-2,3-二羧酸酐(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造)4.6 g(28 mmol),一面通入氮氣一面於矽浴溫度50℃下以100 rpm加熱攪拌8小時。其後,加熱至矽浴溫度180℃,以100 rpm加熱攪拌2小時。去除於反應中所餾出之甲苯、水。醯亞胺化反應結束後恢復至室溫。 其後將上述反應液於高速攪拌下滴加至3 L之水中而使聚合物分散析出,將其回收,經適當水洗,脫水後實施真空乾燥,而獲得藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法所測得之重量平均分子量23,000(聚苯乙烯換算)之粗聚醯亞胺(聚合物F)。 <製造例B7>((A)作為酚樹脂之聚合物G之合成) 於容積0.5 L之附迪安-斯塔克裝置之可分離式燒瓶中將3,5-二羥基苯甲酸甲酯128.3 g(0.76 mol)、4,4'-雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯(以下亦稱為「BMMB」)121.2 g(0.5 mol)、二乙基硫酸3.9 g(0.025 mol)、二乙二醇二甲醚140 g於70℃下進行混合攪拌,而使固形物溶解。 藉由油浴將混合溶液加熱至140℃,確認自反應液生成了甲醇。直接於140℃下攪拌反應液2小時。 繼而,將反應容器於大氣中冷卻,向其中另外添加100 g之四氫呋喃并攪拌。將上述反應稀釋液於高速攪拌下滴加至4 L之水中而使樹脂分散析出,將其回收,經適當水洗,脫水後實施真空乾燥,而以產率70%獲得包含3,5-二羥基苯甲酸甲酯/BMMB之共聚物(聚合物G)。該聚合物G之藉由GPC法之標準聚苯乙烯換算所求出之重量平均分子量為21,000。 <製造例B8>((A)作為酚樹脂之聚合物H之合成) 對容積1.0 L之附迪安-斯塔克裝置之可分離式燒瓶進行氮氣置換,其後,於該可分離式燒瓶中將間苯二酚81.3 g(0.738 mol)、BMMB 84.8 g(0.35 mol)、對甲苯磺酸3.81 g(0.02 mol)、丙二醇單甲醚(以下亦稱為PGME)116 g於50℃下進行混合攪拌,而使固形物溶解。 藉由油浴將混合溶液加熱至120℃,確認自反應液生成了甲醇。直接於120℃下將反應液攪拌3小時。 繼而,於另一容器中將2,6-雙(羥基甲基)對甲酚24.9 g(0.150 mol)、PGME 249 g進行混合攪拌,使之均勻溶解,將所獲得之溶液使用滴液漏斗歷時1小時滴加至該可分離式燒瓶內,滴液後進而攪拌2小時。 反應結束後,進行與製造例B7相同之處理,而以產率77%獲得包含間苯二酚/BMMB/2,6-雙(羥基甲基)對甲酚之共聚物(聚合物H)。該聚合物H之藉由GPC法之標準聚苯乙烯換算所求出之重量平均分子量為9,900。 <實施例B1> 使用聚合物A、B,藉由以下之方法製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並對所製備之感光性樹脂組合物進行評價。將作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物A 50 g與B 50 g(相當於(A)樹脂)與二環己基硫脲(相當於(B)含硫化合物)0.5 g、1-苯基-1,2-丙烷二酮-2-(O-乙氧基羰基)-肟(表2中記為「PDO」)(相當於(C)感光劑)4 g、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯8 g、N-[3-(三乙氧基矽烷基)丙基]苯二甲醯胺酸1.5 g一併溶解於包含N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(以下記為NMP)80 g與乳酸乙酯20 g之混合溶劑。藉由進而添加少量之上述混合溶劑而將所獲得之溶液之黏度調整為約35泊(poise),製成負型感光性樹脂組合物。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.5%之結果。 <實施例B2> 上述實施例B1中,作為(B)成分,將二環己基硫脲之添加量變為0.1 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例B1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得6.9%之結果。 <實施例B3> 上述實施例B1中,作為(B)成分,將二環己基硫脲之添加量變為4 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例B1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.8%之結果。 <實施例B4> 上述實施例B1中,作為(B)成分,使用苯并噻唑代替二環己基硫脲,除此以外,藉由與實施例B1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得7.3%之結果。 <實施例B5> 上述實施例B1中,作為(B)成分,使用若丹林代替二環己基硫脲,除此以外,藉由與實施例B1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得7.2%之結果。 <實施例B6> 上述實施例B1中,作為(B)成分,使用2-9-氧硫&#134079;代替二環己基硫脲,除此以外,藉由與實施例B1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得7.3%之結果。 <實施例B7> 藉由與上述實施例B1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液,針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行350℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.9%之結果。 <實施例B8> 上述實施例B1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物A 50 g與聚合物B 50 g變為聚合物A 100 g,作為(C)成分,將PDO 4 g變為1,2-辛烷二酮-1-{4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)}(Irgacure OXE01(BASF公司製造,商品名))2.5 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例B1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.7%之結果。 <實施例B9> 上述實施例B1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物A 50 g與聚合物B 50 g變為聚合物A 100 g,作為(C)成分,將PDO 4 g變為1,2-辛烷二酮-1-{4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)}(Irgacure OXE01(BASF公司製造,商品名))2.5 g,進而將溶劑變為γ-丁內酯85 g與二甲基亞碸15 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例B1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.6%之結果。 <實施例B10> 上述實施例B1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物A 50 g與聚合物B 50 g變為聚合物C 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例B1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行350℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.9%之結果。 <實施例B11> 上述實施例B1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物A 50 g與聚合物B 50 g變為聚合物D 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例B1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行250℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.3%之結果。 <實施例B12> 使用聚合物E,藉由以下之方法製備正型感光性樹脂組合物,並對所製備之感光性樹脂組合物進行評價。將作為聚㗁唑前驅物之聚合物E 100 g(相當於(A)樹脂)與下述式(96): [化105]所表示之77%之酚性羥基經萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯化之感光性重氮醌化合物(東洋合成公司製造,相當於(C)感光劑)(C1)15 g、二環己基硫脲(相當於(B)含硫化合物)0.5 g、3-第三丁氧基羰基胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷6 g一併溶解於γ-丁內酯(作為溶劑)100 g。藉由進而添加少量之γ-丁內酯而將所獲得之溶液之黏度調整為約20泊(poise),製成正型感光性樹脂組合物。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行350℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.4%之結果。 <實施例B13> 上述實施例B12中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物E 100 g變為聚合物F 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例B12相同之方式製備正型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行250℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.5%之結果。 <實施例B14> 上述實施例B12中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物E 100 g變為聚合物G 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例B12相同之方式製備正型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行220℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.7%之結果。 <實施例B15> 上述實施例B12中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物E 100 g變為聚合物H 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例B12相同之方式製備正型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行220℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.6%之結果。 <比較例B1> 於實施例B1之組成中,不添加二環己基硫脲,除此以外,藉由與實施例B1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例B1相同之評價。由於不含本發明之(B)化合物,故評價結果為14.3%。 <比較例B2> 於實施例B11之組成中,不添加二環己基硫脲,除此以外,藉由與實施例B11相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例B11相同之評價。由於不含本發明之(B)化合物,故評價結果為15.5%。 <比較例B3> 於實施例B12之組成中,不添加二環己基硫脲,除此以外,藉由與實施例B12相同之方式製備正型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例B12相同之評價。由於不含本發明之(B)化合物,故評價結果為14.6%。 將該等實施例B1~15、比較例B1~3之結果彙總示於表2。 實施例C <製造例C1>((A)作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物A之合成) 於容積2 L之可分離式燒瓶中放入4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(ODPA)155.1 g,添加甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEMA)131.2 g與γ-丁內酯400 ml並於室溫下攪拌,一面攪拌一面添加吡啶81.5 g而獲得反應混合物。於由反應產生之放熱結束後,靜置冷卻至室溫,放置16小時。 繼而,於冰浴冷卻下,一面攪拌一面歷時40分鐘向反應混合物中添加使二環己基碳二醯亞胺(DCC)206.3 g溶解於γ-丁內酯180 ml所得之溶液,繼而,一面攪拌一面歷時60分鐘添加使4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)93.0 g懸浮於γ-丁內酯350 ml所得者。進而於室溫下攪拌2小時後,添加乙醇30 ml並攪拌1小時,繼而,添加γ-丁內酯400 ml。藉由過濾而去除反應混合物中所生成之沈澱物,獲得反應液。 將所獲得之反應液添加至3 L之乙醇中,而生成包含粗聚合物之沈澱物。過濾分離所生成之粗聚合物,使之溶解於四氫呋喃1.5 L而獲得粗聚合物溶液。將所獲得之粗聚合物溶液滴加至28 L之水中而使聚合物沈澱,過濾分離所獲得之沈澱物後,進行真空乾燥而獲得粉末狀之聚合物(聚合物A)。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物A之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為20,000。 再者,各製造例C中獲得之樹脂之重量平均分子量係採用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC),於以下之條件下進行測定,求出以標準聚苯乙烯換算計之重量平均分子量。 泵:JASCO PU-980 檢測器:JASCO RI-930 管柱烘箱:JASCO CO-965 40℃ 管柱:2根Shodex KD-806M串聯 流動相:0.1 mol/L LiBr/NMP 流速:1 ml/min. <製造例C2>((A)作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物B之合成) 使用3,3',4,4'-聯苯基四羧酸二酐(BPDA)147.1 g代替製造例C1之4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(ODPA)155.1 g,除此以外,藉由與上述製造例C1所記載之方法相同之方式進行反應,而獲得聚合物B。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物B之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為22,000。 <製造例C3>((A)作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物C之合成) 使用2,2'-雙三氟甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(TFMB)147.8 g代替製造例C1之4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)93.0 g,除此以外,藉由與上述製造例C1所記載之方法相同之方式進行反應,而獲得聚合物C。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物C之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為21,000。 <製造例C4>((A)作為聚醯胺之聚合物D之合成) (苯二甲酸化合物封端體AIPA-MO之合成) 於容積5 L之可分離式燒瓶中投入5-胺基間苯二甲酸{以下簡記為AIPA}543.5 g、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮1700 g,進行混合攪拌,藉由水浴加熱至50℃。利用滴液漏斗於其中滴加投入使異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯512.0 g(3.3 mol)經γ-丁內酯500 g稀釋所得者,直接於50℃下攪拌2小時左右。 藉由低分子量凝膠滲透層析法{以下記為低分子量GPC}確認反應結束(5-胺基間苯二甲酸消失)後,將該反應液投入至15 L之離子交換水中,進行攪拌,加以靜置,待出現反應產物之結晶化沈澱後將其過濾分離,經適當水洗後,於40℃下真空乾燥48小時,藉此獲得由5-胺基間苯二甲酸之胺基與異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯之異氰酸酯基作用所得之AIPA-MO。所獲得之AIPA-MO之低分子量GPC純度約為100%。 (聚合物D之合成) 於容積2 L之可分離式燒瓶中投入所獲得之AIPA-MO 100.89 g(0.3 mol)、吡啶71.2 g(0.9 mol)、GBL 400 g,進行混合,藉由冰浴冷卻至5℃。於冰浴冷卻下,歷時20分鐘左右於其中滴加使二環己基碳二醯亞胺(DCC)125.0 g(0.606 mol)經GBL 125 g溶解稀釋所得者,繼而,歷時20分鐘左右滴加使4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯{以下記為BAPB}103.16 g(0.28 mol)經NMP 168 g溶解所得者,藉由冰浴維持3小時未達5℃,繼而移除冰浴,於室溫下攪拌5小時。藉由過濾而去除反應混合物中所生成之沈澱物,獲得反應液。 於所獲得之反應液中滴加水840 g與異丙醇560 g之混合液,分離所析出之聚合物,使之再溶解於NMP 650 g。將所獲得之粗聚合物溶液滴加至5 L之水中使聚合物沈澱,過濾分離所獲得之沈澱物後,進行真空乾燥而獲得粉末狀之聚合物(聚合物E)。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物D之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為34,700。 <製造例C5>((A)作為聚㗁唑前驅物之聚合物E之合成) 於容積3 L之可分離式燒瓶中將2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)-六氟丙烷183.1 g、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)640.9 g、吡啶63.3 g於室溫(25℃)下進行混合攪拌,製成均勻溶液。利用滴液漏斗於其中滴加使4,4'-二苯醚二甲醯氯118.0 g經二乙二醇二甲醚(DMDG)354 g溶解所得者。此時,將可分離式燒瓶於15~20℃之水浴中冷卻。滴液所需之時間為40分鐘,反應液溫最高為30℃。 滴液結束後經過3小時後,向反應液中添加1,2-環己基二羧酸酐30.8 g(0.2 mol),於室溫下攪拌放置15小時,使聚合物鏈之占總數99%之胺末端基經羧基環己基醯胺基封端。此時之反應率可藉由利用高效液相層析法(HPLC)追蹤所投入之1,2-環己基二羧酸酐之殘量而容易地算出。其後,將上述反應液於高速攪拌下滴加至2 L之水中而使聚合物分散析出,將其回收,經適當水洗,脫水後實施真空乾燥,而獲得藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法所測得之重量平均分子量9,000(聚苯乙烯換算)之粗聚苯并㗁唑前驅物。 使上述獲得之粗聚苯并㗁唑前驅物再溶解於γ-丁內酯(GBL)後,對其利用陽離子交換樹脂及陰離子交換樹脂進行處理,將藉此獲得之溶液投入至離子交換水中後,過濾分離所析出之聚合物,進行水洗並真空乾燥,藉此獲得經精製之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物(聚合物E)。 <製造例C6>((A)作為聚醯亞胺之聚合物F之合成) 對裝有Teflon(註冊商標)製錨型攪拌器之玻璃製可分離式四口燒瓶安裝附迪安-斯塔克分離器之冷卻管。一面通入氮氣,一面將上述燒瓶浸於矽油浴中進行攪拌。 添加2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷(Clariant Japan公司製造)(以下記為BAP)72.28 g(280 mmol)、5-(2,5-二側氧四氫-3-呋喃基)-3-甲基-環己烯-1,2二羧酸酐(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造)(以下記為MCTC)70.29 g(266 mmol)、γ-丁內酯254.6 g、甲苯60 g,於室溫下以100 rpm攪拌4小時後,添加5-降&#158665;烯-2,3-二羧酸酐(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造)4.6 g(28 mmol),一面通入氮氣一面於矽浴溫度50℃下以100 rpm加熱攪拌8小時。其後,加熱至矽浴溫度180℃,以100 rpm加熱攪拌2小時。去除於反應中所餾出之甲苯、水。醯亞胺化反應結束後恢復至室溫。 其後將上述反應液於高速攪拌下滴加至3 L之水中而使聚合物分散析出,將其回收,經適當水洗,脫水後實施真空乾燥,而獲得藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法所測得之重量平均分子量23,000(聚苯乙烯換算)之粗聚醯亞胺(聚合物F)。 <製造例C7>((A)作為酚樹脂之聚合物G之合成) 於容積0.5 L之附迪安-斯塔克裝置之可分離式燒瓶中將3,5-二羥基苯甲酸甲酯128.3 g(0.76 mol)、4,4'-雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯(以下亦稱為「BMMB」)121.2 g(0.5 mol)、二乙基硫酸3.9 g(0.025 mol)、二乙二醇二甲醚140 g於70℃下進行混合攪拌,而使固形物溶解。 藉由油浴將混合溶液加熱至140℃,確認自反應液生成了甲醇。直接於140℃下攪拌反應液2小時。 繼而,將反應容器於大氣中冷卻,向其中另外添加100 g之四氫呋喃并攪拌。將上述反應稀釋液於高速攪拌下滴加至4 L之水中而使樹脂分散析出,將其回收,經適當水洗,脫水後實施真空乾燥,而以產率70%獲得包含3,5-二羥基苯甲酸甲酯/BMMB之共聚物(聚合物G)。該聚合物G之藉由GPC法之標準聚苯乙烯換算所求出之重量平均分子量為21,000。 <製造例C8>((A)作為酚樹脂之聚合物H之合成) 對容積1.0 L之附迪安-斯塔克裝置之可分離式燒瓶進行氮氣置換,其後,於該可分離式燒瓶中將間苯二酚81.3 g(0.738 mol)、BMMB 84.8 g(0.35 mol)、對甲苯磺酸3.81 g(0.02 mol)、丙二醇單甲醚(以下亦稱為PGME)116 g於50℃下進行混合攪拌,而使固形物溶解。 藉由油浴將混合溶液加熱至120℃,確認自反應液生成了甲醇。直接於120℃下將反應液攪拌3小時。 繼而,於另一容器中將2,6-雙(羥基甲基)對甲酚24.9 g(0.150 mol)、PGME 249 g進行混合攪拌,使之均勻溶解,將所獲得之溶液使用滴液漏斗歷時1小時滴加至該可分離式燒瓶內,滴液後進而攪拌2小時。 反應結束後,進行與製造例C7相同之處理,而以產率77%獲得包含間苯二酚/BMMB/2,6-雙(羥基甲基)對甲酚之共聚物(聚合物H)。該聚合物H之藉由GPC法之標準聚苯乙烯換算所求出之重量平均分子量為9,900。 <實施例C1> 使用聚合物A、B,藉由以下之方法製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並對所製備之感光性樹脂組合物進行評價。將作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物A 50 g與B 50 g(相當於(A)樹脂)與丁基脲(相當於(B-1)化合物)1 g、1-苯基-1,2-丙烷二酮-2-(O-乙氧基羰基)-肟(表3中記為「PDO」)(相當於(C)感光劑)4 g、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯8 g、N-[3-(三乙氧基矽烷基)丙基]苯二甲醯胺酸1.5 g一併溶解於包含N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(以下記為NMP)80 g與乳酸乙酯20 g之混合溶劑。藉由進而添加少量之上述混合溶劑而將所獲得之溶液之黏度調整為約35泊(poise),製成負型感光性樹脂組合物。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.5%之結果。 <實施例C2> 上述實施例C1中,作為(B)成分,將丁基脲之添加量變為0.1 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例C1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得6.8%之結果。 <實施例C3> 上述實施例C1中,作為(B)成分,將丁基脲之添加量變為5 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例C1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.8%之結果。 <實施例C4> 上述實施例C1中,作為(B)成分,使用四乙二醇(相當於(B-2)化合物)代替丁基脲,除此以外,藉由與實施例C1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得6.2%之結果。 <實施例C5> 上述實施例C1中,作為(B)成分,使用己二酸雙(2-甲氧基乙基)酯(相當於(B-3)化合物)代替丁基脲,除此以外,藉由與實施例C1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得6.3%之結果。 <實施例C6> 藉由與上述實施例C1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液,針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行350℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.7%之結果。 <實施例C7> 上述實施例C1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物A 50 g與聚合物B 50 g變為聚合物A 100 g,作為(C)成分,將PDO 4 g變為1,2-辛烷二酮-1-{4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)}(Irgacure OXE01(BASF公司製造,商品名))2.5 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例C1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.4%之結果。 <實施例C8> 上述實施例C1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物A 50 g與聚合物B 50 g變為聚合物A 100 g,作為(C)成分,將PDO 4 g變為1,2-辛烷二酮-1-{4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)}(Irgacure OXE01(BASF公司製造,商品名))2.5 g,進而將溶劑變為γ-丁內酯85 g與二甲基亞碸15 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例C1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.5%之結果。 <實施例C9> 上述實施例C1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物A 50 g與聚合物B 50 g變為聚合物C 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例C1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行350℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.7%之結果。 <實施例C10> 上述實施例C1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物A 50 g與聚合物B 50 g變為聚合物D 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例C1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行250℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.8%之結果。 <實施例C11> 使用聚合物E,藉由以下之方法製備正型感光性樹脂組合物,並對所製備之感光性樹脂組合物進行評價。將作為聚㗁唑前驅物之聚合物E 100 g(相當於(A)樹脂)與下述式(96): [化106]所表示之77%之酚性羥基經萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯化之感光性重氮醌化合物(東洋合成公司製造,相當於(C)感光劑)(C1)15 g、丁基脲(相當於(B-1)化合物)1 g、3-第三丁氧基羰基胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷6 g一併溶解於γ-丁內酯(作為溶劑)100 g。藉由進而添加少量之γ-丁內酯而將所獲得之溶液之黏度調整為約20泊(poise),製成正型感光性樹脂組合物。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行350℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.6%之結果。 <實施例C12> 上述實施例C11中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物E 100 g變為聚合物F 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例C11相同之方式製備正型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行250℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.9%之結果。 <實施例C13> 上述實施例C11中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物E 100 g變為聚合物G 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例C11相同之方式製備正型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行220℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.5%之結果。 <實施例C14> 上述實施例C11中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物E 100 g變為聚合物H 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例C13相同之方式製備正型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行220℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.4%之結果。 <比較例C1> 於實施例C1之組成中,不添加丁基脲,除此以外,藉由與實施例C1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例C1相同之評價。由於不含本發明之(B)化合物,故評價結果為14.3%。 <比較例C2> 於實施例C12之組成中,不添加丁基脲,除此以外,藉由與實施例C12相同之方式製備正型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例C12相同之評價。由於不含本發明之(B)化合物,故評價結果為15.5%。 <比較例C3> 於實施例C13之組成中,不添加丁基脲,除此以外,藉由與實施例C13相同之方式製備正型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例C11相同之評價。由於不含本發明之(B)化合物,故評價結果為15.7%。 實施例D <製造例D1>((A)作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物(A)-1之合成) 於容積2 L之可分離式燒瓶中放入4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(ODPA)155.1 g,添加甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEMA)131.2 g與γ-丁內酯400 ml並於室溫下攪拌,一面攪拌一面添加吡啶81.5 g而獲得反應混合物。於由反應產生之放熱結束後,靜置冷卻至室溫,放置16小時。 繼而,於冰浴冷卻下,一面攪拌一面歷時40分鐘向反應混合物中添加使二環己基碳二醯亞胺(DCC)206.3 g溶解於γ-丁內酯180 ml所得之溶液,繼而,一面攪拌一面歷時60分鐘添加使4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)93.0 g懸浮於γ-丁內酯350 ml所得者。進而於室溫下攪拌2小時後,添加乙醇30 ml並攪拌1小時,繼而,添加γ-丁內酯400 ml。藉由過濾而去除反應混合物中所生成之沈澱物,獲得反應液。 將所獲得之反應液添加至3 L之乙醇中,而生成包含粗聚合物之沈澱物。過濾分離所生成之粗聚合物,使之溶解於四氫呋喃1.5 L而獲得粗聚合物溶液。將所獲得之粗聚合物溶液滴加至28 L之水中而使聚合物沈澱,過濾分離所獲得之沈澱物後,進行真空乾燥而獲得粉末狀之聚合物(聚合物(A)-1)。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物(A)-1之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為20,000。 再者,各製造例D中獲得之樹脂之重量平均分子量係採用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC),於以下之條件下進行測定,求出以標準聚苯乙烯換算計之重量平均分子量。 泵:JASCO PU-980 檢測器:JASCO RI-930 管柱烘箱:JASCO CO-965 40℃ 管柱:2根Shodex KD-806M串聯 流動相:0.1 mol/L LiBr/NMP 流速:1 ml/min. <製造例D2>((A)作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物(A)-2之合成) 使用3,3',4,4'-聯苯基四羧酸二酐(BPDA)147.1 g代替製造例D1之4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(ODPA)155.1 g,除此以外,藉由與上述製造例D1所記載之方法相同之方式進行反應,而獲得聚合物(A)-2。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物(A)-2之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為22,000。 <製造例D3>((A)作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物(A)-3之合成) 使用2,2'-雙三氟甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(TFMB)147.8 g代替製造例D1之4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)93.0 g,除此以外,藉由與上述製造例D1所記載之方法相同之方式進行反應,而獲得聚合物(A)-3。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物(A)-3之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為21,000。 <製造例D4>((A)作為聚醯胺之聚合物(A)-4之合成) (苯二甲酸化合物封端體AIPA-MO之合成) 於容積5 L之可分離式燒瓶中投入5-胺基間苯二甲酸{以下簡記為AIPA}543.5 g、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮1700 g,進行混合攪拌,藉由水浴加熱至50℃。利用滴液漏斗於其中滴加投入使異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯512.0 g(3.3 mol)經γ-丁內酯500 g稀釋所得者,直接於50℃下攪拌2小時左右。 藉由低分子量凝膠滲透層析法{以下記為低分子量GPC}確認反應結束(5-胺基間苯二甲酸消失)後,將該反應液投入至15 L之離子交換水中,進行攪拌,加以靜置,待出現反應產物之結晶化沈澱後將其過濾分離,經適當水洗後,於40℃下真空乾燥48小時,藉此獲得由5-胺基間苯二甲酸之胺基與異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯之異氰酸酯基作用所得之AIPA-MO。所獲得之AIPA-MO之低分子量GPC純度約為100%。 (聚合物(A)-4之合成) 於容積2 L之可分離式燒瓶中投入所獲得之AIPA-MO 100.89 g(0.3 mol)、吡啶71.2 g(0.9 mol)、GBL 400 g,進行混合,藉由冰浴冷卻至5℃。於冰浴冷卻下,歷時20分鐘左右於其中滴加使二環己基碳二醯亞胺(DCC)125.0 g(0.606 mol)經GBL 125 g溶解稀釋所得者,繼而,歷時20分鐘左右滴加使4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯{以下記為BAPB}103.16 g(0.28 mol)經NMP 168 g溶解所得者,藉由冰浴維持3小時未達5℃,繼而移除冰浴,於室溫下攪拌5小時。藉由過濾而去除反應混合物中所生成之沈澱物,獲得反應液。 於所獲得之反應液中滴加水840 g與異丙醇560 g之混合液,分離所析出之聚合物,使之再溶解於NMP 650 g。將所獲得之粗聚合物溶液滴加至5 L之水中使聚合物沈澱,過濾分離所獲得之沈澱物後,進行真空乾燥而獲得粉末狀之聚合物(聚合物(A)-4)。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定聚合物(A)-4之分子量,結果重量平均分子量(Mw)為34,700。 <製造例D5>((A)作為聚㗁唑前驅物之聚合物(A)-5之合成) 於容積3 L之可分離式燒瓶中將2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)-六氟丙烷183.1 g、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)640.9 g、吡啶63.3 g於室溫(25℃)下進行混合攪拌,製成均勻溶液。利用滴液漏斗於其中滴加使4,4'-二苯醚二甲醯氯118.0 g經二乙二醇二甲醚(DMDG)354 g溶解所得者。此時,將可分離式燒瓶於15~20℃之水浴中冷卻。滴液所需之時間為40分鐘,反應液溫最高為30℃。 滴液結束後經過3小時後,向反應液中添加1,2-環己基二羧酸酐30.8 g(0.2 mol),於室溫下攪拌放置15小時,使聚合物鏈之占總數99%之胺末端基經羧基環己基醯胺基封端。此時之反應率可藉由利用高效液相層析法(HPLC)追蹤所投入之1,2-環己基二羧酸酐之殘量而容易地算出。其後,將上述反應液於高速攪拌下滴加至2 L之水中而使聚合物分散析出,將其回收,經適當水洗,脫水後實施真空乾燥,而獲得藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法所測得之重量平均分子量9,000(聚苯乙烯換算)之粗聚苯并㗁唑前驅物。 使上述獲得之粗聚苯并㗁唑前驅物再溶解於γ-丁內酯(GBL)後,對其利用陽離子交換樹脂及陰離子交換樹脂進行處理,將藉此獲得之溶液投入至離子交換水中後,過濾分離所析出之聚合物,進行水洗並真空乾燥,藉此獲得經精製之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物(聚合物(A)-5)。 <製造例D6>((A)作為聚醯亞胺之聚合物(A)-6之合成) 對裝有Teflon(註冊商標)製錨型攪拌器之玻璃製可分離式四口燒瓶安裝附迪安-斯塔克分離器之冷卻管。一面通入氮氣,一面將上述燒瓶浸於矽油浴中進行攪拌。 添加2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷(Clariant Japan公司製造)(以下記為BAP)72.28 g(280 mmol)、5-(2,5-二側氧四氫-3-呋喃基)-3-甲基-環己烯-1,2二羧酸酐(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造)(以下記為MCTC)70.29 g(266 mmol)、γ-丁內酯254.6 g、甲苯60 g,於室溫下以100 rpm攪拌4小時後,添加5-降&#158665;烯-2,3-二羧酸酐(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造)4.6 g(28 mmol),一面通入氮氣一面於矽浴溫度50℃下以100 rpm加熱攪拌8小時。其後,加熱至矽浴溫度180℃,以100 rpm加熱攪拌2小時。去除於反應中所餾出之甲苯、水。醯亞胺化反應結束後恢復至室溫。 其後將上述反應液於高速攪拌下滴加至3 L之水中而使聚合物分散析出,將其回收,經適當水洗,脫水後實施真空乾燥,而獲得藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法所測得之重量平均分子量23,000(聚苯乙烯換算)之粗聚醯亞胺(聚合物(A)-6)。 <實施例D1> 使用聚合物(A)-1、(A)-2,藉由以下之方法製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行感光性樹脂組合物之評價。將作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚合物(A)-1 50 g與(A)-2 50 g(相當於(A)樹脂)與N-苯基苄基胺(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造,相當於(B)-1)3 g、1-苯基-1,2-丙烷二酮-2-(O-乙氧基羰基)-肟(表4中記為「PDO」)(相當於(C)感光劑)4 g、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯8 g、N-[3-(三乙氧基矽烷基)丙基]苯二甲醯胺酸1.5 g一併溶解於包含N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(以下記為NMP)80 g與乳酸乙酯20 g之混合溶劑。藉由進而添加少量之上述混合溶劑而將所獲得之溶液之黏度調整為約35泊(poise),製成負型感光性樹脂組合物。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.5%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D2> 上述實施例D1中,將(B)成分變為N,N'-二苯基乙烷-1,2-二胺(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造),除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.2%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D3> 上述實施例D1中,將(B)成分變為胺基甲酸第三丁基苯酯(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造),除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.1%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D4> 上述實施例D1中,將(B)成分變為(3-羥基苯基)胺基甲酸第三丁酯(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造),除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.8%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D5> 上述實施例D1中,將(B)成分變為2-羥基-N-(1H-1,2,4-三唑-3-基)苯甲醯胺(ADEKA股份有限公司製造,Adekastab CDA-1),除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.8%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D6> 上述實施例D1中,將(B)成分變為2-(2H-苯并[d][1,2,3]三唑-2-基)-4-(2,4,4-三甲基戊烷-2-基)苯酚(ADEKA股份有限公司製造,Adekastab LA-29),除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.2%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D7> 上述實施例D1中,將(B)成分變為(4-((1H-1,2,4-三唑-1-基)甲基)苯基)甲醇(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造),除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得6.1%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D8> 上述實施例D1中,將(B)-1成分之添加量變為1 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得8.5%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D9> 上述實施例D1中,將(B)-1成分之添加量變為6 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.9%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D10> 上述實施例D1中,將(B)-1成分之添加量變為10 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行230℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.0%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D11> 上述實施例D1中,將固化溫度自230℃變為350℃,除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得6.1%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D12> 上述實施例D1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物(A)-1 50 g與聚合物(A)-2 50 g變為聚合物(A)-1 100 g,將(C)成分自PDO變為1,2-辛烷二酮-1-{4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)}(Irgacure OXE01(BASF公司製造,商品名))2.5 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.8%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D13> 上述實施例D12中,將溶劑變為γ-丁內酯85 g與二甲基亞碸15 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例D12相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得5.4%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D14> 上述實施例D1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物(A)-1 50 g與聚合物(A)-2 50 g變為聚合物(A)-3 100 g,將固化溫度自230℃變為350℃,除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得7.2%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D15> 上述實施例D1中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物(A)-1 50 g與聚合物(A)-2 50 g變為聚合物(A)-4 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得4.9%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D16> 使用聚合物(A)-5,藉由以下之方法製備正型感光性樹脂組合物,並對所製備之感光性樹脂組合物進行評價。將作為聚㗁唑前驅物之聚合物(A)-5 100 g(相當於(A)樹脂)與下述式(96): [化107]所表示之77%之酚性羥基經萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯化之感光性重氮醌化合物(東洋合成公司製造,相當於(C)成分)(C1)15 g溶解於γ-丁內酯(作為溶劑)100 g。藉由進而添加少量之γ-丁內酯而將所獲得之溶液之黏度調整為約20泊(poise),製成正型感光性樹脂組合物。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行350℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得6.9%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <實施例D17> 上述實施例D16中,作為(A)樹脂,將聚合物(A)-5 100 g變為聚合物(A)-6 100 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例D12相同之方式製備正型感光性樹脂組合物溶液。 針對該組合物,藉由上述方法進行250℃固化而於Cu層上製作硬化浮凸圖案,進行高溫保存試驗後,評價空隙於Cu層之表面所占之面積比率,而獲得6.0%之結果。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <比較例D1> 於實施例D1之組成中,不添加(B)-1成分,除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例D1相同之評價。由於不含本發明之(B)成分,故評價結果為15.2%。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <比較例D2> 於實施例D15之組成中,不添加(B)-1成分,除此以外,藉由與實施例D15相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例D15相同之評價。由於不含本發明之(B)成分,故評價結果為14.3%。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <比較例D3> 於實施例D13之組成中,不添加(B)-1成分,除此以外,藉由與實施例D13相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例D13相同之評價。由於不含本發明之(B)成分,故評價結果為15.7%。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <比較例D4> 於實施例D17之組成中,不添加(B)-1成分,除此以外,藉由與實施例D17相同之方式製備正型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例D17相同之評價。由於不含本發明之(B)成分,故評價結果為16.3%。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以內。 <比較例D5> 於實施例D1之組成中,將(B)-1成分之添加量變為25 g,除此以外,藉由與實施例D1相同之方式製備負型感光性樹脂組合物,並進行與實施例D1相同之評價。評價結果為7.2%。又,所獲得之清漆之保存穩定性試驗後之黏度變化率為10%以上。 將該等實施例D1~17、比較例D1~5之結果彙總示於表4。 [表1] 表1 [表2] 表2 [表3] 表3 [表4] 表4 [產業上之可利用性] 本發明之感光性樹脂組合物可較佳地用於例如對半導體裝置、多層配線基板等電氣・電子材料之製造有用之感光性材料領域。The present invention will be specifically described below. In addition, in the present specification, when there are a plurality of structures represented by the same symbol in the general formula in a molecule, they may be the same as or different from each other. <Photosensitive resin composition> (Aspect A) The present invention uses the following components as essential components, that is, (A) is selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamidate, polyamidate, and polyhydroxyamido , At least one resin in the group consisting of polyamidoamine, polyamidoamine, polyamidoimide, polyamidoimide, polybenzoxazole, and novolac, polyhydroxystyrene, and phenol resin: 100 parts by mass, (B) a cyclic compound having a carbonyl group: 0.01 to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of (A) resin, and (C) photosensitizer: 1 to 100 parts by mass of (A) resin 50 parts by mass. (A) Resin The (A) resin used in the present invention will be described. The resin (A) of the present invention is selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamidate, polyamidate, polyhydroxyamidoamine, polyamidoamine, polyamidoamine, polyamidoamine, At least one resin in the group consisting of polyimide, polybenzoxazole, and novolac, polyhydroxystyrene, and phenol resin is used as a main component. Here, the main component means that these resins are contained in an amount of 60% by mass or more of the entire resin, and preferably 80% by mass or more. Moreover, you may contain other resin as needed. The weight average molecular weight of these resins is preferably 200 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more in terms of polystyrene conversion based on gel permeation chromatography from the viewpoint of heat resistance and mechanical properties after heat treatment. The upper limit is preferably 500,000 or less, and in the case of a photosensitive resin composition, it is more preferably 20,000 or less from the viewpoint of solubility in a developing solution. In the present invention, in order to form a relief pattern, the (A) resin is a photosensitive resin. The photosensitive resin is a resin that is used together with the following (C) photosensitizer to form a photosensitive resin composition, and that causes a phenomenon of dissolution or undissolution in a subsequent development step. As the photosensitive resin, polyamine, polyamidate, polyamidate, polyhydroxyamidoamine, polyamidoamine, polyamidoamine, polyamidoimine, polyamidoimide, Among polybenzoxazole and phenol resins containing novolac and polyhydroxystyrene, in terms of excellent heat resistance and mechanical properties of the resin after heat treatment, polyfluoric acid and polyfluorene can be preferably used. Urethane, polyamidate, polyamidoamine, polyhydroxyamidoamine, polyamidoimide and phenol resin. In addition, these photosensitive resins can be selected to prepare any photosensitive resin composition, such as a negative type or a positive type, together with the following (C) photosensitive agent, depending on the intended use. [(A) Polyamidic acid, polyamidate, polyamidate] An example of the (A) resin which is the best from the viewpoints of heat resistance and photosensitive characteristics in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention Is the above-mentioned general formula (1): {Where, X 1 Is a 4-valent organic group, Y 1 Is a divalent organic group, n 1 Is an integer from 2 to 150, R 1 And R 2 They are each independently a hydrogen atom, a saturated aliphatic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or the above-mentioned general formula (2): [化 14] (Where, R 3 , R 4 And R 5 Each independently is a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m 1 Is an integer of 2 to 10), a monovalent organic group represented by 1 or a saturated aliphatic group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms}, or a monovalent organic group represented by the following formula; or the following general formula (3): [化 15] (Where, R 6 , R 7 And R 8 Each independently is a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m 2 It is an integer of 2 to 10), a polyvalent ammonium ion represented by a monovalent ammonium ion}, and a polyfluorinated acid, a polyfluorinated acid ester, or a polyfluorinated acid salt represented by a polyimide precursor. The polyfluorene imide precursor is converted into a polyfluorene by performing a cyclization treatment (for example, at a temperature of 200 ° C. or higher). Polyimide precursors are suitable for use in negative-type photosensitive resin compositions. In the general formula (1), X 1 In terms of having both heat resistance and photosensitive properties, the tetravalent organic group indicated is preferably an organic group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, and more preferably -COOR 1 Base and -COOR 2 An aromatic group or an alicyclic aliphatic group in which the group and the -CONH- group are adjacent to each other. As X 1 The tetravalent organic group represented is preferably an organic group containing 6 to 40 carbon atoms containing an aromatic ring, and more preferably the following formula (30): {In the formula, R25 is a monovalent group selected from a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydrocarbon group of C1 to C10, a fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group of C1 to C10, l is an integer selected from 0 to 2, and m is selected from 0 to 3 An integer, n is a structure represented by an integer selected from 0 to 4}, but is not limited to these. Again, X 1 The structure may be one type or a combination of two or more types. X having the structure represented by the above formula 1 It is particularly preferable in terms of both heat resistance and light-sensitive properties. In the general formula (1), Y 1 The divalent organic group represented is preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms in terms of both heat resistance and photosensitivity. For example, the following formula (31) can be mentioned: [Wherein R25 is a monovalent group selected from a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydrocarbon group of C1 to C10, a fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group of C1 to C10, and n is an integer selected from 0 to 4], but Not limited to these. Also, Y 1 The structure may be one type or a combination of two or more types. Y having the structure represented by the above formula (31) 1 It is particularly preferable in terms of both heat resistance and light-sensitive properties. R in the general formula (2) 3 Preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 4 And R 5 From the viewpoint of light-sensitive properties, a hydrogen atom is preferred. Again, m 1 From a viewpoint of a light-sensitive characteristic, it is an integer of 2 or more and 10 or less, Preferably it is an integer of 2 or more and 4 or less. In the case of using a polyfluorene imide precursor as the (A) resin, examples of a method for imparting photosensitivity to a photosensitive resin composition include an ester bond type and an ion bond type. The former is a method in which a side chain of a polyfluorene imide precursor is introduced into the compound having a photopolymerizable group, that is, an olefinic double bond through an ester bond. A method in which an amine group of a (meth) acrylic compound is bonded via an ionic bond to give a photopolymerizable group. The above ester-bonded polyfluorene imide precursor is obtained by firstly making the tetravalent organic group X 1 Tetracarboxylic dianhydride reacts with alcohols having photopolymerizable unsaturated double bonds and any saturated aliphatic alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms to prepare partially esterified tetracarboxylic acid (hereinafter also referred to as Acid / ester)), and then it is combined with the above-mentioned divalent organic group Y 1 The diamines undergo fluorinated condensation polymerization. (Preparation of acid / ester body) In the present invention, a tetravalent organic group X is used as a precursor of an ester-bonded polyimide 1 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride include the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the general formula (30), for example, pyromellitic dianhydride and diphenyl ether-3,3 ', 4,4'-tetracarboxylic acid. Carboxylic dianhydride, benzophenone-3,3 ', 4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, biphenyl-3,3', 4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, diphenylphosphonium -3,3 ', 4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, diphenylmethane-3,3', 4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-benzenediene Formic anhydride) propane, 2,2-bis (3,4-phthalic anhydride) -1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane, etc., preferred examples include pyromellitic dianhydride, Diphenyl ether-3,3 ', 4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, benzophenone-3,3', 4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, biphenyl-3,3 ', 4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, but it is not limited to these. These may be used alone, but two or more of them may be used in combination. In the present invention, as the alcohol having a photopolymerizable unsaturated double bond suitable for preparing an ester-bonded polyfluorene imide precursor, for example, 2-propenyloxyethanol and 1-propenyloxy 3-propanol, 2-propenylaminoethanol, methylol vinyl ketone, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-3-methoxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-acrylate Butoxypropyl, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-butoxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-third butoxypropyl acrylate, 2-acrylate Hydroxy-3-cyclohexyloxypropyl ester, 2-methacryloxyethanol, 1-methacryloxy-3-propanol, 2-methacrylaminoethanol, methylol vinyl Ketone, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-3-methoxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-butoxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-methacrylate Phenoxypropyl, 2-hydroxy-3-butoxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-third butoxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-cyclohexyl methacrylate Propyl ester, etc. A part of the above-mentioned alcohols may be used as a saturated aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, and third butanol. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the above-mentioned alcohols suitable in the present invention are dissolved in a solvent such as pyridine in a solvent described below at a temperature of 20 to 50 ° C. for 4 to 10 hours to dissolve, By mixing, an esterification reaction of an acid anhydride is performed, and a desired acid / ester body can be obtained. (Preparation of polyfluorene imine precursor) For the above-mentioned acid / ester (typically, the solution in the following solvent), an appropriate dehydration condensing agent such as bicyclic carbodiimide ( (E.g. dicyclohexylcarbodiimide), 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, 1,1-carbonyldioxy-di-1,2,3- After mixing benzotriazole, N, N'-dibutanebiiminocarbonate, etc. to make the acid / ester body into a polyanhydride, it is added dropwise into the polyvalent anhydride, and a divalent compound suitable for use in the present invention is added. Organic Y 1 Those obtained by dissolving or dispersing the diamines in a solvent are subjected to fluorene condensation polymerization, thereby obtaining a target polyfluorene imine precursor. Alternatively, the target polyfluoreneimide precursor can be obtained by subjecting the acid portion of the acid / ester body to sulfonium chlorination using thionyl chloride and the like, and then reacting with a diamine compound in the presence of a base such as pyridine. As a divalent organic group Y suitable for use in the present invention 1 Examples of the diamines include diamines having a structure represented by the general formula (31), for example, p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3, 4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfide, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfide, 3, 3'-diaminodiphenylsulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4 ' -Diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3, 3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (3 -Aminophenoxy) benzene, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] fluorene, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] fluorene, 4,4-bis (4-Aminophenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4-bis (3-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] ether, bis [4 -(3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] ether, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) , 9,10-bis (4-aminophenyl) anthracene, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2, 2-bis (4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl) propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl) hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis ( 3-aminopropyldimethylsilyl) benzene, o-tolylamine hydrazone, 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, and a portion of the hydrogen atoms on the benzene ring are methylated , Ethyl, hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, halogen, etc., such as 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4 '-Diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl Methane, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dichloro-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl Benzidine, 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis (fluoro) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4, 4'-diamino octafluorobiphenyl, etc .; preferably, p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis (fluoro) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'- two Octafluoro biphenyl group and the like, and mixtures of these and the like, but not limited thereto. In addition, in order to improve the adhesion between the resin layer formed on the substrate and the various substrates by coating the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention on the substrate, when preparing a polyimide precursor, it can also be used with 1,3- Diaminosiloxanes such as bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisilazane and 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetraphenyldisilazane are copolymerized. After the ammonium condensation polymerization reaction is completed, if necessary, the water absorption by-products of the dehydration condensation agent coexisting in the reaction solution are filtered and separated, and water, an aliphatic lower alcohol, or a mixture thereof is added to the obtained polymer component. Poor solvents cause the polymer to be separated out, and then re-dissolved, re-precipitated, etc., to refine the polymer, and then vacuum-dried to isolate the target polyimide precursor. In order to improve the precision, the solution of the polymer may be passed through a column packed with an anion and / or cation exchange resin swelled with a suitable organic solvent to remove ionic impurities. On the other hand, the above-mentioned ion-bonded polyfluorene imide precursor is typically obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine. In this case, R in the above general formula (1) 1 And R 2 At least one of them is a hydroxyl group. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably an anhydride of a tetracarboxylic acid containing the structure of the above formula (30), and the diamine is preferably a diamine containing the structure of the above formula (31). By adding the following (meth) acrylic compound having an amine group to the obtained polyamide precursor, a photopolymerizable group is imparted by an ionic bond between a carboxyl group and an amine group. As the (meth) acrylic compound having an amine group, for example, dimethylaminoethyl acrylate, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, diethylaminoethyl acrylate, and diethylamino methacrylate are preferable. Ethyl ester, dimethylaminopropyl acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate, diethylaminopropyl acrylate, diethylaminopropyl methacrylate, dimethylaminobutyl acrylate, methacrylic acid Dimethylaminobutyl acrylate, diethylaminobutyl acrylate, diethylaminobutyl methacrylate, and other dialkylaminoalkyl acrylates or dialkylaminoalkyl methacrylates, among which, From the viewpoint of photosensitivity, a dialkylaminoalkyl acrylate or methacrylic acid diacrylate having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the amine group and 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain is preferred. Alkyl amino alkyl esters. The blending amount of these (meth) acrylic compounds having an amine group is 1 to 20 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin, and is preferably 2 to 15 in terms of light sensitivity characteristics. Parts by mass. With respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A), the photosensitivity is excellent by blending 1 part by mass or more of the (meth) acrylic compound having an amine group as the (C) photosensitizer, and the thickness is thick by blending 20 parts by mass or less. Excellent hardenability. The molecular weight of the ester-bonded polyimide precursor and the ion-bonded polyimide precursor is preferably 8,000 to 150,000 when measured as a polystyrene-equivalent weight-average molecular weight based on gel permeation chromatography. , More preferably 9,000 to 50,000. When the weight average molecular weight is 8,000 or more, the mechanical properties are good, and when the weight average molecular weight is 150,000 or less, the dispersibility in the developing solution is good, and the relief performance of the relief pattern is good. As a developing solvent for gel permeation chromatography, tetrahydrofuran and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone are recommended. The weight average molecular weight was determined from a calibration curve prepared using a standard monodisperse polystyrene. As the standard monodisperse polystyrene, it is recommended to select from the organic solvent series standard sample STANDARD SM-105 manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation. [(A) Polyamine] Another example of the preferable (A) resin in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has the following general formula (4): {Where, X 2 Trivalent organic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, Y 2 It is a divalent organic group having 6 to 35 carbon atoms, and may have the same structure or a plurality of structures. R 9 An organic group having at least one radically polymerizable unsaturated bond group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and n 2 Polyamine having a structure represented by an integer of 1 to 1000}. This polyamine is suitable for use in a negative photosensitive resin composition. In the general formula (4), as R 9 The base represented is preferably the following general formula (32) in terms of both light-sensitive properties and chemical resistance. {Where R 32 A group represented by an organic group having at least one radically polymerizable unsaturated bond having 2 to 19 carbon atoms}. In the general formula (4), as X 2 The trivalent organic group represented is preferably a trivalent organic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and is preferably selected from the following formula (33), for example: [化 20] The aromatic group in the represented group is more preferably an aromatic group obtained by removing a carboxyl group and an amine group from an amine-substituted isophthalic acid structure. In the general formula (4), as Y 2 The divalent organic group shown is preferably an organic group having 6 to 35 carbon atoms, more preferably a cyclic organic group having 1 to 4 aromatic rings or aliphatic rings which may be substituted, or not Aliphatic or siloxane groups with cyclic structure. As Y 2 Examples of the divalent organic group represented include the following general formula (I) and the following general formulas (34) and (35): [化 21] [Chemical 22] {Where R 33 And R 34 Are independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methyl (-CH 3 ), Ethyl (-C 2 H 5 ), Propyl (-C 3 H 7 ) Or butyl (-C 4 H 9 ), And the propyl and butyl groups include various isomers} [化 23] {Where m 7 Is an integer from 0 to 8, m 8 And m 9 Each independently an integer of 0 to 3, m 10 And m 11 Each independently an integer of 0 to 10, and R 35 And R 36 For methyl (-CH 3 ), Ethyl (-C 2 H 5 ), Propyl (-C 3 H 7 ), Butyl (-C 4 H 9 ) Or such isomers}. Regarding the aliphatic group or siloxy group which does not have a cyclic structure, the following general formula (36) can be mentioned as a preferable one: [化 24] {Where m 12 Is an integer from 2 to 12, m 13 Is an integer from 1 to 3, m 14 Is an integer from 1 to 20, and R 37 , R 38 , R 39 And R 40 Each is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a substituted phenyl group}. The polyamide resin of the present invention can be synthesized, for example, as follows. (Synthesis of Terephthalate Compound) In the first step, a trivalent aromatic group X 2 Compounds, for example, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of phthalic acid substituted with amine, phthalic acid substituted with amine, and terephthalic acid substituted with amine (hereinafter referred to as It is a "phthalic acid compound") 1 mole, and a compound that reacts with an amine group is reacted with 1 mole, and the amine group that synthesizes the phthalic acid compound undergoes the following radical containing a polymerizable unsaturated bond Modified and capped compounds (hereinafter referred to as "phthalic acid compound capped bodies"). These can be used alone or in combination. When the phthalic acid compound is terminated with the radical-polymerizable unsaturated bond-terminated structure, a negative-type photosensitivity (photocurability) can be imparted to the polyamide resin. As the radical containing a radically polymerizable unsaturated bond, an organic group having a radically polymerizable unsaturated bond group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and a methacrylfluorenyl group or acrylfluorenyl group is particularly preferred The base. The above-mentioned phthalic acid compound capping body can be made of an amine group of a phthalic acid compound and an at least one unsaturated polymerizable group having a free-radically polymerizable carbon number of 3 to 20, an isocyanate, an epoxy compound, or the like. Obtained by reaction. Examples of suitable chloro include (meth) acrylic chloro, 2-[(meth) acrylic oxy] acetic chloride, 3-[(meth) acrylic oxy] propyl chloride, and chlorine 2-[((Meth) acryloxy] oxy] ethyl formate, 3-[(meth) acryloxypropyl] chloroformate, and the like. Examples of suitable isocyanates include 2- (meth) acryloxyethyl isocyanate, 1,1-bis [(meth) acryloxymethyl] ethyl isocyanate, and isocyanate. 2- [2- (Meth) acryloxyethoxy] ethyl and the like. Examples of suitable epoxy compounds include glycidyl (meth) acrylate. These can be used singly or in combination, but it is particularly preferable to use methacrylic acid chloride and / or 2- (methacrylic acid) ethyl isocyanate. Furthermore, as the phthalic acid compound capping body, those having a phthalic acid compound of 5-aminoisophthalic acid can obtain polyamines which are excellent not only in photosensitivity but also in film properties after heat curing. . The above-mentioned capping reaction can be carried out by stirring and dissolving the phthalic acid compound and the capping agent in a solvent as described below in the presence of a basic catalyst such as pyridine or a tin-based catalyst such as di-n-butyltin dilaurate. Mixing is performed. Chlorine and the like will generate hydrogen chloride as a by-product during the capping reaction according to the type of capping agent. In this case, in order to prevent contamination of the subsequent steps, it is preferable to appropriately refine, that is, temporarily reprecipitate in water and wash and dry it, or pass it through a column filled with ion exchange resin to remove and reduce ions. Ingredients, etc. (Synthesis of Polyamide) The above-mentioned phthalic acid compound capping body and a divalent organic group Y 2 The diamine compound is mixed with a solvent described below in the presence of a basic catalyst such as pyridine or triethylamine to carry out fluorene condensation polymerization, thereby obtaining the polyfluorene of the present invention. Examples of the ammonium condensation polymerization method include a method of using a dehydrating condensing agent to make a phthalic acid compound capped body into a symmetrical polyacid anhydride and mixing it with a diamine compound, or a known method to cap the phthalic acid compound capped body. A method for realizing mixing with a diamine compound after chlorination, a method for reacting a dicarboxylic acid component with an active esterifying agent in the presence of a dehydrating condensing agent to achieve active esterification and mixing with a diamine compound. Examples of preferred dehydration condensation agents include dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, and 1,1'- Carbonyldioxy-di-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N, N'-dibutyldifluorene iminocarbonate, and the like. Examples of the chlorinating agent include thionyl chloride. Examples of the active esterifying agent include: N-hydroxysuccinimide or 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, N-hydroxy-5-oxo &#158665; ene-2,3-dicarboximide, 2 -Ethyl hydroxyimino-2-cyanoacetate, 2-hydroxyimino-2-cyanoacetamidine, and the like. As having organic group Y 2 The diamine compound is preferably selected from the group consisting of an aromatic diamine compound, an aromatic bisaminophenol compound, an alicyclic diamine compound, a linear aliphatic diamine compound, and a siloxane diamine compound. At least one diamine compound may be used in combination, if necessary. Examples of the aromatic diamine compound include p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and 3,3'-diamine. Amino diphenyl ether, 4,4'-diamino diphenyl sulfide, 3,4'-diamino diphenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diamino diphenyl sulfide, 4,4'- Diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,4'- Diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-diamine Benzophenone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenoxy) benzene, bis [4- (4- Aminophenoxy) phenyl] fluorene, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] fluorene, 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4 '-Bis (3-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] ether, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] ether , 1,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 9,10-bis (4-aminophenyl) anthracene, 2,2- Double (4- Phenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-Aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis (3-aminopropyldimethylsilyl) benzene, o-toluidine, 9,9-bis (4-Aminophenyl) pyrene and one of the hydrogen atoms on the benzene ring are selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, and halogen atoms Diamine compounds substituted with the above. Examples of the diamine compound in which a hydrogen atom on the benzene ring is substituted include 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4 , 4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminediamine Phenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dichloro-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl and the like. Examples of the aromatic bisaminophenol compound include 3,3'-dihydroxybenzidine, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybiphenyl, and 3,3'-dihydroxy-4. , 4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, bis- (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) methane, 2,2-bis- (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2, 2-bis- (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis- (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis- (3-hydroxy-4 -Aminophenyl) methane, 2,2-bis- (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) propane, 3,3'-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3 , 3'-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-dihydroxy-3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,5-dihydroxy-1,4- Diaminobenzene, 4,6-diaminoresorcinol, 1,1-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) cyclohexane, 4,4- (α-methylbenzylidene) ) -Bis (2-aminophenol) and the like. Examples of the alicyclic diamine compound include 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,3-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diamino-1-methylcyclohexane, and 3 1,5-diamino-1,1-dimethylcyclohexane, 1,5-diamino-1,3-dimethylcyclohexane, 1,3-diamino-1-methyl- 4-isopropylcyclohexane, 1,2-diamino-4-methylcyclohexane, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,4-diamino-2,5-diethyl Cyclohexane, 1,3-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, 1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, 2- (3-aminocyclopentyl) -2-propane Methylamine, mentanediamine, isophoronediamine, alkanediamine, 1-cycloheptene-3,7-diamine, 4,4'-methylenebis (cyclohexylamine) ), 4,4'-methylenebis (2-methylcyclohexylamine), 1,4-bis (3-aminopropyl) piper &#134116;, 3,9-bis (3-amino (Propyl) -2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro- [5,5] -undecane and the like. Examples of the linear aliphatic diamine compound include 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,6-diaminohexane, and 1,8-diaminooctyl Alkanes, 1,10-diaminodecane, 1,12-diaminododecane and other hydrocarbon-based diamines, or 2- (2-aminoethoxy) ethylamine, 2,2 '-( Alkylene oxide type diamines such as ethylenedioxy) diethylamine and bis [2- (2-aminoethoxy) ethyl] ether. Examples of the siloxane diamine compound include dimethyl (poly) siloxane diamine, such as PAM-E, KF-8010, X-22-161A, and the like manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industries. After the ammonium condensation polymerization reaction is completed, if necessary, the precipitate derived from the dehydration condensation agent and the like which are precipitated in the reaction solution are separated by filtration. Then, a poor solvent such as polyamine, such as water or an aliphatic lower alcohol or a mixture thereof, is added to the reaction solution to precipitate the polyamine. Further, the precipitated polyamide is dissolved again in a solvent, and a reprecipitation operation is repeatedly performed, thereby purifying and vacuum drying to isolate the target polyamide. Furthermore, in order to further improve the precision system, the polyamine solution can be passed through a column filled with an ion exchange resin to remove ionic impurities. The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight of polyamine based on gel permeation chromatography (hereinafter referred to as "GPC") is preferably 7,000 to 70,000, and more preferably 10,000 to 50,000. When the polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight is 7,000 or more, the basic physical properties of the hardened relief pattern are ensured. When the polystyrene-equivalent weight-average molecular weight is 70,000 or less, the development solubility at the time of forming the relief pattern is ensured. As the eluent of GPC, tetrahydrofuran or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone is recommended. In addition, the weight average molecular weight value was calculated | required from the calibration curve prepared using the standard monodisperse polystyrene. As the standard monodisperse polystyrene, it is recommended to select from the organic solvent series standard sample STANDARD SM-105 manufactured by Showa Denko. [(A) Polyhydroxyamidoamine] Another example of the preferable (A) resin in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has the following general formula (5): [Chem 25] {Where Y 3 Is a tetravalent organic group having a carbon atom, preferably a tetravalent organic group having two or more carbon atoms, Y 4 , X 3 And X 4 Each independently a divalent organic group having two or more carbon atoms, n 3 Is an integer from 1 to 1000, n 4 An integer from 0 to 500, n 3 / (n 3 + N 4 )> 0.5 and contains X 3 And Y 3 N 3 Dihydroxydiamine units and containing X 4 And Y 4 N 4 The order of the arrangement of the two diamine units is arbitrary. Polyhydroxyamidoamine (polyoxazole precursor (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the polyhydroxyamido Precursor")). The polyoxazole precursor has n in the general formula (5) 3 A polymer of two dihydroxydiamine units (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a dihydroxydiamine unit) may also have n in the general formula (5). 4 Diamine units (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as diamine units). X 3 The number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more and 40 or less based on the purpose of obtaining light-sensitive properties. X 4 The number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more and 40 or less based on the purpose of obtaining photosensitive properties. Y 3 The number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more and 40 or less based on the purpose of obtaining photosensitive properties, and Y 4 The number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more and 40 or less based on the purpose of obtaining the photosensitive properties. The dihydroxydiamine unit can be made to have Y 3 (NH 2 ) 2 (OH) 2 Structure of the diamine dihydroxy compound (preferably bisaminophenol) with X 3 (COOH) 2 A dicarboxylic acid having a structure is synthesized. In the following, a typical aspect will be described by taking the case where the diamino dihydroxy compound is a bisamino phenol as an example. The two groups of amine groups and hydroxyl groups of the bisaminophenol are located adjacent to each other respectively, and the dihydroxydioxamine unit is closed under heating at about 250 to 400 ° C to be converted into a heat-resistant polyoxazole structure. N in general formula (5) 3 It is 1 or more for the purpose of obtaining a photosensitive characteristic, and 1000 or less for the purpose of obtaining a photosensitive characteristic. n 3 The range is preferably 2 to 1,000, more preferably 3 to 50, and most preferably 3 to 20. Condensation on polyoxazole precursor as needed 4 Diamine units described above. The diamine unit can be made by having Y 4 (NH 2 ) 2 Structure of the diamine and X 4 (COOH) 2 A dicarboxylic acid having a structure is synthesized. N in general formula (5) 4 A range of 0 to 500, with n 4 When it is 500 or less, good photosensitive characteristics are obtained. n 4 More preferably, it is in the range of 0 to 10. If the ratio of the diamidine unit to the dihydroxydiamidine unit is too high, the solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution used as a developing solution decreases, so n in the general formula (5) 3 / (n 3 + N 4 The value of) exceeds 0.5, more preferably 0.7 or more, and most preferably 0.8 or more. About having Y 3 (NH 2 ) 2 (OH) 2 Examples of the bisaminophenol of the diaminodihydroxy compound having a structure include 3,3'-dihydroxybenzidine, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 4, 4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenylphosphonium, 4,4'-diamino-3,3 '-Dihydroxydiphenylphosphonium, bis- (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) methane, 2,2-bis- (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis -(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis- (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis- (4-amino-3-hydroxy Phenyl) methane, 2,2-bis- (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 3,3 '-Diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybenzophenone,4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diamino-4,4 ' -Dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 1,4-diamino-2,5-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-2,4-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-4,6 -Dihydroxybenzene and the like. These bisaminophenols can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. As Y in this bisaminophenol 3 In terms of photosensitivity, the following formula (37) is preferred: {In the formula, Rs1 and Rs2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a phenyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group}. Also, as having Y 4 (NH 2 ) 2 Examples of the diamine having a structure include aromatic diamine, silamine, and the like. Among them, examples of the aromatic diamine include m-phenylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine, 2,4-toluenediamine, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and 3,4'-diamine. Diphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 3,4'-diamine Diphenylphosphonium, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-di Amino diphenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diamino diphenyl ketone, 4,4'-diamino diphenyl ketone, 3,4'-diamino diphenyl ketone, 2,2 ' -Bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2'-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3- Bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 4-methyl-2,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) -1-pentyl Ene, 4-methyl-2,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) -2-pentene, 1,4-bis (α, α-dimethyl-4-aminobenzyl) benzene, Aminodi-p-phenylenediamine, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,6-diaminonaphthalene, 4-methyl-2,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) pentane, 5 (or 6) -Amino-1- (4-aminophenyl) -1,3,3-trimethylindane, bis (p-aminophenyl) phosphine oxide, 4,4'-diaminoazo benzene 4,4'-diaminodiphenylurea, 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl ] Propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] diphenyl Ketone, 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) diphenylphosphonium, 4,4'-bis [4- (α, α-dimethyl-4-aminobenzyl) phenoxy ] Benzophenone, 4,4'-bis [4- (α, α-dimethyl-4-aminobenzyl) phenoxy] diphenylphosphonium, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl , 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, phenylindanediamine, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, o-toluidine hydrazone, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenoxyphenyl) propane, bis (4-aminophenoxyphenyl) fluorene, bis (4-aminophenoxyphenyl) sulfide, 1,4- (4-aminophenoxyphenyl) benzene, 1,3- (4-aminophenoxyphenyl) benzene, 9, 9-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 4,4'-bis- (3-aminophenoxy) diphenylfluorene, 4,4'-diaminobenzidine aniline, etc., and the The hydrogen atom of the aromatic core of the aromatic diamine is selected from the group consisting of a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a cyano group, and a phenyl group. Substituent in the compound at least one atom or group. Further, as the diamine, a silicon diamine may be selected in order to improve the adhesion to the substrate. Examples of silamine include bis (4-aminophenyl) dimethylsilane, bis (4-aminophenyl) tetramethylsiloxane, and bis (4-aminophenyl) tetrasiloxane. Methyldisilazane, bis (γ-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisilaxane, 1,4-bis (γ-aminopropyldimethylsilyl) benzene, bis (4-amino Butyl) tetramethyldisilazane, bis (γ-aminopropyl) tetraphenyldisilazane, and the like. Also, as having X 3 (COOH) 2 Or X 4 (COOH) 2 Structure of the preferred dicarboxylic acid, including X 3 And X 4 Aliphatic or aromatic groups having a linear, branched, or cyclic structure, respectively. Among them, an organic group having 2 or more and 40 or less carbon atoms, which may contain an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring, is preferred, and X 3 And X 4 Each can be preferably from the following formula (38): [化 27] {Where R 41 Means selected from -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -NHCO- and -C (CF 3 ) 2 -The divalent base in the formed group} is selected from the aromatic groups represented by the groups, which is preferable in terms of the sensitivity characteristics. The polyoxazole precursor may also be a terminal end group terminated with a specific organic group. In the case of using a polyoxazole precursor blocked with a capping group, it is expected that the physical properties (especially elongation) and the shape of the hardened relief pattern of the coating film after the heat curing of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention will be changed. Well. As a preferable example of such a capping group, the following formula (39) can be enumerated: Represented. The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight of the polyoxazole precursor based on gel permeation chromatography is preferably 3,000 to 70,000, and more preferably 6,000 to 50,000. The weight average molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or more from the viewpoint of physical properties of the hardened relief pattern. From the viewpoint of resolvability, it is preferably 70,000 or less. As a developing solvent for gel permeation chromatography, tetrahydrofuran and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone are recommended. The molecular weight was determined from a calibration curve prepared using a standard monodisperse polystyrene. As the standard monodisperse polystyrene, it is recommended to select from the organic solvent series standard sample STANDARD SM-105 manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation. [(A) Polyimide] Another example of a preferable (A) resin in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has the general formula (6): [Chem. 29] {Where, X 5 Represents a 4- to 14-valent organic group, Y 5 Represents a 2- to 12-valent organic group, R 10 And R 11 Represents an organic group having at least one group selected from a phenolic hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a thiol group, and may be the same or different, n 5 Is an integer from 3 to 200, and m 3 And m 4 Polyimide having a structure represented by an integer of 0 to 10}. Here, the resin represented by the general formula (6) does not need to undergo a chemical change through a heat treatment step when it exhibits sufficient film characteristics, and is therefore suitable for processing at a lower temperature, and is particularly preferred in this respect. X in the structural unit represented by the above general formula (6) 5 A 4- to 14-valent organic group having 4 to 40 carbon atoms is preferred, and in terms of both heat resistance and photosensitivity, an aromatic ring or aliphatic ring containing 5 to 40 carbon atoms is more preferred. Of its organic base. The polyfluorene imide represented by the general formula (6) can be used with diamines, corresponding diisocyanate compounds, and trimethylsilane, such as tetracarboxylic acids, corresponding tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, and tetracarboxylic diester dichlorides. It is obtained by reacting a diacylated diamine. In general, polyimide can be chemically treated by heating or acid or alkali by subjecting polyimide as one of the polyimide precursors obtained by the reaction of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine. And dehydration closed loop is obtained. Examples of suitable tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3', 4'-biphenyl Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ', 3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ' , 3,3'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) ) Propane dianhydrous, 1,1-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydrous, 1,1-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydrous, bis ( 3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) methane dianhydrous, bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) methane dianhydrous, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) fluorene dianhydrous, bis (3, 4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether dianhydride, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 9,9-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) acetic acid dianhydride, 9,9 -Bis {4- (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl} arsinic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5,6-pyridinetetracarboxylic acid Aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride such as acid dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-fluorenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, or Butane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentane tetracarboxylic dianhydride and other fats Group tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-diphenylphosphonium tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the following general formula (40): [化 30] {Where R 42 Is selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, C (CF 3 ) 2 , C (CH 3 ) 2 Or SO 2 In the base, and R 43 And R 44 It may be the same or different, and represents a compound represented by a group selected from a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a thiol group}. Among these, 3,3 ', 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3', 4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, and 2,2 'are preferred. , 3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2', 3,3'-benzophenone tetra Carboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydrous, 2,2-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydrous, 1,1-bis (3,4-Dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydrous, 1,1-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydrous, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) methane di Anhydrous, bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) methane dianhydrous, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) fluorene dianhydrous, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether dianhydrous , 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-diphenylphosphonium tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 9,9-bis (3 , 4-dicarboxyphenyl) acetic acid dianhydride, 9,9-bis {4- (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl} acetic acid dianhydride and the following general formula (41) [Chem. 31 ] {Where R 45 Is selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, C (CF 3 ) 2 , C (CH 3 ) 2 Or SO 2 In the base, and R 46 And R 47 It may be the same or different, and represents an acid dianhydride having a structure selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a thiol group. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Y of the general formula (6) 5 Represents a structural component of a diamine. The diamine represents a 2- to 12-valent organic group containing an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring, and an organic group having 5 to 40 carbon atoms is preferred. Specific examples of the diamine include 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4 '-Diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfide, 4 , 4'-Diaminodiphenylsulfide, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, phenylyne, m-phenylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine, 1,5-naphthalenediamine, 2 , 6-naphthalenediamine, bis (4-aminophenoxyphenyl) fluorene, bis (3-aminophenoxyphenyl) fluorene, bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis { 4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl} ether, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diamino group Benzene, 2,2'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diethyl -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2 ', 3,3'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3', 4,4'-tetramethyl -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene Or a compound in which an aromatic ring is substituted with an alkyl group or a halogen atom, or an aliphatic cyclohexyldiamine, methylenebiscyclohexylamine, and the following (42): [Formula 32] {Where R 48 Is selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, C (CF 3 ) 2 , C (CH 3 ) 2 Or SO 2 In the base, and R 49 ~ R 52 It may be the same or different, and represents a diamine selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a thiol group}, and the like. Among these, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, and 4,4'- Diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfide, 4,4 '-Diaminodiphenyl sulfide, m-phenylenediamine, P-phenylenediamine, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl)茀, and the following general formula (43): {Where R 53 Is selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, C (CF 3 ) 2 , C (CH 3 ) 2 Or SO 2 In the base, and R 54 ~ R 57 Diamine which may be the same or different and represents a structure selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a thiol group}. Of these, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'- Diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, And the following general formula (44): {Where R 58 Is selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, C (CF 3 ) 2 , C (CH 3 ) 2 Or SO 2 In the base, and R 59 And R 60 Diamine which may be the same or different and represents a structure selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a thiol group}. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. R of general formula (6) 10 And R 11 Represents a phenolic hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a thiol group. In the present invention, as R 10 And R 11 The phenolic hydroxyl group, sulfonic acid group and / or thiol group can be mixed. By controlling R 10 And R 11 The amount of the alkali-soluble group is changed in the dissolution rate in the alkaline aqueous solution. Therefore, a photosensitive resin composition having a moderate dissolution rate can be obtained by the adjustment. Furthermore, in order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, it may be used as X within a range that does not reduce heat resistance. 5 , Y 5 The aliphatic groups having a siloxane structure are copolymerized. Specific examples include bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisilazane and bis (p-aminophenyl) octamethylpentasiloxane with 1 to 10 mole% as the diamine component. There are copolymers of alkanes and the like. After the polyfluorene imine is obtained by the following methods, the polyfluorene imide can be completely fluorinated by a known method, or the gas can be stopped in the middle. A method of introducing a part of fluorene imine structure (polyamine fluorene imine in this case) by amination reaction, or by blending a fully fluorinated polymer with the polyfluorene imine precursor A method of introducing a part of the fluorene imine structure is used for synthesis. The method for obtaining a polyfluorene imine precursor is as follows: for example, tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine compound (a part of which is replaced by a terminal blocking agent as a monoamine) at low temperature Reaction; reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride (part of which is replaced with an end-capping agent as an acid anhydride or a monochloro compound or a monoactive ester compound) with a diamine compound at a low temperature; obtaining a dicarboxylic acid from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol Ester, which is then reacted with a diamine (part of which is replaced by a terminal blocking agent as a monoamine) in the presence of a condensing agent; a diester is obtained from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol, and then the remaining dicarboxylic acid is subjected to醯 Chlorinated to make it with diamine (a part of the Substituted with a terminal capping agent of monoamine) reaction. It is preferable that the said polyfluorene imide has a polyfluorene imine so that it may be 15% or more with respect to the whole resin which comprises a photosensitive resin composition. It is more preferably 20% or more. The fluorene imidization ratio herein refers to the ratio of fluorene imidization present in the entire resin constituting the photosensitive resin composition. If the ratio of imidization of fluorene is less than 15%, the amount of shrinkage during heat curing becomes large, which is not suitable for thick film production. The hydrazone imidization ratio can be easily calculated by the following method. First, the infrared absorption spectrum of the polymer was measured, and it was confirmed that there are absorption peaks (near 1780 cm-1, near 1377 cm-1) derived from the polyimide structure of the polyimide. Then, the polymer was heat-treated at 350 ° C for 1 hour, the infrared absorption spectrum after the heat treatment was measured, and the peak intensity near 1377 cm-1 was compared with the intensity before the heat treatment, thereby calculating the醯 imidization rate. When the molecular weight of the said polyimide is measured as a polystyrene conversion weight average molecular weight based on the gel permeation chromatography method, it is preferably 3,000-200,000, More preferably, it is 5,000-50,000. When the weight average molecular weight is 3,000 or more, the mechanical properties are good, and when the weight average molecular weight is 50,000 or less, the dispersibility in the developing solution is good, and the relief performance of the relief pattern is good. As a developing solvent for gel permeation chromatography, tetrahydrofuran and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone are recommended. The molecular weight was determined from a calibration curve prepared using a standard monodisperse polystyrene. As the standard monodisperse polystyrene, it is recommended to select from the organic solvent series standard sample STANDARD SM-105 manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation. Furthermore, in the present invention, a phenol resin can also be preferably used. [(A) Phenol resin] The phenol resin in this embodiment means a resin having a repeating unit containing a phenolic hydroxyl group. (A) The phenol resin does not undergo a structural change such as polyimide precursors undergoing cyclization (sulfonimidization) during thermal curing, and therefore has the advantage of being able to harden at low temperatures (eg, 250 ° C or lower). In this embodiment, the weight average molecular weight of the (A) phenol resin is preferably 700 to 100,000, more preferably 1,500 to 80,000, and even more preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The weight average molecular weight is preferably 700 or more in terms of applicability of reflow soldering treatment of the cured film, and is preferably 100,000 or less in terms of alkali solubility of the photosensitive resin composition. The measurement of the weight average molecular weight herein can be performed by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) and calculated from a calibration curve prepared using standard polystyrene. (A) The phenol resin is preferably selected from the group consisting of novolac, polyhydroxystyrene from the viewpoints of solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution, sensitivity and resolution when forming a resist pattern, and residual stress of a cured film. And has the following general formula (7): {Where a is an integer from 1 to 3, b is an integer from 0 to 3, 1 ≦ (a + b) ≦ 4, R 12 A monovalent substituent selected from the group consisting of a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a nitro group, and a cyano group. When b is 2 or 3, a plurality of R 12 They may be the same as or different from each other. X represents a group selected from a divalent aliphatic group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms which may have an unsaturated bond, a divalent alicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and the following general formula ( 8): [化 36] (In the formula, p is an integer of 1 to 10.) The divalent organic group represented by a divalent alkoxy group represented by a divalent group and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. At least one of a phenol resin having a repeating unit represented by the group} and a phenol resin modified with a compound having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 4 to 100 carbon atoms. (Novolac) As used herein, novolac means the entire polymer obtained by condensing phenols and formaldehyde in the presence of a catalyst. Generally, a novolac can be obtained by condensing 1 mol of phenols with formaldehyde less than 1 mol relative to the phenols. Examples of the phenols include phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, o-ethylphenol, m-ethylphenol, p-ethylphenol, o-butylphenol, m-butylphenol, and p-butylphenol. Phenol, 2,3-xylenol, 2,4-xylenol, 2,5-xylenol, 2,6-xylenol, 3,4-xylenol, 3,5-xylenol , 2,3,5-trimethylphenol, 3,4,5-trimethylphenol, catechol, resorcinol, pyrogallol, α-naphthol, β-naphthol and the like. Specific examples of the novolak include phenol / formaldehyde condensation novolac resin, cresol / formaldehyde condensation novolac resin, phenol-naphthol / formaldehyde condensation novolac resin, and the like. The weight average molecular weight of the novolac is preferably 700 to 100,000, more preferably 1,500 to 80,000, and even more preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The weight average molecular weight is preferably 700 or more in terms of applicability of reflow soldering treatment of the cured film, and is preferably 100,000 or less in terms of alkali solubility of the photosensitive resin composition. (Polyhydroxystyrene) As used herein, the term "polyhydroxystyrene" means the entire polymer containing hydroxystyrene as a polymerization unit. Preferred examples of the polyhydroxystyrene include poly-p-vinylphenol. Poly-p-vinylphenol means the entire polymer containing p-vinylphenol as a polymerized unit. Therefore, as long as the object of the present invention is not violated, polyhydroxystyrene (for example, poly-p-vinylphenol) may be constituted by using polymerized units other than hydroxystyrene (for example, p-vinylphenol). In the polyhydroxystyrene, the ratio of the number of moles of the hydroxystyrene units based on the number of moles of all the polymerized units is preferably 10 mol% to 99 mol%, more preferably 20 to 97 mol%, It is more preferably 30 to 95 mole%. When the above ratio is 10 mol% or more, it is advantageous from the viewpoint of alkali solubility of the photosensitive resin composition. When it is 99 mol% or less, the composition containing the following copolymerization component is hardened. This is advantageous from the standpoint of reflow solderability of the resulting cured film. The polymerization unit other than hydroxystyrene (for example, p-vinylphenol) may be any polymerization unit capable of copolymerizing with hydroxystyrene (for example, p-vinylphenol). The copolymerization component for forming a polymerization unit other than hydroxystyrene (for example, p-vinylphenol) is not limited, and examples thereof include methyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl acrylate, butyl methacrylate, and acrylic acid. Octyl ester, 2-ethoxyethyl methacrylate, tertiary butyl acrylate, 1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, N, N-diethylaminoethyl acrylate, ethylene glycol diacrylate , 1,3-propanediol diacrylate, decanediol diacrylate, decanediol dimethacrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediol diacrylate, 2,2-dimethylolpropane diacrylate , Glycerin diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, glycerin triacrylate, 2,2-di (p-hydroxyphenyl) propane dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, polyoxyethyl-2- 2-di (p-hydroxyphenyl) propane dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, polyoxypropyl trimethylolpropane triacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, succinic acid Alcohol dimethacrylate, 1,3-propanediol dimethacrylate, butanediol dimethacrylate 1,3-propanediol dimethacrylate, 1,2,4-butanetriol trimethacrylate, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol Trimethacrylate, 1-phenylethylene dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, 1,5-pentanediol dimethyl Esters of acrylic acid and acrylic acid such as 1,4-benzenediol dimethacrylate; styrene and substituted styrenes such as 2-methylstyrene and vinyltoluene; such as vinyl acrylate and Vinyl ester monomers such as vinyl methacrylate; and o-vinylphenol, m-vinylphenol, etc. As the novolac and polyhydroxystyrene described above, one species may be used alone, or two or more species may be used in combination. The weight average molecular weight of the polyhydroxystyrene is preferably 700 to 100,000, more preferably 1,500 to 80,000, and still more preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The weight average molecular weight is preferably 700 or more in terms of applicability of reflow soldering treatment of the cured film, and is preferably 100,000 or less in terms of alkali solubility of the photosensitive resin composition. (Phenol resin represented by general formula (7)) In this embodiment, the (A) phenol resin also preferably contains the following general formula (7): {Where a is an integer from 1 to 3, b is an integer from 0 to 3, 1 ≦ (a + b) ≦ 4, R 12 A monovalent substituent selected from the group consisting of a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a nitro group, and a cyano group. When b is 2 or 3, a plurality of R 12 They may be the same as or different from each other. X represents a group selected from a divalent aliphatic group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms which may have an unsaturated bond, a divalent alicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and the following general formula ( 8): [Chem. 38] (In the formula, p is an integer of 1 to 10.) The divalent organic group represented by a divalent alkoxy group represented by a divalent group and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. A phenol resin having a repeating unit represented by}. A phenol resin having the above-mentioned repeating unit can harden at a lower temperature than, for example, previously used polyimide resins and polybenzoxazole resins, and can form a cured film having a good elongation, which is particularly special in this respect. advantageous. The above-mentioned repeating unit in the phenol resin molecule may be one type or a combination of two or more types. In the general formula (7), R 12 From the viewpoint of reactivity when synthesizing a resin of the general formula (7), it is a monovalent substitution selected from the group consisting of a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a nitro group, and a cyano group. base. R 12 From the viewpoint of alkali solubility, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, an aliphatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and The following general formula (45): {Where R 61 , R 62 And R 63 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have an unsaturated bond, an alicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and R 64 A bivalent aliphatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a bivalent alicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a bivalent aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, which may have an unsaturated bond} A monovalent substituent in a group of four groups. In the present embodiment, in the general formula (7), a is an integer of 1 to 3, but in terms of alkali solubility and elongation, 2 is preferred. When a is 2, the substitution positions of the hydroxyl groups may be any of the ortho, meta, and para positions. In addition, when a is 3, the substitution positions of the hydroxyl groups may be any positions such as the 1,2,3-position, the 1,2,4-position, and the 1,3,5-position. In this embodiment, when a is 1 in the general formula (7), in order to improve alkali solubility, a phenol resin (hereinafter also referred to as (a1) having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (7) may be used. Resin) is further mixed with a phenol resin (hereinafter also referred to as (a2) resin) selected from novolac and polyhydroxystyrene. The mixing ratio of (a1) resin and (a2) resin is preferably in the range of (a1) / (a2) = 10/90 to 90/10 in terms of mass ratio. The mixing ratio is preferably (a1) / (a2) = 10/90 to 90/10, and more preferably (a1) / from the viewpoint of solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution and elongation of the cured film. (a2) = 20/80 to 80/20, and more preferably (a1) / (a2) = 30/70 to 70/30. Regarding the novolac and polyhydroxystyrene as the above-mentioned (a2) resin, the same resins as those shown in the above-mentioned (Novolac) and (Polyhydroxystyrene) can be used. In this embodiment, in the general formula (7), b is an integer of 0 to 3, but from the viewpoint of alkali solubility and elongation, it is preferably 0 or 1. When b is 2 or 3, a plurality of R 12 They may be the same or different from each other. Furthermore, in this embodiment, in the general formula (7), a and b satisfy the relationship of 1 ≦ (a + b) ≦ 4. In the present embodiment, in the general formula (7), X is a divalent fat selected from the viewpoint of the shape of the hardened embossed pattern and the elongation of the hardened film. Consisting of a group group, a divalent alicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group represented by the general formula (8), and a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms Divalent organic group in the group. Among these divalent organic groups, from the viewpoint of the toughness of the cured film, X is preferably selected from the following general formula (9): {Where R 13 , R 14 , R 15 And R 16 Each is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a monovalent aliphatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which a part or all of a hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, n 6 Is an integer from 0 to 4, and n 6 R when it is an integer from 1 to 4 17 A halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, at least one R 17 Is hydroxyl, n 6 Plural R in the case of an integer of 2 to 4 17 They may be the same or different from each other} the divalent base represented by} and the following general formula (10): [化 41] {Where R 18 , R 19 , R 20 And R twenty one Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a monovalent aliphatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which a part or all of a hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, W is a single A bond, selected from an aliphatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, an alicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and the following general formula (8): (Wherein p is an integer of 1 to 10) and a divalent alkoxy group represented by the following formula (11): [Chem 43] Divalent organic group in the group consisting of divalent bases shown} Divalent organic group in the group consisting of divalent bases represented by divalent bases}. The carbon number of the divalent organic group X having the aromatic ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferably 8 to 75, and more preferably 8 to 40. In addition, the structure of the divalent organic group X having an aromatic ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is generally different from the structure in which the OH group and arbitrary R are bonded to the aromatic ring in the general formula (7). 12 Foundation structure. Further, the divalent organic group represented by the general formula (10) is more preferably the following formula (12) from the viewpoints of good pattern formation properties of the resin composition and good elongation of the cured film after curing: [Chemical 44] The represented divalent organic group is more preferably the following formula (13): [Chem 45] The indicated divalent organic group. Among the structures represented by the general formula (7), X is particularly preferably the structure represented by the above formula (12) or (13), and the ratio of the portion of X represented by the structure represented by the formula (12) or (13) is From the viewpoint of elongation, it is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 30% by mass or more. From the viewpoint of alkali solubility of the composition, the above ratio is preferably 80% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass or less. Among the phenol resins having the structure represented by the general formula (7), from the viewpoint of alkali solubility of the composition and elongation of the cured film, it is particularly preferable to have the following general formula in the same resin skeleton. The structure represented by the formula (14) and the structure represented by the following general formula (15) are both structures. [Chemical 46] {Where R twenty one A monovalent group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group, n 7 2 or 3, n 8 Is an integer from 0 to 2, m 5 Is an integer from 1 to 500, 2 ≦ (n 7 + N 8 ) ≦ 4 in n 8 In case of 2, plural R twenty one May be the same or different from each other} [化 47] {Where R twenty two And R twenty three Each is independently a monovalent group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group, n 9 Is an integer from 1 to 3, n 10 An integer from 0 to 2, n 11 Is an integer from 0 to 3, m 6 Is an integer from 1 to 500, 2 ≦ (n 9 + N 10 ) ≦ 4 in n 10 In case of 2, plural R twenty two May be the same or different from each other, n 11 When it is 2 or 3, plural R twenty three May be the same or different from each other} m of the above general formula (14) 5 And m of the above general formula (15) 6 Represents the total number of the respective repeating units in the main chain of the phenol resin. That is, in the (A) phenol resin, for example, the repeating unit in the brackets in the structure represented by the general formula (14) and the repeating unit in the brackets in the structure represented by the general formula (15) may be random and embedded. Segments or combinations of these. m 5 And m 6 They are each independently an integer of 1 to 500, and the lower limit value is preferably 2, more preferably 3, and the upper limit value is preferably 450, more preferably 400, and even more preferably 350. m 5 And m 6 From the viewpoint of the toughness of the cured film, it is preferably independently 2 or more, and from the viewpoint of solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution, 450 or less is preferred. m 5 With m 6 The total is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 4 or more, and even more preferably 6 or more from the viewpoint of the toughness of the cured film, and more preferably from the viewpoint of solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution. It is 200 or less, more preferably 175 or less, and even more preferably 150 or less. Among the (A) phenol resins having both the structure represented by the general formula (14) and the structure represented by the general formula (15) in the same resin skeleton, the structure represented by the general formula (14) The higher the ear ratio, the better the physical properties of the cured film and the better the heat resistance. On the other hand, the higher the molar ratio of the structure represented by the general formula (15), the better the alkali solubility and the cured The better the pattern shape. Therefore, the ratio m of the structure represented by the general formula (14) to the structure represented by the general formula (15) 5 / m 6 From the viewpoint of the physical properties of the cured film, it is preferably 20/80 or more, more preferably 40/60 or more, and even more preferably 50/50 or more. From the viewpoint of alkali solubility and the shape of the hardened relief pattern, It is preferably 90/10 or less, more preferably 80/20 or less, and still more preferably 70/30 or less. A phenol resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (7) typically includes a phenol compound and a copolymerization component (specifically, a compound selected from compounds having an aldehyde group (including compounds that decompose to form aldehyde compounds like trioxane). 1 of the group consisting of a compound having a keto group, a compound having 2 hydroxymethyl groups in the molecule, a compound having 2 alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule, and a compound having 2 haloalkyl groups in the molecule The above compounds) are more typically synthesized by polymerizing a monomer component including these. For example, a phenol and / or a phenol derivative (hereinafter also collectively referred to as a "phenol compound") and an aldehyde compound, a ketone compound, a methylol compound, an alkoxymethyl compound, a diene compound, or a haloalkyl group can be used as described below. A copolymerization component such as a compound is polymerized to obtain (A) a phenol resin. In this case, in the general formula (7), an OH group and an arbitrary R are bonded to the aromatic ring. 12 The part represented by the structure of the radical is derived from the above-mentioned phenol compound, and the part represented by X is derived from the above-mentioned copolymerization component. From the viewpoints of reaction control and stability of the obtained (A) phenol resin and photosensitive resin composition, the molar ratio (phenol compound): (copolymerization component) of the phenol compound and the above-mentioned copolymerization component is preferably: 5: 1 to 1.01: 1, more preferably 2.5: 1 to 1.1: 1. The weight average molecular weight of the phenol resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (7) is preferably 700 to 100,000, more preferably 1,500 to 80,000, and still more preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The weight average molecular weight is preferably 700 or more in terms of applicability of reflow soldering treatment of the cured film, and is preferably 100,000 or less in terms of alkali solubility of the photosensitive resin composition. Examples of the phenol compound that can be used to obtain a phenol resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (7) include cresol, ethylphenol, propylphenol, butylphenol, pentylphenol, cyclohexylphenol, and a hydroxyl group. Biphenyl, benzylphenol, nitrobenzylphenol, cyanobenzylphenol, adamantanephenol, nitrophenol, fluorophenol, chlorophenol, bromophenol, trifluoromethylphenol, N- (hydroxyphenyl)- 5-nor &#158665; ene-2,3-dicarboxyamidoimine, N- (hydroxyphenyl) -5-methyl-5-nor &#158665; ene-2,3-dicarboxyamidoimine , Trifluoromethylphenol, hydroxybenzoic acid, methyl hydroxybenzoate, ethyl hydroxybenzoate, benzyl hydroxybenzoate, hydroxybenzamide, hydroxybenzaldehyde, hydroxyacetophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, Hydroxybenzonitrile, resorcinol, xylenol, catechol, methylcatechol, ethylcatechol, hexylcatechol, benzylcatechol, nitrobenzylcatechol, methylol Resorcinol, ethylresorcinol, hexylresorcinol, benzylresorcinol, nitrobenzylresorcinol, hydroquinone, caffeic acid, dihydroxybenzoic acid, dihydroxybenzoic acid Methyl ester, ethyl dihydroxybenzoate, butyl dihydroxybenzoate, propyl dihydroxybenzoate, benzyl dihydroxybenzoate, dihydroxybenzamide, dihydroxybenzaldehyde, dihydroxyacetophenone, Hydroxybenzophenone, dihydroxybenzonitrile, N- (dihydroxyphenyl) -5-nor &#158665; ene-2,3-dicarboxyfluorenimine, N- (dihydroxyphenyl) -5 -Methyl-5-nor &#158665; ene-2,3-dicarboxyfluorenimine, nitrocatechol, fluorocatechol, chlorocatechol, bromocatechol, trifluoromethylcatechin Phenol, nitroresorcinol, fluororesorcinol, chlororesorcinol, bromoresorcinol, trifluoromethylresorcinol, pyrogallol, resorcinol, 1,2, 4-trihydroxybenzene, trihydroxybenzoic acid, methyl trihydroxybenzoate, ethyl trihydroxybenzoate, butyl trihydroxybenzoate, propyl trihydroxybenzoate, benzyl trihydroxybenzoate, trihydroxybenzoate Triamine, trihydroxybenzaldehyde, trihydroxyacetophenone, trihydroxybenzophenone, trihydroxybenzonitrile, etc. Examples of the aldehyde compound include acetaldehyde, propionaldehyde, trimethylacetaldehyde, butyraldehyde, valeraldehyde, hexanal, trioxane, glyoxal, cyclohexanal, diphenylacetaldehyde, and ethyl. Butyraldehyde, benzaldehyde, glyoxylic acid, 5-nor &#158665; ene-2-carboxyaldehyde, malonaldehyde, succinaldehyde, glutaraldehyde, salicylaldehyde, naphthaldehyde, terephthalaldehyde, etc. Examples of the ketone compound include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, dipropyl ketone, dicyclohexyl ketone, dibenzyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, dicyclohexanone, and cyclo Hexanedione, 3-butyn-2-one, 2-nor ketone, amantadone, 2,2-bis (4-oxelanyl) propane, and the like. Examples of the methylol compound include 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) p-cresol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-ethylphenol, and 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) ) -4-propylphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-n-butylphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-third butylphenol, 2,6- Bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-methoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-ethoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-propoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-n-butoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-third-butoxyphenol, 1,3-bis (hydroxymethyl) urea , Ribitol, arabinitol, alosol, 2,2-bis (hydroxymethyl) butanoic acid, 2-benzyloxy-1,3-propanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol , 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol, glyceryl monoacetate, 2-methyl-2-nitro-1,3-propanediol, 5-nor &#158665; ene-2,2-di Methanol, 5-nor &#158665; ene-2,3-dimethanol, pentaerythritol, 2-phenyl-1,3-propanediol, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, 3,6-bis ( (Hydroxymethyl) mesitylene, 2-nitro-p-xylylene glycol, 1,10-dihydroxydecane, 1,12-dihydroxydodecane, 1,4-bis (hydroxymethyl) cyclohexyl , 1,4-bis (hydroxymethyl) cyclohexene, 1,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) adamantane, 1,4-benzenedimethanol, 1,3-benzenedimethanol, 2,6-bis ( (Hydroxymethyl) -1,4-dimethoxybenzene, 2,3-bis (hydroxymethyl) naphthalene, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) naphthalene, 1,8-bis (hydroxymethyl) anthracene , 2,2'-bis (hydroxymethyl) diphenyl ether, 4,4'-bis (hydroxymethyl) diphenyl ether, 4,4'-bis (hydroxymethyl) diphenyl sulfide, 4,4 '-Bis (hydroxymethyl) benzophenone, 4-hydroxymethylbenzoic acid-4'-hydroxymethylphenyl ester, 4-hydroxymethylbenzoic acid-4'-hydroxymethylaniline, 4,4' -Bis (hydroxymethyl) phenylurea, 4,4'-bis (hydroxymethyl) phenylcarbamate, 1,8-bis (hydroxymethyl) anthracene, 4,4'-bis (hydroxy (Methyl) biphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-bis (hydroxymethyl) biphenyl, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxymethylphenyl) propane, ethylene glycol, di Ethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, tetrapropylene glycol, and the like. Examples of the alkoxymethyl compound include 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) p-cresol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-ethylphenol, and 2, 6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-propylphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-n-butylphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl)- 4-tert-butylphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-methoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-ethoxyphenol, 2, 6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-propoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-n-butoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) ) -4-Third-butoxyphenol, 1,3-bis (methoxymethyl) urea, 2,2-bis (methoxymethyl) butanoic acid, 2,2-bis (methoxymethoxy) Group) -5-nor &#158665; ene, 2,3-bis (methoxymethyl) -5-nor &#158665; ene, 1,4-bis (methoxymethyl) cyclohexane, 1,4-bis (methoxymethyl) cyclohexene, 1,6-bis (methoxymethyl) adamantane, 1,4-bis (methoxymethyl) benzene, 1,3-bis (Methoxymethyl) benzene, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -1,4-dimethoxybenzene, 2,3-bis (methoxymethyl) naphthalene, 2,6- Bis (methoxymethyl) naphthalene, 1,8-bis (methoxymethyl) anthracene, 2,2'-bis (methoxymethyl) diphenyl ether, 4 , 4'-bis (methoxymethyl) diphenyl ether, 4,4'-bis (methoxymethyl) diphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-bis (methoxymethyl) diphenyl Ketone, 4-methoxymethylbenzoic acid-4'-methoxymethylphenyl, 4-methoxymethylbenzoic acid-4'-methoxymethylaniline, 4,4'-bis ( Methoxymethyl) phenylurea, 4,4'-bis (methoxymethyl) phenylcarbamate, 1,8-bis (methoxymethyl) anthracene, 4,4'- Bis (methoxymethyl) biphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-bis (methoxymethyl) biphenyl, 2,2-bis (4-methoxymethylbenzene) Base) propane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, tripropylene glycol dimethyl ether Ether, tetrapropylene glycol dimethyl ether, and the like. Examples of the diene compound include butadiene, pentadiene, hexadiene, heptadiene, octadiene, 3-methyl-1,3-butadiene, and 1,3-butanediol. -Dimethacrylate, 2,4-hexadiene-1-ol, methylcyclohexadiene, cyclopentadiene, cyclohexadiene, cycloheptadiene, cyclooctadiene, dicyclopentadiene Ene, 1-hydroxydicyclopentadiene, 1-methylcyclopentadiene, methyldicyclopentadiene, diallyl ether, diallyl sulfide, diallyl adipate, 2, 5-nor &#158665; diene, tetrahydroindene, 5-ethylidene-2-nor &#158665; ene, 5-vinyl-2-nor &#158665; ene, triallyl cyanurate Esters, diallyl isocyanurate, diallyl isocyanate, diallyl isocyanate, and the like. Examples of the haloalkyl compound include dichloroxylene, bischloromethyldimethoxybenzene, bischloromethyl mesitylene, bischloromethylbiphenyl, and bischloromethyl-biphenylcarboxylic acid. Acid, bischloromethyl-biphenyldicarboxylic acid, bischloromethyl-methylbiphenyl, bischloromethyl-dimethylbiphenyl, bischloromethylanthracene, ethylene glycol bis (chloroethyl) Ether, diethylene glycol bis (chloroethyl) ether, triethylene glycol bis (chloroethyl) ether, tetraethylene glycol bis (chloroethyl) ether, and the like. (A) A phenol resin can be obtained by condensing the above-mentioned phenol compound and copolymerization component by dehydration, dehydrohalogenation, or dealcoholization, or polymerizing the unsaturated bond while breaking the unsaturated bond, and a catalyst can also be used during polymerization. . Examples of the acidic catalyst include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, phosphorous acid, methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, dimethyl sulfuric acid, diethyl sulfuric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, and 1-hydroxyethylene. -1,1'-diphosphonic acid, zinc acetate, boron trifluoride, boron trifluoride-phenol complex, boron trifluoride-ether complex, and the like. On the other hand, examples of the alkaline catalyst include lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, triethylamine, pyridine, 4-N, N- Dimethylaminopyridine, piperidine, piperidine, 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-11 Ene, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] -5-nonene, ammonia, hexamethylenetetramine, etc. The amount of the catalyst used to obtain a phenol resin having a repeating structure represented by the general formula (7) is preferably an aldehyde compound, relative to the total mole number of the copolymerization components (ie, components other than the phenol compound), The total mole number of the ketone compound, methylol compound, alkoxymethyl compound, diene compound, and haloalkyl compound is 100 mole%, preferably in the range of 0.01 mole% to 100 mole%. (A) In the synthesis reaction of a phenol resin, the reaction temperature is usually preferably in the range of 40 ° C to 250 ° C, more preferably in the range of 100 ° C to 200 ° C, and the reaction time is preferably about 1 to 10 hours. If necessary, a solvent capable of sufficiently dissolving the resin can be used. Furthermore, the phenol resin having a repeating structure represented by the general formula (7) may be a polymerized phenol compound that does not become a raw material of the structure of the general formula (7) within a range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. The range in which the effect of the present invention is not impaired is, for example, 30% or less of the total number of moles of the phenol compound that becomes the raw material of the (A) phenol resin. (Phenol resin modified with a compound having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 4 to 100 carbon atoms) A phenol resin modified with a compound having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 4 to 100 carbon atoms is phenol or a derivative thereof and 4 to 100 carbon atoms Polycondensation product of the reaction product of 100 unsaturated hydrocarbon-based compounds (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "unsaturated hydrocarbon-containing compounds") (hereinafter also referred to as "unsaturated hydrocarbon-modified phenol derivatives") and aldehydes, or It is a reaction product of a phenol resin and an unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound. As a phenol derivative, the same thing as the phenol derivative described above as a raw material of the phenol resin which has a repeating unit represented by General formula (7) can be used. Regarding the unsaturated hydrocarbon group of the unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound, it is preferable to include two or more unsaturated groups in terms of the residual stress of the cured film and the applicability of the reflow process. From the viewpoint of compatibility and residual stress of the cured film when the resin composition is made, the unsaturated hydrocarbon group is preferably 4 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably 8 to 80 carbon atoms, and even more preferably carbon number. 10 to 60. Examples of the unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound include unsaturated hydrocarbons having 4 to 100 carbon atoms, polybutadiene having a carboxyl group, epoxidized polybutadiene, linoleyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, unsaturated fatty acids, and unsaturated fats. Acid ester. Examples of suitable unsaturated fatty acids include butenoic acid, myristic acid, palmitoleic acid, oleic acid, oleic acid, isoleic acid, cocoic acid, erucic acid, behenatenic acid, and linoleic acid , Alpha-linolenic acid, paulownic acid, octacosatenoic acid, arachidonic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid, herring acid and docosahexaenoic acid. Among these, a vegetable oil as an unsaturated fatty acid ester is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of the elongation of the cured film and the flexibility of the cured film. Vegetable oils usually include esters of glycerol and unsaturated fatty acids, and there are dry oils with an iodine value of 100 or less, semi-dry oils with a value of more than 100 and less than 130, or dry oils with a value of 130 or more. Examples of the non-drying oil include olive oil, morning glory seed oil, Polygonum multiflorum oil, camellia oil, camellia oil, castor oil, and peanut oil. Examples of the semi-dry oil include corn oil, cottonseed oil, and sesame oil. Examples of the dry oil include tung oil, linseed oil, soybean oil, walnut oil, safflower oil, sunflower oil, gardenia oil, and mustard oil. In addition, a processed vegetable oil processed from these vegetable oils may be used. Among the above-mentioned vegetable oils, a non-drying oil is preferably used from the viewpoint of preventing gelation due to the excessive progress of the reaction in the reaction between phenol or a derivative thereof or a phenol resin and a vegetable oil, and improving the yield. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion, mechanical properties, and thermal shock resistance of the resist pattern, it is preferable to use a dry oil. Among the dry oils, tung oil, linseed oil, soybean oil, walnut oil, and safflower oil are preferred, and tung oil and linseed oil are more preferred in terms of exhibiting the effects of the present invention more effectively and reliably. These vegetable oils can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The reaction of phenol or its derivative with an unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound is preferably performed at 50 to 130 ° C. Regarding the reaction ratio between phenol or its derivative and an unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound, from the viewpoint of reducing the residual stress of the cured film, the unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound is preferably 1 relative to 100 parts by mass of phenol or its derivative. 100 mass parts, more preferably 5 to 50 mass parts. If the unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound is less than 1 part by mass, the flexibility of the cured film tends to decrease, and if it exceeds 100 parts by mass, the heat resistance of the cured film tends to decrease. In the above reaction, if necessary, p-toluenesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or the like may be used as a catalyst. The unsaturated hydrocarbon group-modified phenol derivative and aldehydes generated by the above-mentioned reaction are subjected to polycondensation, thereby generating a phenol resin modified with an unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound. Aldehydes such as formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, furfural, benzaldehyde, hydroxybenzaldehyde, methoxybenzaldehyde, hydroxyphenylacetaldehyde, methoxyphenylacetaldehyde, crotonaldehyde, chloroacetaldehyde, chlorophenylacetaldehyde , Acetone, glyceraldehyde, glyoxylic acid, methyl glyoxylate, phenyl glyoxylate, hydroxyphenyl glyoxylate, formamylacetic acid, methylformylacetate, 2-formamylpropionic acid, 2 -Methylformylpropionate, pyruvate, acetampropionate, 4-acetambutyric acid, acetone dicarboxylic acid, and 3,3'-4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid. Also, formaldehyde precursors such as paraformaldehyde and trioxane may be used. These aldehydes can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The reaction between the aldehydes and the unsaturated hydrocarbon-based modified phenol derivative is a polycondensation reaction, and the synthetic conditions of a previously known phenol resin can be used. The reaction is preferably performed in the presence of a catalyst such as an acid or a base. From the viewpoint of the polymerization degree (molecular weight) of the resin, an acid catalyst is more preferably used. Examples of the acid catalyst include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, formic acid, acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and oxalic acid. These acid catalysts can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The above reaction is usually preferably performed at a reaction temperature of 100 to 120 ° C. The reaction time varies depending on the type or amount of the catalyst used, but it is usually 1 to 50 hours. After the reaction is completed, the reaction product is dehydrated under reduced pressure at a temperature of 200 ° C or lower to obtain a phenol resin modified with an unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound. Furthermore, solvents such as toluene, xylene, and methanol can be used in the reaction. A phenol resin modified with an unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound can also be obtained by polycondensing a compound other than phenol such as m-xylene and aldehydes with the unsaturated hydrocarbon group-modified phenol derivative. In this case, the compound added to the compound other than phenol is preferably less than 0.5 compared to the compound obtained by reacting the phenol derivative with the unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound. A phenol resin modified with an unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound can also be obtained by reacting a phenol resin with an unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound. The phenol resin used in this case is a condensation polymerization product of a phenol compound (that is, phenol and / or a phenol derivative) and an aldehyde. In this case, as the phenol derivative and the aldehyde, the same as the phenol derivative and the aldehyde can be used, and a phenol resin can be synthesized under previously known conditions as described above. Specific examples of the phenol resin obtained from a phenol compound and an aldehyde suitable for forming a phenol resin modified with an unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound include phenol / formaldehyde novolac resin, cresol / formaldehyde novolac resin , Resorcinol / formaldehyde novolac resin, resorcinol / formaldehyde novolac resin and phenol-naphthol / formaldehyde novolac resin. The unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound to be reacted with the phenol resin may be the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound to be used in the production of an unsaturated hydrocarbon group-modified phenol derivative that reacts with aldehydes. The reaction between the phenol resin and the unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound is usually preferably performed at 50 to 130 ° C. In addition, regarding the reaction ratio of the phenol resin and the compound containing an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, from the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the cured film (resist pattern), the compound containing an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is preferred to 100 parts by mass of the phenol resin. It is 1 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 2 to 70 parts by mass, and even more preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass. If the unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound is less than 1 part by mass, the flexibility of the cured film tends to decrease. If it exceeds 100 parts by mass, the possibility of gelation during the reaction tends to be high, and the cured film tends to be high. The heat resistance tends to decrease. When the phenol resin is reacted with the compound containing an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, p-toluenesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, etc. can also be used as a catalyst if necessary. In addition, solvents such as toluene, xylene, methanol, and tetrahydrofuran can be used in the reaction, which will be described in detail below. It is also possible to use a phenolic resin which is acid-modified by reacting a phenolic hydroxyl group remaining in a phenol resin modified with an unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound produced by the method described above with a polybasic acid anhydride. By introducing a carboxyl group by acid modification with a polybasic acid anhydride, the solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution (for a developer) is further improved. The polybasic acid anhydride is not particularly limited as long as it has an acid anhydride group formed by dehydration condensation of a carboxyl group of a polybasic acid containing a plurality of carboxyl groups. Examples of the polybasic acid anhydride include phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, octenyl succinic anhydride, pentaenyl succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, and hexahydro Phthalic anhydride, Methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, Methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, Geo-anhydride, 3,6-Methylenetetrahydrophthalic anhydride, Methylene Dibasic acid anhydrides such as methyl tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, tetrabromophthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and diphenyl ether tetracarboxylic acid di Aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as anhydride, butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride and benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Among these, the polybasic acid anhydride is preferably a dibasic acid anhydride, and more preferably one or more members selected from the group consisting of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, and hexahydrophthalic anhydride. In this case, there is an advantage that a resist pattern having a better shape can be formed. The reaction between the phenolic hydroxyl group and the polybasic acid anhydride can be performed at 50 to 130 ° C. In this reaction, a polyacid anhydride of 0.10 to 0.80 mol is preferably reacted with respect to 1 mol of the phenolic hydroxyl group, a reaction of 0.15 to 0.60 mol is more preferable, and a reaction of 0.20 to 0.40 mol is more preferable. The ear reacts. If the polybasic acid anhydride is less than 0.10 Molar, the developability tends to decrease, and if it exceeds 0.80 Molar, the alkali resistance of the unexposed portion tends to decrease. In addition, from the viewpoint of allowing the reaction to proceed rapidly, a catalyst may be contained in the reaction as necessary. Examples of the catalyst include tertiary amines such as triethylamine, quaternary ammonium salts such as triethylbenzyl ammonium chloride, imidazole compounds such as 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, and phosphorus compounds such as triphenylphosphine. . The acid value of the phenol resin modified with polybasic acid anhydride is preferably 30 to 200 mgKOH / g, more preferably 40 to 170 mgKOH / g, and still more preferably 50 to 150 mgKOH / g. If the acid value is less than 30 mgKOH / g, compared with the case where the acid value is in the above range, there is a tendency that the time required for alkaline development is longer. The developing solution resistance tends to be lower than that of the unexposed portion. Regarding the molecular weight of the phenol resin modified with an unsaturated hydrocarbon group-containing compound, considering the solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution, or the balance between the light-sensitive properties and the physical properties of the cured film, the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more It is preferably 2000 to 100,000. As the (A) phenol resin of this embodiment, it is also preferably selected from the group consisting of a phenol resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (7) and a compound modified with an unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 4 to 100 carbon atoms. A mixture of at least one phenol resin (hereinafter also referred to as (a3) resin) among phenol resins and a phenol resin (hereinafter also referred to as (a4) resin) selected from novolac and polyhydroxystyrene. The mixing ratio of (a3) resin and (a4) resin is in the range of (a3) / (a4) = 5/95 to 95/5 in terms of mass ratio. This mixing ratio is preferably (a3) / () from the viewpoints of solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution, sensitivity and resolution when forming a resist pattern, residual stress of a cured film, and applicability of a reflow process. a4) = 5/95 to 95/5, more preferably (a3) / (a4) = 10/90 to 90/10, and still more preferably (a3) / (a4) = 15/85 to 85/15. Regarding the novolak and polyhydroxystyrene as the (a4) resin described above, the same resins as those shown in the above-mentioned (Novolac) and (Polyhydroxystyrene) can be used. (B) A cyclic compound having a carbonyl group (B) A compound is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a cyclic compound having two or more carbonyl groups, and the carbonyl group is directly bonded to the above For a cyclic structure, in the case of a monocyclic compound, more than 1/3 of the atoms forming the ring structure are N atoms; in the case of a condensed ring compound, more than 1/3 of the atoms forming the ring structure having the carbonyl group are N atom. From the viewpoint of migration resistance, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the following compounds classified according to the ring structure, that is, a 5-membered ring compound, a 6-membered ring compound, a 5-membered ring, and a 5-membered ring is preferable. Ring condensed ring compounds, 5-membered ring and 6-membered ring condensed ring compounds, 6-membered ring and 6-membered ring condensed ring compounds. By having two or more carbonyl groups, the area of voids on the copper surface can be reduced. Furthermore, from the viewpoints of developability or sensitivity, in-plane uniformity after curing, and elongation after reflow, it is also preferable to have two or more carbonyl groups. When the number of carbonyl groups is two or more, the area of the voids on the copper surface is significantly smaller than that when the number of carbonyl groups is one. From the viewpoints of developability or sensitivity, in-plane uniformity after curing, and elongation after reflow, the case of two or more carbonyl groups is better than the case of one carbonyl group. As specific examples of the compound (B), examples of the 5-membered ring compound include 3-pyrazolinone, 5-pyrazolinone, 3-methyl-5-pyrazolinone, and 1,3-dimethylamine. 6-membered groups such as 5--5-pyrazolinone, 2-imidazolidinone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, hydantoin, allantoin, parabanic acid, etc. Examples of the cyclic compound include tetrahydro-2-pyrimidone, barbituric acid, 1,3-dimethylbarbituric acid, 1,3-dicyclohexylbarbituric acid, and 5-aminobarbituric acid. Acid (uramil), uridine, cyanuric acid, tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate, etc. As the condensed ring compound of 5-membered ring and 5-membered ring, glycoluril etc. can be cited as 6 Condensed ring compounds of a member ring and a 5-membered ring include guanine, isoguanine, N-methylguanine, 7- (2-hydroxyethyl) guanine, N- (3-chlorophenyl) bird Purine, N- (3-ethylphenyl) guanine, hypoxanthine, 8-azahypoxanthine, 7-deazahypoxanthine, xanthine, 1-methylxanthine, 3-methyl Xanthine, 8-bromo-3-methylxanthine, theobromine, theophylline, 7- (2-chloroethyl) theophylline, caffeine, uric acid, 8-azaxanthine, etc., as 6 Condensed cyclic compounds of 6-membered ring and 6-membered ring, examples include: purine, dioxotetrahydropyridine, 7,8-dimethylrole &#134116;, 1,4-dihydro-6-methylquinone Phenolin-2,3-dione and the like may also be mentioned as a mixture thereof. Among these, it is preferable to use a condensed ring compound. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of migration resistance, the compound (B) is preferably selected from the following general formula (60): {In the formula, Rs3, Rs4, and Rs5 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an amine group that can be substituted by an aromatic group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group, or one having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. A compound represented by an alkyl group or an aromatic group} and the following general formula (61): {In the formula, Rs6, Rs7, and Rs8 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an amine group which may be substituted by an aromatic group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group, or one having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. A compound represented by an alkyl group or an aromatic group} and the following general formula (62): [化 50] {In the formula, Rs9, Rs10, Rs11, and Rs12 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an amine group that can be substituted by an aromatic group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms. A compound represented by the alkyl or aromatic group of 10} and the following general formula (63): [化 51] {Where R twenty one , R twenty two , R twenty three And R twenty four Are independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an amine group which may be substituted by an aromatic group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group or an alkyl group or aromatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms} At least one compound in a group of compounds. Specific examples of the compounds represented by the general formulae (60) to (63) include xanthine, 1-methylxanthine, 3-methylxanthine, theobromine, theophylline, caffeine, and uric acid. , 8-azaxanthine, dioxetrine and their derivatives. The compounding quantity of (B) compound is 0.01-10 mass parts with respect to 100 mass parts of (A) resin, Preferably it is 0.05-2 mass parts. From the viewpoint of migration resistance, it is more preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, and from the viewpoint of solubility, it is more preferably less than 10 parts by mass. It is considered that these (B) components change the surface state of copper by coordination of a carbonyl group or a nitrogen atom contained in a ring structure with copper, thereby suppressing copper migration during a high-temperature storage test. It is thought that especially in the case of a condensed ring, migration resistance is improved by the synergy between a plurality of carbonyl groups and a nitrogen atom. (C) Photosensitizer The (C) photosensitizer used in the present invention will be described. (C) Photosensitizer The photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention is, for example, a negative type mainly using a polyimide precursor and / or polyimide as the (A) resin, or, for example, mainly using a polyoxazole precursor, At least one of the soluble polyfluorene imide and the phenol resin differs as a positive type of the (A) resin or the like. The blending amount of the (C) photosensitizer in the photosensitive resin composition is 1 to 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin. The blending amount is 1 part by mass or more in terms of light sensitivity or patternability, and 50 parts by mass or less in terms of curability of the photosensitive resin composition or physical properties of the photosensitive resin layer after curing. [(C) Negative-type photosensitizer: Photopolymerization initiator and / or photoacid generator] First, a case where a negative type is desired is described. In this case, a photopolymerization initiator and / or a photoacid generator is used as the (C) photosensitizer, and as the photopolymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferred, and diphenyl is preferably listed: Benzophenone derivatives such as methanone, methyl benzophenone benzoate, 4-benzylidene-4'-methyldiphenyl ketone, dibenzyl ketone, and fluorenone, 2,2'-di Acetophenone derivatives such as ethoxyacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methylphenylacetone, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 9-oxysulfur &#134079; , 2-methyl 9-oxysulfur &#134079; , 2-isopropyl 9-oxysulfur &#134079; , Diethyl 9-oxysulfur &#134079; 9-oxysulfur &#134079; Derivatives, benzoin derivatives such as benzoin, benzoin dimethyl ketal, benzoin-β-methoxyethyl acetal, benzoin derivatives such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, 1-phenyl -1,2-butanedione-2- (o-methoxycarbonyl) oxime, 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2- (o-methoxycarbonyl) oxime, 1-phenyl- 1,2-propanedione-2- (o-ethoxycarbonyl) oxime, 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2- (o-benzoylfluorenyl) oxime, 1,3-diphenyl Oximes such as propanetrione-2- (o-ethoxycarbonyl) oxime, 1-phenyl-3-ethoxypropanetrione-2- (o-benzylidene) oxime, N-phenylglycine N-aryl glycine, peroxides such as benzamyl perchloride, aromatic biimidazoles, titanocene, α- (n-octylsulfonyloxyimino) -4-methyl Photoacid generators such as oxybenzyl cyanide and the like are not limited thereto. Among the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiators, particularly in terms of photosensitivity, oximes are more preferred. When a photoacid generator is used as the (C) photosensitizer in a negative-type photosensitive resin composition, it exhibits acidity when irradiated with active light such as ultraviolet rays, and has the following effects by this effect. The cross-linking agent cross-links the resin as the component (A) or polymerizes the cross-linking agents to each other. Examples of the photoacid generator include diarylsulfonium salts, triarylsulfonium salts, dialkylbenzylmethylsulfonium salts, diarylsulfonium salts, aryldiazonium salts, and aromatic tetracarboxylic acids. Acid esters, aromatic sulfonates, nitrobenzyl esters, oxime sulfonates, aromatic N-oxyfluorenimines sulfonates, aromatic sulfonamides, halogenated alkyl-containing hydrocarbon compounds, halogenated Heterocyclic compounds of alkyl groups, naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonate, and the like. Such a compound may be used in combination of two or more kinds, or combined with other sensitizers as needed. Among the photoacid generators, particularly in terms of light sensitivity, an aromatic oxime sulfonate and an aromatic N-oxyfluorenimine sulfonate are more preferable. The blending amount of these photosensitizers is 1 to 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin, and is preferably 2 to 15 parts by mass in terms of light sensitivity characteristics. By blending (C) a photosensitizer of 1 part by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A), the photosensitivity is excellent, and by blending 50 parts by mass or less, the thick film hardenability is excellent. Furthermore, as described above, when the (A) resin represented by the general formula (1) is an ionic bond type, an amine group is used to impart a photopolymerizable group to the side chain of the (A) resin via an ionic bond. (Meth) acrylic compounds. In this case, the (meth) acrylic compound having an amine group is used as the (C) photosensitizer. As described above, for example, dimethylaminoethyl acrylate and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate are preferred. , Diethylaminoethyl acrylate, diethylaminoethyl methacrylate, dimethylaminopropyl acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate, diethylaminopropyl acrylate, diethylmethacrylate Dialkylamino alkyl acrylates such as aminopropyl, dimethylaminobutyl acrylate, dimethylaminobutyl methacrylate, diethylaminobutyl acrylate, diethylaminobutyl methacrylate, etc. Or a dialkylamino alkyl methacrylate, from the viewpoint of the photosensitivity, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group on the amine group is preferably 1 to 10, and the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl chain is 1 to 10. Dialkylaminoalkyl acrylate or dialkylaminoalkyl methacrylate. The blending amount of these (meth) acrylic compounds having an amine group is 1 to 20 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin, and is preferably 2 to 15 in terms of light sensitivity characteristics. Parts by mass. By blending (A) a (meth) acrylic compound having an amine group in an amount of 1 part by mass or more relative to 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin as the (C) photosensitizer, the photosensitivity is excellent, and the thickness is 20 parts by mass or less The film has excellent hardenability. Next, a case where expectations are positive will be described. In this case, a photoacid generator is used as the (C) photosensitizer. Specifically, a diazoquinone compound, an onium salt, a halogen-containing compound, or the like can be used. From the viewpoint of solvent solubility and storage stability, A compound having a diazoquinone structure is preferred. [(C) Positive-type photosensitizer: Compound having quinonediazide group] As the compound having (C) having a quinonediazide group (hereinafter also referred to as "(C) quinonediazide compound"), an example having Compounds having a 1,2-benzoquinonediazide structure and compounds having a 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide structure are U.S. Patent No. 2,772,972, U.S. Patent No. 2,797,213, and U.S. Patent No. 3,669,658 Well-known substances among others. The (C) quinonediazide compound is preferably selected from 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonate of a polyhydroxy compound having a specific structure described in detail below, and 1 of the polyhydroxy compound, At least one compound in the group consisting of 2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonate (hereinafter also referred to as "NQD compound"). The NQD compound is obtained by sulfonating the naphthoquinonediazidesulfonic acid compound with chlorosulfonic acid or thionyl chloride according to a conventional method, so that the obtained naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl chloride is obtained. Condensation with polyhydroxy compounds. It can be obtained, for example, by placing a polyhydroxy compound with a specific amount of 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl chloride or 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl chloride in dihydrazone. In a solvent such as alkane, acetone or tetrahydrofuran, esterification is carried out by reaction in the presence of a basic catalyst such as triethylamine, and the obtained product is washed with water and dried. In this embodiment, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution when forming a resist pattern, the compound having a quinonediazide group (C) is preferably represented by the following general formulae (70) to (74) 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonate and / or 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonate of hydroxy compounds. General formula (70) consists of [Chem. 52] {Where, X 11 And X 12 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms), X 13 And X 14 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 60 carbons (preferably 1 to 30 carbons), r1, r2, r3, and r4 are each independently an integer of 0 to 5, and at least one of r3 and r4 It is an integer of 1 to 5, (r1 + r3) ≦ 5, and (r2 + r4) ≦ 5}. General formula (71) consists of [Chem 53] {Wherein Z represents a tetravalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and X 15 , X 16 , X 17 And X 18 Each independently represents a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, r6 is an integer of 0 or 1, r5, r7, r8, and r9 are each independently an integer of 0 to 3, and r10, r11, r12, and r13 are each independently 0 An integer of ˜2, and r10, r11, r12, and r13 are not all represented by 0}. And the general formula (72) consists of [Chem. 54] {In the formula, r14 represents an integer of 1 to 5, r15 represents an integer of 3 to 8, L of (r14 × r15) each independently represents a monovalent organic group of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and (r15) of T 1 And (r15) of T 2 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms}. And the general formula (73) consists of [Chem 55] {In the formula, A represents an aliphatic divalent organic group containing tertiary or quaternary carbon, and M represents a divalent organic group, preferably, it is selected from the following chemical formula: [化 56] A bivalent base out of the 3 bases shown}. Furthermore, the general formula (74) is given by [Chem 57] {In the formula, r17, r18, r19, and r20 are each independently an integer of 0 to 2, and at least one of r17, r18, r19, and r20 is 1 or 2, X 20 ~ X 29 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, allyl, and fluorenyl groups, and Y 10 , Y 11 And Y 12 Each independently represents a single bond and is selected from -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -CO 2 -, A cyclopentylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a phenylene group, and a divalent organic group of a divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms}. In another embodiment, in the general formula (74), Y 10 ~ Y 12 Preferably, each is independently from the following general formula: [化 58] [Chemical 59] [Chemical 60] {Where, X 30 And X 31 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, at least one monovalent group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, and a substituted aryl group, X 32 , X 33 , X 34 And X 35 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, r21 is an integer of 1 to 5, and X 36 , X 37 , X 38 And X 39 These are independently selected from three types of divalent organic groups represented by a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group}. Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (70) include hydroxy compounds represented by the following formulae (75) to (79). Here, the general formula (75) is [Chem. 61] {In the formula, r16 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, and X 40 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 40 When there is a plurality, X 40 May be the same or different from each other, and X 40 The following formula is preferred: (In the formula, r18 is an integer of 0 to 2, X 41 Represents a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group, and when r18 is 2, two X 41 May be the same as or different from each other), and the general formula (76) is represented by [化 63] {Where, X 42 A hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a cycloalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms}. The general formula (77) is [Chem. 64] {In the formula, r19 is an integer of 0 to 2 independently, X 43 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or the following general formula: [Chem 65] (In the formula, r20 is an integer from 0 to 2, X 45 Is selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, and a cycloalkyl group, and when r20 is 2, 2 X 45 May be the same as or different from each other), a monovalent organic group represented by X, and X 44 It is selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a cycloalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms}, and the formulae (78) and (79) have the following structures. [Chemical 66] [Chemical 67] As the compound represented by the above-mentioned general formula (70), the following formula (80) is preferred in terms of sensitivity when it is made into an NQD compound and low precipitation in a photosensitive resin composition. ~ (82) is a hydroxy compound. The structures of the formulae (80) to (82) are shown below. [Chemical 68] [Chemical 69] [Chem 70] As the compound represented by the above general formula (76), the following formula (83) is preferred in terms of high sensitivity when it is made into an NQD compound and low precipitation in a photosensitive resin composition. : [化 71] The indicated hydroxy compound. As the compound represented by the above general formula (77), the following formula (84) is preferred in terms of sensitivity when it is made into an NQD compound and low precipitation in a photosensitive resin composition. ~ (86) a hydroxy compound. The structures of the formulae (84) to (86) are shown below. [Chemical 72] [Chemical 73] [Chemical 74] In the general formula (71), Z is not particularly limited as long as it is a tetravalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferable to have the following formula: The 4-valent base of the structure shown. Among the compounds represented by the general formula (71), the following formula (87) is preferred in terms of high sensitivity when it is made into an NQD compound and low precipitation in a photosensitive resin composition. ) To (90) a hydroxy compound. The structures of the formulae (87) to (90) are shown below. [Chemical 76] [Chemical 77] [Chem. 78] [Chem. 79] As the compound represented by the above-mentioned general formula (72), the following formula (91) is preferred in terms of high sensitivity when it is made into an NQD compound and low precipitation in a photosensitive resin composition. : [化 80] {In the formula, r40 is independently an integer of 0 to 9}. As the compound represented by the above-mentioned general formula (73), the following formula (92) is preferred in terms of sensitivity when it is made into an NQD compound and low precipitation in a photosensitive resin composition. And the hydroxy compound represented by (93). The structures of formulae (92) and (93) are shown below. [Chemical 81] [Chem 82] As a compound represented by the said General formula (74), the point which has high sensitivity and low precipitation property in the photosensitive resin composition is, specifically, the following formula (94): 83] NQD compounds of the indicated polyhydroxy compounds. In the case where (C) the compound having a quinonediazide group has 1,2-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl, the group may be 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl or 1 Any of 2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl. 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfofluorenyl group can absorb the i-ray region of a mercury lamp, so it is suitable for i-ray exposure. On the other hand, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl group can even absorb the g-ray region of a mercury lamp, so it is suitable for exposure using g-rays. In this embodiment, it is preferable to select one of 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonate compound and 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonate compound according to the wavelength of exposure. Or both. It is also possible to use 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide having 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl and 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl in the same molecule. As the sulfonate compound, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonate compound and 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonate compound may be used in combination. (C) Among compounds having a quinonediazide group, the average esterification rate of the naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl ester of the hydroxy compound is preferably from 10% to 100%, and more preferably, from the viewpoint of development contrast. It is 20% to 100%. From the viewpoint of the physical properties of the cured film such as sensitivity and elongation, as a preferable example of the NQD compound, for example, those represented by the following general formula group can be mentioned. [Chemical 84] Examples include {where Q is a hydrogen atom or a group of the following formula: [化 85] A naphthoquinonediazide sulfonate group represented by any one, but Q is not all represented by a hydrogen atom at the same time}. In this case, as the NQD compound, the naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl ester compound having 4-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl group and 5-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl group in the same molecule can also be used. A 4-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl sulfonyl ester compound and a 5-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl sulfonyl ester compound may be used in combination. Among the naphthoquinonediazide sulfonate groups described in the paragraph [0196], the following general formula (95) is particularly preferred: Represented. Examples of the onium salt include a sulfonium salt, a sulfonium salt, a sulfonium salt, a sulfonium salt, an ammonium salt, and a diazonium salt, and the like is preferably selected from a diarylsulfonium salt, a triarylsulfonium salt, and a trialkylsulfonium salt. The onium salt in the group. Examples of the halogen-containing compound include a hydrocarbon compound containing a halogenated alkyl group, and trichloromethyltri &#134116; is preferred. The blending amount of these photoacid generators is 1 to 50 parts by mass, and preferably 5 to 30 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin. If the blending amount of the photoacid generator as the (C) photosensitizer is 1 part by mass or more, the patterning property of the photosensitive resin composition is good, and if it is 50 parts by mass or less, the photoresist composition after curing is cured. The tensile elongation of the film was good, and there was less developing residue (scum) in the exposed portion. These NQD compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In this embodiment, the compounding amount of the compound (C) having a quinonediazide group in the photosensitive resin composition is from 0.1 to 70 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A), and more preferably 1 to 40 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 30 parts by mass, and even more preferably 5 to 30 parts by mass. When the blending amount is 0.1 parts by mass or more, a good sensitivity is obtained, while when it is 70 parts by mass or less, the mechanical properties of the cured film are good. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may further contain components other than the components (A) to (C). The preferred component differs depending on, for example, a negative type using a polyimide precursor and polyimide as the (A) resin, or a positive type using a polyoxazole precursor and a soluble polyimide or the like. The polyimide precursor resin composition and polyimide resin composition as the negative resin composition in the present embodiment, or the polyoxazole resin composition and the soluble polyfluorene as the positive photosensitive resin composition The imine resin composition and the phenol resin composition may contain a solvent for dissolving these resins. Examples of the solvent include amidoamines, fluorenes, ureas, ketones, esters, lactones, ethers, halogenated hydrocarbons, hydrocarbons, alcohols, and the like. For example, N-methyl-2 can be used. -Pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfine, tetramethylurea, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl Ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, diethyl oxalate, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, butyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, benzyl alcohol, phenyl ethylene glycol, tetrahydrofuran methanol, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, &#134156; morpholine, dichloromethane, 1,2 -Dichloroethane, 1,4-dichlorobutane, chlorobenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, anisole, hexane, heptane, benzene, toluene, xylene, mesitylene and the like. Among these, from the viewpoints of the solubility of the resin, the stability of the resin composition, and the adhesiveness to the substrate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethylsulfinium, and tetramethylurea are preferred. , Butyl acetate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, benzyl alcohol, phenyl ethylene glycol, and tetrahydrofuran methanol. Among such solvents, those which can completely dissolve the formed polymer are particularly preferred. Examples include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, and N, N-dimethylformamide. Methylformamide, dimethyl sulfenamide, tetramethylurea, γ-butyrolactone, and the like. Examples of the solvent suitable for the phenol resin include bis (2-methoxyethyl) ether, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, toluene, xylene, γ-butyrolactone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and the like. The use amount of the solvent in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 100 to 1000 parts by mass, more preferably 120 to 700 parts by mass, and still more preferably 125 to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). A range of 500 parts by mass. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may further contain components other than the components (A) to (C). For example, when using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention to form a hardened film on a substrate containing copper or a copper alloy, in order to suppress discoloration on copper, nitrogen-containing heterocycles such as azole compounds and purine derivatives can be arbitrarily prepared Compound. Examples of the azole compound include 1H-triazole, 5-methyl-1H-triazole, 5-ethyl-1H-triazole, 4,5-dimethyl-1H-triazole, 5-phenyl -1H-triazole, 4-third butyl-5-phenyl-1H-triazole, 5-hydroxyphenyl-1H-triazole, phenyltriazole, p-ethoxyphenyltriazole, 5- Phenyl-1- (2-dimethylaminoethyl) triazole, 5-benzyl-1H-triazole, hydroxyphenyltriazole, 1,5-dimethyltriazole, 4,5-bis Ethyl-1H-triazole, 1H-benzotriazole, 2- (5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis (α, α -Dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -benzotriazole, 2- (3,5-di-third-butyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (3-third-butyl- 5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) -benzotriazole, 2- (3,5-di-third-pentyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-5 '-Third octylphenyl) benzotriazole, hydroxyphenylbenzotriazole, tolutriazole, 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole, 4-methyl-1H-benzotriazole , 4-carboxy-1H-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1H-benzotriazole, 1H-tetrazole, 5-methyl-1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyl-1H-tetrazole, 5- Amino-1H-tetrazole, 1-methyl-1H-tetrazole and the like. Particularly preferred examples are: tolutriazole, 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole, and 4-methyl-1H-benzotriazole. These azole compounds may be used singly or as a mixture of two or more. Specific examples of the purine derivative include purine, adenine, guanine, hypoxanthine, xanthine, theobromine, caffeine, uric acid, isoguanine, 2,6-diaminopurine, 9-formyl Base adenine, 2-hydroxyadenine, 2-methyladenine, 1-methyladenine, N-methyladenine, N, N-dimethyladenine, 2-fluoroadenine, 9- ( 2-hydroxyethyl) adenine, guanine oxime, N- (2-hydroxyethyl) adenine, 8-amino adenine, 6-amino-8-phenyl-9H-purine, 1-ethyl Adenine, 6-ethylaminopurine, 1-benzyl adenine, N-methylguanine, 7- (2-hydroxyethyl) guanine, N- (3-chlorophenyl) guanine, N -(3-ethylphenyl) guanine, 2-azaadenine, 5-azaadenine, 8-azaadenine, 8-azaguanine, 8-azapurine, 8-aza Xanthine, 8-azahypoxanthine and its derivatives. About the compounding quantity when the photosensitive resin composition of this invention contains the said azole compound or a purine derivative, 0.1-20 mass parts is preferable with respect to 100 mass parts of (A) resin, from a viewpoint of a light sensitivity characteristic In particular, it is more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass. When the compounding amount of the azole compound with respect to 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin is 0.1 part by mass or more, when the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is formed on copper or a copper alloy, generation of copper or copper alloy surface is suppressed. Discoloration, on the other hand, if it is 20 parts by mass or less, the light sensitivity is excellent. Moreover, a hindered phenol compound can be mix | blended arbitrarily in order to suppress discoloration on a copper surface. Examples of the hindered phenol compound include 2,6-di-tertiary-butyl-4-methylphenol, 2,5-di-tertiary-butyl-hydroquinone, and 3- (3,5-di-tertiary-butyl- 4-hydroxyphenyl) octadecyl propionate, 3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) isooctyl propionate, 4,4'-methylenebis (2 , 6-di-tert-butylphenol), 4,4'-thio-bis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 4,4'-butylene-bis (3-methyl- 6-tert-butylphenol), triethylene glycol-bis [3- (3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 1,6-hexanediol- Bis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 2,2-thio-di-ethylene bis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl) 4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], N, N'-hexamethylenebis (3,5-di-third-butyl-4-hydroxy-phenylpropanamine), 2,2'- Methyl-bis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylene-bis (4-ethyl-6-tert-butylphenol), tetra [3- (3 , 5-Di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionic acid] Pentaerythritol ester, Tris- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate, 1,3,5 -Trimethyl-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene, 1,3,5-tris (3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl 4-Isopropylbenzyl ) -1,3,5-tris &#134116; -2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 1,3,5-tris (4-thirdbutyl-3-hydroxy -2,6-dimethylbenzyl) -1,3,5-tri &#134116; -2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 1,3,5-tris (4 -Second butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl) -1,3,5-tri &#134116; -2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 1,3,5-tri [4- (1-ethylpropyl) -3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl] -1,3,5-tri &#134116; -2,4, 6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 1,3,5-tri [4-triethylmethyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl] -1,3,5- Tri &#134116; -2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 1,3,5-tri (3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl-4-phenylbenzyl) -1,3,5-tris &#134116; -2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 1,3,5-tris (4-thirdbutyl-3-hydroxy-2 , 5,6-trimethylbenzyl) -1,3,5-tri &#134116; -2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 1,3,5-tri (4 -Third-butyl-5-ethyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl) -1,3,5-tri &#134116; -2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H ) -Trione, 1,3,5-tris (4-third butyl-6-ethyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl) -1,3,5-tri &#134116; -2 , 4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 1,3,5-tris (4-third butyl-6-ethyl-3-hydroxy-2,5-dimethylbenzyl) -1,3,5-tris &#134116; -2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 1,3,5-tris (4-third butyl) -5,6-diethyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl) -1,3,5-tri &#134116; -2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 1,3,5-tris (4-third butyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl) -1,3,5-tris &#134116; -2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 1,3,5-tris (4-third butyl-3-hydroxy-2,5-dimethylbenzyl) -1,3,5-tri &#134116; -2, 4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 1,3,5-tris (4-third-butyl-5-ethyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl) -1,3 , 5-Tri &#134116; -2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione and the like, but it is not limited thereto. Of these, 1,3,5-tris (4-third butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl) -1,3,5-tri &#134116;- 2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione and the like. The compounded amount of the hindered phenol compound is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin, and more preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass from the viewpoint of light sensitivity characteristics. When the compounded amount of the hindered phenol compound with respect to 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin is 0.1 parts by mass or more, for example, when the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is formed on copper or a copper alloy, the occurrence of copper or copper alloy is prevented Discoloration or corrosion, on the other hand, when it is 20 parts by mass or less, the light sensitivity is excellent. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a crosslinking agent. The crosslinking agent may be (A) a resin that can be crosslinked when the relief pattern formed by using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is heat-cured, or the crosslinking agent itself can form a crosslinked network structure. Agent. The crosslinking agent can further strengthen the heat resistance and chemical resistance of the cured film formed from the photosensitive resin composition. Examples of the cross-linking agent include Cymel (registered trademark) 300, 301, 303, 370, 325, 327, 701, 266, 267, 238, a compound containing methylol and / or alkoxymethyl, 1141, 272, 202, 1156, 1158, 1123, 1170, 1174, UFR 65, 300, Micoat 102, 105 (the above are manufactured by Mitsui Cytec); NIKALAC (registered trademark) MX-270, -280, -290, NIKALAC MS-11, NIKALAC MW-30, -100, -300, -390, -750 (the above are manufactured by SANWA CHEMICAL); DML-OCHP, DML-MBPC, DML-BPC, DML-PEP, DML-34X, DML -PSBP, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-POP, DML-PFP, DML-MBOC, BisCMP-F, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP-Z, DML-BisOC-P, DMOM-PTBT, TMOM -BP, TMOM-BPA, TML-BPAF-MF (above manufactured by the State Chemical Industry Corporation); benzyl alcohol, bis (hydroxymethyl) cresol, bis (hydroxymethyl) dimethoxybenzene, bis (hydroxy Methyl) diphenyl ether, bis (hydroxymethyl) benzophenone, hydroxymethylbenzoate, hydroxymethylphenyl ester, bis (hydroxymethyl) biphenyl, dimethylbis (hydroxymethyl) biphenyl, Bis (methoxymethyl) benzene, bis (methoxymethyl) cresol, bis (methyl Methylmethyl) dimethoxybenzene, bis (methoxymethyl) diphenyl ether, bis (methoxymethyl) benzophenone, methoxymethylbenzoic acid, methoxymethylphenyl ester, Bis (methoxymethyl) biphenyl, dimethylbis (methoxymethyl) biphenyl and the like. In addition, phenol novolac epoxy resin, cresol novolac epoxy resin, bisphenol epoxy resin, triphenol epoxy resin, tetraphenol epoxy resin, Phenol-xylylene epoxy resin, naphthol-xylylene epoxy resin, phenol-naphthol epoxy resin, phenol-dicyclopentadiene epoxy resin, alicyclic epoxy resin , Aliphatic epoxy resin, diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane polyglycidyl ether, 1,1,2,2-tetra (pair (Hydroxyphenyl) ethane tetraglycidyl ether, glycerol triglycidyl ether, o-second butylphenyl glycidyl ether, 1,6-bis (2,3-glycidoxy) naphthalene, diglycerol polyglycidyl Glyceryl ether, polyethylene glycol glycidyl ether, YDB-340, YDB-412, YDF-2001, YDF-2004 (the above are trade names, manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd.), NC-3000-H, EPPN- 501H, EOCN-1020, NC-7000L, EPPN-201L, XD-1000, EOCN-4600 (the above are the trade names, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Epikote (registrar ) 1001, Epikote 1007, Epikote 1009, Epikote 5050, Epikote 5051, Epikote 1031S, Epikote 180S65, Epikote 157H70, YX-315-75 (The above are the trade names, manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resins Co., Ltd.), EHPE3150, PLACCEL G402, PUE101 , PUE105 (the above are trade names, manufactured by Diacel Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), EPICLON (registered trademark) 830, 850, 1050, N-680, N-690, N-695, N-770, HP-7200, HP- 820, EXA-4850-1000 (the above are trade names, manufactured by DIC Corporation), DENACOL (registered trademark) EX-201, EX-251, EX-203, EX-313, EX-314, EX-321, EX-411 , EX-511, EX-512, EX-612, EX-614, EX-614B, EX-711, EX-731, EX-810, EX-911, EM-150 (The above are trade names, manufactured by Nagase chemteX Corporation ), Epolight (registered trademark) 70P, Epolight 100MF (the above are the trade names, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. In addition, as the isocyanate group-containing compound, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, toluene diisocyanate, 1,3-benzenedimethylene diisocyanate, and dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'- Diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, Takenate (registered trademark) 500, 600, Cosmonate (registered trademark) NBDI, ND (above are the trade names, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), Duranate (registered trademark) ) 17B-60PX, TPA-B80E, MF-B60X, MF-K60X, E402-B80T (the above are trade names, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals) and the like. In addition, examples include 4,4'-diphenylmethanebiscis butylenediimine, phenylmethanecis butadienediimine, and m-phenylenebisimide as biscisbutylenediimine compounds. Cis-butene diimide, bisphenol A diphenyl ether, bis-cis-butene diimide, 3,3'-dimethyl-5,5'-diethyl-4,4'-diphenylmethane Dicis-butenedifluorene imine, 4-methyl-1,3-phenylenebiscis-butenedifluoreneimine, 1,6'-biscis-butenedifluorene- (2,2,4 -Trimethyl) hexane, 4,4'-diphenyl ether biscis butylene diimide, 4,4'-diphenyl osmium biscis butylene diimide, 1,3-bis (3 -Cis-butene-diimidephenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-cis-butenediimidephenoxy) benzene, BMI-1000, BMI-1100, BMI-2000, BMI-2300 , BMI-3000, BMI-4000, BMI-5100, BMI-7000, BMI-TMH, BMI-6000, BMI-8000 (the above are the trade names, manufactured by Daiwa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), etc., but as long as it is as described above Compounds which are generally thermally crosslinked are not limited to these. In the case of using a crosslinking agent, the blending amount is preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 2 to 10 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin. When the blending amount is 0.5 parts by mass or more, good heat resistance and chemical resistance are exhibited. On the other hand, when it is 20 parts by mass or less, storage stability is excellent. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may further include an organic titanium compound. By including an organic titanium compound, a photosensitive resin layer excellent in chemical resistance can be formed even when it is cured at a low temperature of about 250 ° C. In addition, by including both (B) a cyclic compound having a carbonyl group and an organic titanium compound in the photosensitive resin composition, the cured resin layer has not only excellent substrate adhesion but also excellent chemical resistance. effect. Examples of usable organic titanium compounds include those in which an organic chemical substance is bonded to a titanium atom via a covalent bond or an ionic bond. Specific examples of the organic titanium compound are shown in the following I) to VII): I) Titanium chelate compound: Among them, in terms of storage stability of the negative photosensitive resin composition and obtaining a good pattern, it is more preferable Titanium chelates with two or more alkoxy groups, specific examples are as follows: titanium bis (triethanolamine) diisopropoxide, titanium bis (2,4-glutaric acid) di-n-butoxide, bis (2,4 -Titanium glutarate) titanium diisopropoxide, titanium bis (tetramethylpimelate) diisopropoxide, titanium bis (ethylacetoacetate) diisopropoxide, and the like. II) Tetraalkoxy titanium compounds: for example, titanium (n-butanol), titanium tetraethoxide, titanium (2-ethylhexanol), titanium tetraisobutoxide, titanium tetraisopropoxide, titanium tetramethoxide, Titanium methoxypropoxide, titanium tetramethylphenol, titanium (n-nonanol), titanium (n-propanol), titanium stearate, tetra [bis {2,2- (allyloxymethyl) ) Butanol}] titanium and the like. III) Titanocene compounds: for example, (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) titanium trimethoxide, bis (η 5 -2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl) bis (2,6-difluorophenyl) titanium, bis (η 5 -2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl) bis (2,6-difluoro-3- (1H-pyrrole-1-yl) phenyl) titanium and the like. IV) Titanium monoalkoxide compounds: For example, titanium tris (dioctyl phosphate) isopropoxide, titanium tris (dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid) isopropoxide, and the like. V) Titanium oxide compounds: for example, bis (glutaric acid) titanyl oxide, bis (tetramethylpimelate) titanyl oxide, titanyl phthalocyanine, and the like. VI) Titanium tetraacetamidine pyruvate compounds: For example, titanium tetraacetamidine pyruvate and the like. VII) Titanate coupling agent: for example, tris (dodecylbenzenesulfonyl) isopropyl titanate and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of exhibiting better chemical resistance, the organic titanium compound is preferably selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned I) titanium chelate compounds, II) tetraalkoxy titanium compounds, and III) titanocene compounds. At least one compound in the group. Especially preferred are titanium bis (ethylacetoacetate) diisopropoxide, titanium (n-butanol), and bis (η 5 -2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl) bis (2,6-difluoro-3- (1H-pyrrole-1-yl) phenyl) titanium. The amount of the organic titanium compound to be prepared is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). When the blending amount is 0.05 parts by mass or more, good heat resistance and chemical resistance are exhibited. On the other hand, when it is 10 parts by mass or less, storage stability is excellent. Furthermore, in order to improve the adhesiveness between the film and the substrate formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, an adjuvant can be arbitrarily formulated. Examples of the adhesion promoter include γ-aminopropyldimethoxysilane, N- (β-aminoethyl) -γ-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and γ-glycidyloxy Propylmethyldimethoxysilane, γ-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyldimethoxymethylsilane, 3-methacryloxysilane Propyltrimethoxysilane, dimethoxymethyl-3-piperidylpropylsilane, diethoxy-3-glycidyloxypropylmethylsilane, N- (3-diethoxymethyl Silylpropyl) succinimide, N- [3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl] xylylenediamine, benzophenone-3,3'-bis (N- [ 3-triethoxysilyl] propylamidoamine) -4,4'-dicarboxylic acid, benzene-1,4-bis (N- [3-triethoxysilyl] propylamidoamine)- 2,5-dicarboxylic acid, 3- (triethoxysilyl) propylsuccinic anhydride, N-phenylaminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- Silane coupling agents such as ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3- (trialkoxysilyl) propylsuccinic anhydride, and aluminum tris (ethylacetoacetate), aluminum tris (acetacetate), ethyl乙基 Ethyl aluminum diiso Aluminum-based adhesives such as propyl ester. Among these adhesion promoters, in terms of adhesion, it is more preferable to use a silane coupling agent. When the photosensitive resin composition contains a co-agent, the blending amount of the co-agent is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 25 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). Examples of the silane coupling agent include 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: trade name KBM803, manufactured by Chisso Co., Ltd .: trade name Sila-Ace S810), and 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane. Ethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SIM6475.0), 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: trade name LS1375, manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd .: merchandise Name SIM6474.0), mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SIM6473.5C), mercaptomethylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SIM6473.0) , 3-mercaptopropyldiethoxymethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylethoxydimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltripropoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyldiethoxypropyl Oxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylethoxydipropoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyldimethoxypropoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethoxydipropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyl Trimethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyldiethoxymethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyl Ethoxydimethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltripropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltripropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethylethoxydipropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyl Dimethoxypropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethylmethoxydipropoxysilane, 4-mercaptobutyltrimethoxysilane, 4-mercaptobutyltriethoxysilane, 4-mercaptobutyl Tripropoxysilane, N- (3-triethoxysilylpropyl) urea (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .: trade name LS3610, Azmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SIU9055.0), N- ( 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl) urea (manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SIU9058.0), N- (3-diethoxymethoxysilylpropyl) urea, N- (3-ethyl Oxydimethoxysilylpropyl) urea, N- (3-tripropoxysilylpropyl) urea, N- (3-diethoxypropoxysilylpropyl) urea, N- (3-ethoxydipropoxysilylpropyl) urea, N- (3-dimethoxypropoxysilylpropyl) urea, N- (3-methoxydipropoxysilyl) Propyl) urea, N- (3-trimethoxysilylethyl) urea, N- (3-ethoxydimethoxysilylethyl) urea, N -(3-tripropoxysilylethyl) urea, N- (3-tripropoxysilylethyl) urea, N- (3-ethoxydipropoxysilylethyl) urea, N- (3-dimethoxypropoxysilylethyl) urea, N- (3-methoxydipropoxysilylethyl) urea, N- (3-trimethoxysilylbutyl) ) Urea, N- (3-triethoxysilylbutyl) urea, N- (3-tripropoxysilylbutyl) urea, 3- (m-aminophenoxy) propyltrimethoxy Silane (manufactured by Azmax Corporation: trade name SLA0598.0), m-aminophenyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Corporation: trade name SLA0599.0), p-aminophenyltrimethoxysilane (Azmax Manufactured by a joint-stock company: trade name SLA0599.1), Aminophenyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SLA0599.2), 2- (trimethoxysilylethyl) pyridine (Azmax shares limited) Company manufacturing: trade name SIT8396.0), 2- (triethoxysilylethyl) pyridine, 2- (dimethoxysilylmethylethyl) pyridine, 2- (diethoxysilylmethyl) Ethyl) pyridine, urethane (3-triethoxysilylpropyl) third butyl ester, (3-glycidyloxy (Propyl) triethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetra-n-propoxysilane, tetraisopropoxysilane, tetra-n-butoxysilane, tetraisobutoxysilane, Tertiary butoxysilane, tetrakis (methoxyethoxysilane), tetrakis (methoxyn-propoxysilane), tetrakis (ethoxyethoxysilane), tetrakis (ethoxyethoxyethyl) Oxysilane), bis (trimethoxysilyl) ethane, bis (trimethoxysilyl) hexane, bis (triethoxysilyl) methane, bis (triethoxysilyl) ethane, Bis (triethoxysilyl) ethylene, bis (triethoxysilyl) octane, bis (triethoxysilyl) octadiene, bis (3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl ] Disulfide, bis [3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl] tetrasulfide, second and third butoxydiethoxysilane, diisobutoxyaluminumoxytriethoxysilane Bis (glutaric acid) titanium-O, O'-bis (oxyethyl) -aminopropyltriethoxysilane, phenylsilanetriol, methylphenylsilanediol, ethylphenyl Silanediol, n-propylphenylsilanediol, isopropylphenylsilanediol, n-butylphenylsilanediol , Isobutylphenylsilanediol, third butylphenylsilanediol, diphenylsilanediol, dimethoxydiphenylsilane, diethoxydiphenylsilane, dimethoxydiphenyl P-tolylsilane, ethylmethylphenylsilanol, n-propylmethylphenylsilanol, isopropylmethylphenylsilanol, n-butylmethylphenylsilanol, isobutylmethylphenylsilanol, Tert-butylmethylphenylsilanol, ethyl-n-propylphenylsilanol, ethylisopropylphenylsilanol, n-butylethylphenylsilanol, isobutylethylphenylsilanol, Tributylethylphenylsilanol, methyldiphenylsilanol, ethyldiphenylsilanol, n-propyldiphenylsilanol, isopropyldiphenylsilanol, n-butyldiphenyl Silanol, isobutyldiphenylsilanol, third butyldiphenylsilanol, triphenylsilanol, and the like are not limited thereto. These may be used alone or in combination. As the silane coupling agent, among the above-mentioned silane coupling agents, from the viewpoint of storage stability, phenylsilane triol, trimethoxyphenylsilane, trimethoxy (p-tolyl) silane, and diphenyl are preferred. Silanediol, dimethoxydiphenylsilane, diethoxydiphenylsilane, dimethoxydi-p-tolylsilane, triphenylsilanol, and a silane coupling agent represented by the following structure. [Chemical 87] The blending amount when a silane coupling agent is used is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may further contain components other than the components described above. The preferred component is based on, for example, a negative type using a polyimide precursor and polyimide as the (A) resin or a positive type using a polyoxazole precursor, a soluble polyimide, and a phenol resin. different. In the case where a polyimide precursor, polyamidine, or the like is used as the negative type of the (A) resin, a sensitizer can be arbitrarily blended in order to improve the light sensitivity. Examples of the sensitizer include Michelin, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, and 2,5-bis (4'-diethylaminobenzylidene). ) Cyclopentane, 2,6-bis (4'-diethylaminobenzylidene) cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis (4'-diethylaminobenzylidene) -4-methyl Cyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis (dimethylamino) chalcone, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) chalcone, p-dimethylaminocinnamidindanone , P-dimethylaminobenzylideneindanone, 2- (p-dimethylaminophenylphenylene) benzothiazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminophenylphenylene) benzothiazole , 2- (p-dimethylaminophenylphenylene) isonaphthothiazole, 1,3-bis (4'-dimethylaminobenzylidene) acetone, 1,3-bis (4'-di Ethylaminobenzylidene) acetone, 3,3'-carbonyl-bis (7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-ethylamido-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3- Ethoxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin Peptin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, N-p-toluene Diethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-&#134156; phenobenzophenone, dimethylamino isobenzoate, diethylamino isobenzoate, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole , 1-phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminostyryl) benzoxazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminostyryl) Benzothiazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminostyryl) naphtho (1,2-d) thiazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminobenzyl) styrene, and the like. These may be used alone or in a combination of, for example, 2 to 5. When the photosensitive resin composition contains a sensitizer for improving the light sensitivity, it is preferably 0.1 to 25 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). In addition, in order to improve the resolution of the relief pattern, a monomer having a photopolymerizable unsaturated bond can be arbitrarily blended. As such a monomer, a (meth) acrylic compound which undergoes a radical polymerization reaction with a photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited to the following, and examples include diethylene glycol dimethyl Mono- or diacrylates of ethylene glycol or polyethylene glycol such as methacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, and methacrylate, propylene glycol or polypropylene glycol mono or diacrylate, and methacrylate, Mono-, di- or tri-acrylates and methacrylates of glycerol, cyclohexane diacrylates and dimethacrylates, 1,4-butanediol diacrylates and dimethacrylates, 1,6- Diacrylates and dimethacrylates of hexanediol, diacrylates and dimethacrylates of neopentyl glycol, mono or diacrylates and methacrylates of bisphenol A, benzenetrimethacrylates , Iso-acrylic acid esters and iso-methacrylic acid esters, acrylamide and its derivatives, methacrylamide and its derivatives, trimethylolpropane triacrylate and methacrylate , Two or three glycerol and methacrylate, pentaerythritol Compound of di-, tri- or tetra-acrylate and methacrylate, and ethylene oxide or propylene oxide adducts of such compounds and the like. When the photosensitive resin composition contains the monomer having a photopolymerizable unsaturated bond to improve the resolvability of the relief pattern, the blending amount of the monomer having a photopolymerizable unsaturated bond, 1-50 mass parts is preferable with respect to 100 mass parts of (A) resin. In the case of using a polyimide precursor or the like as the negative type of the (A) resin, it is particularly intended to improve the stability of the viscosity and light sensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition when stored in a solution containing a solvent. The thermal polymerization inhibitor can be arbitrarily formulated. As the thermal polymerization inhibitor, hydroquinone, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, p-tert-butylcatechol, phenothiamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid can be used. , 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso 2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5- (N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino) phenol, N-nitroso-N- Phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, N-nitroso-N (1-naphthyl) hydroxylamine ammonium salt, and the like. The blending amount when the thermal polymerization inhibitor is blended in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably in the range of 0.005 to 12 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin. On the other hand, in the case of using a polyoxazole precursor or the like as the positive type of the (A) resin in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, a dye previously used as an additive of the photosensitive resin composition may be added as necessary. , Surfactants, and thermal acid generators, dissolution accelerators, and adhesion promoters to improve adhesion to substrates. <Dyes, Surfactants, and Adhesives> If the above additives are more specifically described, examples of the dyes include methyl violet, crystal violet, and malachite green. Examples of the surfactant include nonionic surfactants containing polyglycols such as polypropylene glycol or polyoxyethylene lauryl ether or derivatives thereof, such as Fluorad (trade name, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Corporation), and MEGAFAC ( Trade name, such as fluorine-based surfactants such as Dainippon Ink & Chemical Industry) or Lumiflon (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), such as KP341 (trade name, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), DBE (trade name, manufactured by Chisso) , Glano (trade name, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) and other organosiloxane surfactants. Examples of the adhesion assistant include alkylimidazoline, butyric acid, alkyl acid, polyhydroxystyrene, polyvinyl methyl ether, tertiary butyl novolac, epoxy silane, epoxy polymer, and the like, and Various silane coupling agents. The blending amount of the dye and the surfactant is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). From the viewpoint of exhibiting good thermal and mechanical properties of the cured product even when the curing temperature is lowered, the thermal acid generator can be arbitrarily blended. From the viewpoint of exhibiting good thermal and mechanical properties of the cured product even when the curing temperature is lowered, it is preferable to blend a thermal acid generator. Examples of the thermal acid generator include a salt formed of a strong acid and a base such as an onium salt having a function of generating an acid by heat, or a sulfonium imine sulfonate. Examples of onium salts include diarylsulfonium salts such as aryldiazonium salts and diphenylphosphonium salts; di (alkylaryl) phosphonium salts such as bis (thirdbutylphenyl) phosphonium salts; and three Trialkylphosphonium salts such as methylphosphonium salts; dialkylmonoarylphosphonium salts such as dimethylphenylphosphonium salts; diarylmonoalkylphosphonium salts such as diphenylmethylphosphonium salts; triarylphosphonium salts Salt, etc. Among these, bis (third-butylphenyl) sulfonium salt of p-toluenesulfonic acid, bis (third-butylphenyl) sulfonium salt of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, and three of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid are preferred. Methyl sulfonium salt, dimethylphenyl sulfonium salt of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, diphenylmethyl sulfonium salt of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, bis (third butylphenyl) sulfonium salt of nonafluorobutanesulfonic acid , Diphenylphosphonium salt of camphorsulfonic acid, diphenylphosphonium salt of ethanesulfonic acid, dimethylphenylphosphonium salt of benzenesulfonic acid, diphenylmethylphosphonium salt of toluenesulfonic acid, and the like. In addition, as the salt formed from a strong acid and a base, in addition to the onium salt described above, a salt formed from a strong acid and a base such as a pyridinium salt can also be used. Examples of the strong acid include arylsulfonic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acids such as camphorsulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, and nonafluorobutanesulfonic acid, and methanesulfonic acid. Alkyl sulfonic acid such as ethanesulfonic acid, butanesulfonic acid, and the like. Examples of the base include pyridine, alkylpyridines such as 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine, N-alkylpyridines such as 2-chloro-N-methylpyridine, and halogenated-N-alkylpyridines Wait. Examples of the sulfonium imine sulfonate include naphthylimidine sulfonate, phthalimide sulfonate, and the like. The compound is not limited as long as it is a compound that generates an acid under the action of heat. In the case of using a thermal acid generator, the amount is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, and still more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). . In the case of a positive-type photosensitive resin composition, a dissolution accelerator may be used in order to promote the removal of useless resin after photosensitivity. A compound having, for example, a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group is preferred. Examples of the compound having a hydroxyl group include ballasting agents for the naphthoquinonediazide compounds described above, and straight chains such as p-cumylphenol, bisphenols, resorcinols, and MtrisPC and MtetraPC. Phenol compounds, non-linear phenol compounds such as TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PHBA, and TrisP-PA (all manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 2 to 5 phenol substitutions of diphenylmethane, 3,3-bis One to five phenol substitutions of phenylpropane, 2,2-bis- (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane and 5-nor &#158665; ene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid A compound obtained by reacting an acid anhydride with a molar ratio of 1: 2, and a reaction of bis- (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene and 1,2-cyclohexyldicarboxylic acid anhydride with a molar ratio of 1: 2 The obtained compound, N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxyphthalimide, N-hydroxy 5-nor &#158665; ene-2,3-dicarboximide, and the like. Examples of the compound having a carboxyl group include 3-phenyllactic acid, 4-hydroxyphenyllactic acid, 4-hydroxypicromantic acid, 3,4-dihydroxypicromantic acid, and 4-hydroxy-3-methoxy Amygdonic acid, 2-methoxy-2- (1-naphthyl) propionic acid, amygdonic acid, 2-phenyllactic acid, α-methoxyphenylacetic acid, O-ethyrylamic acid, Ikon Acid etc. The compounding amount when a dissolution accelerator is used is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin. (Aspect B) In another aspect of this embodiment, (B) a sulfur-containing compound may be used instead of (B) the cyclic compound having a carbonyl group. More specifically, there is provided a photosensitive resin composition comprising (A) selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamidate, polyamidate, polyhydroxyamidoamine, polyamidoamine, polyamidoamine At least one resin in the group consisting of amine, polyamidoimine, polyamidoimide, polybenzoxazole, and novolac, polyhydroxystyrene, and phenol resin: 100 parts by mass, (B) sulfur-containing Compound: 0.01 to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the above (A) resin, and (C) Photosensitizer: 1 to 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin. In this aspect, the (A) resin is preferably selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor containing the above-mentioned general formula (1), a polyfluorene containing the above-mentioned general formula (4), and a resin containing the above-mentioned general formula (5). A polyoxazole precursor, a polyimide comprising the general formula (6), and at least one selected from the group consisting of a novolac, a polyhydroxystyrene, and a phenol resin containing the general formula (7). The photosensitive resin composition preferably includes a phenol resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (7), and X in the general formula (7) is a divalent compound selected from the general formula (9). And a divalent organic group in the group consisting of a divalent group represented by the above general formula (10). By preparing a sulfur-containing compound in the photosensitive resin composition, a photosensitive resin composition capable of forming a cured film in which void generation at the interface in contact with the Cu layer after the high-temperature storage test is suppressed can be obtained. (B) The sulfur-containing compound is an organic compound having sulfur, preferably sulfur and nitrogen, and sulfur is preferably contained in the form of an atom or a thiocarbonyl group forming a ring structure. As for those useful as (B) sulfur-containing compounds, those containing sulfur as one atom forming a 5-membered ring structure include, for example, thiazole, 2-aminothiazole, and 2- (4-thiazolyl) benzo Imidazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 2-amino-1,3,4-thiadiazole, 5-amino-1,2,3-thiadiazole, 2,4-thiazolidinedione , Benzothiazole, 2-aminobenzothiazole, etc., as those containing sulfur in the form of an atom forming a 6-membered ring structure, for example, phenothia &#134116;; Etc., as those containing sulfur in the form of thiocarbonyl group, for example, rhodan, N-allyl rhodan, diethylthiourea, dibutylthiourea, dicyclohexylthiourea, diphenyl Thiourea, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil, 2,4-dimercaptopyrimidine, 2-9-oxothio &#134079; , 2-mercapto-4 (3H) -quinazolinone, and the like. Among these, it is preferable to use a compound having a thiourea structure. The blending amount of the (B) sulfur-containing compound is 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, and preferably 0.05 to 2 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). From the viewpoint of migration resistance, it is more preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, and from the viewpoint of solubility, it is more preferably less than 10 parts by mass. Sulfur-containing compounds, especially thioureas, can coordinate with copper via sulfur atoms. Thereby, the state of the copper surface is changed, and copper migration is suppressed from occurring in the high-temperature storage test. (Aspect C) In another aspect of this embodiment, at least one compound (B) selected from the following general formulae (B-1), (B-2), and (B-3) may be used instead The (B) cyclic compound having a carbonyl group. More specifically, there is provided a photosensitive resin composition comprising (A) selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamidate, polyamidate, polyhydroxyamidoamine, polyamidoamine, polyamidoamine At least one resin in the group consisting of amine, polyamidoimine, polyamidoimide, polybenzoxazole, and novolac, polyhydroxystyrene, and phenol resin: 100 parts by mass, (B) selected from The following general formula (B-1): {Where R q1 Represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms formed by a carbon atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom} and the following general formula (B-2): {Where R q2 , R q3 Respectively represents an organic group selected from a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group, ll represents an integer selected from 1 to 10}, and the following general formula (B-3): [化 90] {Where R q4 , R q5 Respectively an organic group selected from a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group, and X S Represents a bivalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and mm and nn represent at least one compound selected from the integers 1 to 10: 0.01 to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the above (A) resin, and (C) Photosensitizer: 1 to 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). In this aspect, the (A) resin is preferably selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor containing the above-mentioned general formula (1), a polyfluorene containing the above-mentioned general formula (4), and a resin containing the above-mentioned general formula (5). A polyoxazole precursor, a polyimide comprising the general formula (6), and at least one selected from the group consisting of a novolac, a polyhydroxystyrene, and a phenol resin containing the general formula (7). The photosensitive resin composition preferably includes a phenol resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (7), and X in the general formula (7) is a divalent compound selected from the general formula (9). And a divalent organic group in the group consisting of a divalent group represented by the above general formula (10). (B) The compounds represented by the general formulae (B-1), (B-2) and (B-3), preferably the compounds represented by (B-1) Surface interactions can change the surface state of copper. Therefore, occurrence of copper migration during the high-temperature storage test is suppressed. As a specific example, (B-1) is an organic compound formed from a carbon atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom having a ureido group, and examples thereof include methyl urea, ethyl urea, butyl urea, and phenyl Urea, hydroxyethylurea, hydantoin, allantoin, citrulline, etc. and mixtures thereof. (B-2) is a polycondensate of ethylene glycol or a terminal etherified product thereof, and examples thereof include diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and diethylene glycol dibutyl ether. Ether, triethylene glycol, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, triethylene glycol diethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and the like and mixtures thereof. Furthermore, (B-3) is an alkoxy polyethylene oxide ester or alkoxyethyl ester of a dicarboxylic acid, and examples thereof include bis (2-methoxyethyl) adipate, and hexane Bis (2-butoxyethyl) diacid, bis (2-ethoxyethyl) sebacate, etc. and mixtures thereof. The (B) is selected from at least one compound of the general formulae (B-1), (B-2) and (B-3), and the compound represented by the general formula (B-1) can be preferably used . The compounding amount of (B) at least one compound selected from the general formulae (B-1), (B-2), and (B-3) is preferably 0.01 to 10 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). It is more preferably 0.05 to 2 parts by mass. From the viewpoint of migration resistance, it is more preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, and from the viewpoint of solubility, more preferably 10 parts by mass or less. (Aspect D) In another aspect of this embodiment, (B) an aromatic amine compound, that is, selected from the group consisting of an aniline derivative represented by the following general formula (I), and a general formula (II) At least one selected from the group consisting of the triazole derivative represented by the following formula (III) and the triazole derivative represented by the following general formula (III) is substituted for the cyclic compound having a carbonyl group (B). More specifically, there is provided a photosensitive resin composition comprising (A) selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamidate, polyamidate, polyhydroxyamidoamine, polyamidoamine, polyamidoamine At least one resin in the group consisting of amine, polyamidoimine, polyamidoimide, and polybenzoxazole: 100 parts by mass, (B) an aromatic amine compound, that is, the following general formula (I) : [化 91] {Ra1 to Ra5 may be the same or different, respectively, and are a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, or a saturated hydrocarbon group, an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, an aromatic group, or an amido group having an integer of 1 to 15 and a carbon number, and Ra6 to Ra7 may be the same. It may be different, and it is a saturated hydrocarbon group, an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic group represented by a hydrogen atom or an integer of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an aniline derivative represented by the following formula (II): [Chem 92 ] Each of Ra8 to Ra10 may be the same or different, and is a triazole derivative represented by a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, or a saturated hydrocarbon group, unsaturated hydrocarbon group, aromatic group, or amido group having an integer of 1 to 15 carbon atoms} Or the following general formula (III): Each of R11 to R13 may be the same or different, and is a triazole derivative represented by a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, or a saturated hydrocarbon group, unsaturated hydrocarbon group, aromatic group, or amido group having an integer of 1 to 15 carbon atoms} At least any one of them: 0.01 to 15 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the above (A) resin, and (C) photosensitizer: 1 to 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin. In this aspect, the (A) resin is preferably selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor containing the above-mentioned general formula (1), a polyfluorene containing the above-mentioned general formula (4), and a resin containing the above-mentioned general formula (5). At least one of a polyoxazole precursor and a group consisting of polyoximine of the general formula (6). In the case where (B) the aromatic amine compound is used, as the photosensitive resin, polyamic acid, polyamidate, polyamidate, polyhydroxyamidoamine, polyamidoamine, polyamidoamine can be used. Polyamines, polyamidoimines, polyamidoimides, and polybenzoxazoles, among them, polyamines, polyfluorenes are preferably used in terms of excellent heat resistance and mechanical properties of the resin after heat treatment. Urethane, polyamidate, polyamidoamine, polyhydroxyamidoamine, polyamidoimide resin, and polyamidoimide precursors and polyamidoimide resins are most preferably used. By using the (B) aromatic amine compound, generation of voids at the interface between the Cu layer and the resin layer to be rewired after the high-temperature storage test can be suppressed. The reason for this has not yet been determined, and it is thought to be due to the effect that the lone electron pair of the aromatic amine compound is coordinated with the Cu element on the surface of the Cu layer, and the active Cu reaction site is blocked, thereby suppressing generation of voids. As the (B) aromatic amine compound, the following general formula (I) can be preferably used: {Ra1 to Ra5 may be the same or different, respectively, and are a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, or a saturated hydrocarbon group, an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, an aromatic group, or an amido group having an integer of 1 to 15 and a carbon number, and Ra6 to Ra7 may be the same. It may be different, and it is an aniline derivative represented by a hydrogen atom or a saturated hydrocarbon group, unsaturated hydrocarbon group, or aromatic group having an integer of 1 to 5 carbon atoms. As examples of compounds suitable for use among the aniline derivatives represented by the general formula (I), N-phenylbenzylamine, salicylide aniline, naphthol AS, 2-acetamidinium hydrazone, Cirrhidine, N-allyl aniline, N-methyl aniline, N-ethyl aniline, indolin, N-n-butyl aniline, 2-aniline ethanol, 4-methoxyacetanilide, Ethyl acetoanilide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline, tertiary butyl phenylaminoformate, tertiary butyl (3-hydroxyphenyl) aminoformate, triclopidine, N, N'-diphenylethane-1,2-diamine and the like. Among them, N-phenylbenzylamine ((B) -1), N, N'-diphenylethane-1,2-diamine ((B) -2), aminocarboxylic acid can be particularly preferably used. Third butyl phenyl ester ((B) -3), (3-hydroxyphenyl) amino carboxylic acid third butyl ester ((B) -4). [Chem 95] [Chem 96] [Chem 97] [Chemical 98] As the (B) triazole derivative, the following general formula (II) can be preferably used: Each of Ra8 to Ra10 may be the same or different, and is a triazole derivative represented by a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, or a saturated hydrocarbon group, unsaturated hydrocarbon group, aromatic group, or amido group having an integer of 1 to 15 carbon atoms} Or the following general formula (III): Each of Ra11 to Ra13 may be the same or different, and is a triazole derivative represented by a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, or a saturated hydrocarbon group, unsaturated hydrocarbon group, aromatic group, or amido group having an integer of 1 to 15 carbon atoms} Thing. As specific examples of the compound of the triazole derivative represented by the general formula (II), benzotriazole, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, 1-aminobenzotriazole, and 5-methyl are preferably used. -1H-benzotriazole, 1H-1,2,3-triazole, 2-hydroxy-N- (1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl) benzamide (ADEKA Corporation) Manufactured by Adekastab CDA-1), 2- (2H-benzo [d] [1,2,3] triazol-2-yl) -4- (2,4,4-trimethylpentane-2- ) Phenol (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, Adekastab LA-29), 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-tertiary aminophenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy -5'-methylphenyl) benzotriazole. Among them, 2-hydroxy-N- (1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl) benzamide ((B) -5), 2- (2H-benzo [d ] [1,2,3] triazol-2-yl) -4- (2,4,4-trimethylpentane-2-yl) phenol ((B) -6). [Chemical 101] [Chemical 102] As a specific compound example of the triazole derivative represented by the general formula (III), (4-((1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl) phenyl) methanol) can be preferably used. , Trisazole, 1,2,4-1H-triazole, triapenthenol, bitertanol, 4- (1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl) benzaldehyde , 4- (1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl) benzoic acid, 3- (1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl) benzoic acid, 4-[(1H -1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl) phenyl] methanol, 3- (1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl) benzaldehyde, 3- (1H-1,2 , 4-triazol-1-ylmethyl) benzaldehyde, 3- (1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl) benzoic acid, 2- (1H-1,2,4-triazole- 1-yl) aniline. Among them, (4-((1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl) phenyl) methanol ((B) -7) is particularly preferably used.) ] (B) Among the aromatic amine compounds, it is preferable that any of the amine atoms constituting the aniline derivative or the triazole derivative is a secondary amine in terms of the coordination ability with the Cu element. The content of the (B) aromatic amine compound is preferably 0.01 to 15 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 1 to 8 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). If the content is more than this range, storage stability is lowered, so it is not good. If the content is less than this range, voids are likely to occur with the copper surface. <Manufacturing method of hardened embossed pattern and semiconductor device> The present invention also provides a method of manufacturing hardened embossed pattern, comprising: (1) applying the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention to a substrate; A step of forming a resin layer on the substrate; (2) a step of exposing the resin layer; (3) a step of developing the exposed resin layer to form a relief pattern; and (4) a step of The step of heating the pattern to form a hardened relief pattern. The typical aspects of each step are described below. (1) Step of forming a resin layer on a substrate by coating a photosensitive resin composition on a substrate In this step, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is coated on a substrate, and then dried if necessary. A resin layer is formed. As the coating method, a method previously used for coating the photosensitive resin composition can be adopted, such as a spin coater, a bar coater, a blade coater, a curtain coater, a screen printing machine, and the like. A method for coating, a method for spray coating with a spray coater, and the like. The coating film containing a photosensitive resin composition can be dried as needed. As the drying method, methods such as air drying, heating drying using an oven or a hot plate, and vacuum drying can be used. Specifically, in the case of air-drying or heat-drying, drying can be performed at 20 ° C to 140 ° C for 1 minute to 1 hour. The resin layer can be formed on the substrate in the above manner. (2) Step of exposing the resin layer In this step, an exposure device such as a contact exposure machine, a mirror projection exposure machine, a stepper, etc. is used, and a patterned photomask or reticle, Alternatively, the formed resin layer is directly exposed by an ultraviolet light source or the like. Thereafter, in order to improve the light sensitivity, etc., a post-exposure baking (PEB) and / or a pre-development baking under any combination of temperature and time may be performed as needed. The range of the baking conditions is preferably temperature: 40 to 120 ° C, and time: 10 seconds to 240 seconds, but the range is not limited as long as the characteristics of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention are not impaired. (3) Step of developing the exposed resin layer to form a relief pattern In this step, the exposed or unexposed portion of the photosensitive resin layer after exposure is developed and removed. When a negative type photosensitive resin composition is used (for example, when a polyimide precursor or polyimide is used as the (A) resin), the unexposed portion is developed and removed, and a positive type photosensitive resin is used. In the case of a composition (for example, when a polyoxazole precursor or a soluble polyimide is used as the (A) resin), the exposed portion is developed and removed. As the development method, any method may be selected from among previously known development methods of photoresist, such as a rotary spray method, a liquid coating method, an immersion method with ultrasonic treatment, and the like. In addition, after the development, in order to adjust the shape of the relief pattern, etc., if necessary, a post-development baking under a condition of a combination of temperature and time may be performed. As a developing solution used for development, a good solvent for a photosensitive resin composition or a combination of the good solvent and a poor solvent is preferred. For example, in the case of a photosensitive resin composition insoluble in an alkaline aqueous solution, as a good solvent, N-methylpyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, and N, N-dimethyl are preferred. Acetylamine, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, γ-butyrolactone, α-ethylfluorenyl-γ-butyrolactone, etc. As the poor solvent, toluene, xylene, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol is preferred , Ethyl lactate, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate and water. When a good solvent and a poor solvent are mixed and used, it is preferable to adjust the ratio of the poor solvent to the good solvent according to the solubility of the polymer in the photosensitive resin composition. In addition, two or more of each solvent, for example, a plurality of solvents may be used in combination. On the other hand, in the case of a photosensitive resin composition that is soluble in an alkaline aqueous solution, the developing solution used in the development is a solution that dissolves and removes the soluble polymer in the alkaline aqueous solution. Typically, the alkaline polymer is dissolved in the alkaline Aqueous solution. The basic compound dissolved in the developing solution may be any one of an inorganic basic compound and an organic basic compound. Examples of the inorganic basic compound include lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, diammonium hydrogen phosphate, dipotassium hydrogen phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, lithium silicate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, Lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium borate, sodium borate, potassium borate, and ammonia. Examples of the organic basic compound include tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, trimethylhydroxyethylammonium hydroxide, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, and monoethylamine. , Diethylamine, triethylamine, n-propylamine, di-n-propylamine, isopropylamine, diisopropylamine, methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, ethanolamine, and triethanolamine. Furthermore, if necessary, a suitable amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, or ethylene glycol, a surfactant, a storage stabilizer, and a resin dissolution inhibitor can be added to the alkaline aqueous solution. The embossed pattern can be formed in the above manner. (4) Step of forming a hardened embossed pattern by heat-treating the embossed pattern In this step, the hardened embossed pattern obtained by the above development is heated to be converted into a hardened embossed pattern. As the method of heating and hardening, various methods such as those using a hot plate, those using an oven, and those using a heating type oven with a temperature control program can be selected. Heating can be performed, for example, at 180 ° C to 400 ° C for 30 minutes to 5 hours. As the ambient gas during heating and hardening, air can be used, and inert gases such as nitrogen and argon can also be used. <Semiconductor Device> The present invention also provides a semiconductor device including a hardened relief pattern obtained by the method for manufacturing a hardened relief pattern of the present invention. The present invention also provides a semiconductor device including a substrate as a semiconductor element and a hardened embossed pattern of a resin formed on the base material by the above-mentioned hardened embossed pattern manufacturing method. In addition, the present invention is also applicable to a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device that uses a semiconductor element as a substrate and includes the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a hardened relief pattern as part of a step. The semiconductor device of the present invention can be formed into a surface protection film, an interlayer insulation film, a rewiring insulation film, a flip-chip device protection film, or the like by forming a hardened relief pattern formed using the hardened relief pattern manufacturing method described above. A protective film or the like of a semiconductor device having a bump structure is manufactured in combination with a known method for manufacturing a semiconductor device. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is applicable to semiconductor devices as described above, and can also be used for interlayer insulation of multilayer circuits, protective coatings for flexible copper-clad boards, solder resist films, and liquid crystal alignment films. In the above, aspects A to D have been described separately, but the present invention also includes combinations of aspects. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In Examples, Comparative Examples, and Production Examples, the physical properties of the photosensitive resin composition were measured and evaluated according to the following methods. (1) Weight average molecular weight The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of each resin was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion). The column used for the measurement is the brand name "Shodex 805M / 806M in series" manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation. The standard monodisperse polystyrene is selected by the brand name "Shodex STANDARD SM-105" manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation. The solvent was N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and the detector used a brand name "Shodex RI-930" manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation. (2) Sputtering device (L-440S-FHL, manufactured by Canon Anelva) was used to produce the hardened relief pattern on Cu. It was fabricated on a 6-inch silicon wafer (manufactured by Fujimi Electronic Industry Co., Ltd., thickness 625 ± 25). μm) Ti was sequentially sputtered with 200 nm thick Cu and 400 nm thick Cu. Then, using a coating developer (Coater Developer) (D-Spin60A type, manufactured by SOKUDO), the photosensitive resin composition prepared by the following method was spin-coated on the wafer and dried to form a film. Coating film with a thickness of 6 to 10 μm. Using a photomask with a test pattern, a collimated photomask alignment exposure machine (PLA-501FA, manufactured by Canon) was used to irradiate the coating film with 300 mJ / cm 2 Of energy. Then, in the case of negative type, cyclopentanone is used as a developing solution, and in the case of positive type, 2.38% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide) is used as a developing solution, and a coating developing device (D-Spin60A (Type, manufactured by SOKUDO)) This coating film is spray-developed. In the case of negative type, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate is used for rinsing, and in the case of positive type, pure water is used for rinsing to obtain embossment on Cu. pattern. Using a temperature-programming type curing furnace (VF-2000 type, manufactured by Koyo Lindberg), a wafer having the relief pattern formed on Cu was subjected to a heat treatment under a nitrogen atmosphere at a temperature described in each embodiment for 2 hours. Thus, a hardened relief pattern containing a resin having a thickness of about 6 to 7 μm is obtained on Cu. (3) High temperature storage test of hardened embossed pattern on Cu and subsequent evaluations A temperature-programming type curing furnace (VF-2000 type, manufactured by Koyo Lindberg) was used in the air at 150 ° C. The wafer with the hardened relief pattern formed on Cu was heated for 168 hours. Then, a plasma surface treatment apparatus (EXAM type, manufactured by Shinko Seiki Co., Ltd.) was used to remove all the resin layers on Cu by plasma etching. The plasma etching conditions are as follows. Output: 133 W Gas type, flow rate: O 2 : 40 ml / min + CF 4 : 1 ml / min Gas pressure: 50 Pa Mode: Hard mode Etching time: 1800 seconds Using FE-SEM (field emission-scanning electron microscope) (S-4800, Hitachi High -Technologies Co., Ltd.) Observe the Cu surface where all the resin layers have been removed, and use an image analysis software (A like Jun, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.) to calculate the area ratio of the voids to the surface of the Cu layer. (4) Evaluation of varnish storage stability The photosensitive resin compositions obtained in the examples and comparative examples were left to stand in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% Rh for 3 weeks, and the change in viscosity was observed. The viscosity was measured using a TV-25 viscometer (manufactured by Toki Sangyo) to measure the viscosity at 23 ° C. ○: The viscosity change rate (described below) of the composition after being left is within 10%. ×: The viscosity change rate of the composition after being left is greater than 10%. Viscosity change rate (%) = {(initial viscosity)-(absolute value after standing)} 100 / (initial viscosity) Example A <Manufacturing Example A1> ((A) Polymerization as a precursor of polyimide Synthesis of product A) 155.1 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) was placed in a separable flask with a volume of 2 L, and 131.2 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) was added. With 400 ml of γ-butyrolactone and stirring at room temperature, 81.5 g of pyridine was added while stirring to obtain a reaction mixture. After the exothermic heat generated by the reaction was completed, it was left to cool to room temperature and left for 16 hours. Next, while cooling in an ice bath, the solution obtained by dissolving 206.3 g of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) in 180 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added to the reaction mixture while stirring for 40 minutes, and then stirred while stirring. One side was added over a period of 60 minutes to obtain a suspension of 93.0 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) in 350 ml of γ-butyrolactone. After further stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, 30 ml of ethanol was added and stirred for 1 hour, and then 400 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added. The precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration to obtain a reaction solution. The obtained reaction solution was added to 3 L of ethanol to form a precipitate containing a crude polymer. The produced crude polymer was separated by filtration and dissolved in 1.5 L of tetrahydrofuran to obtain a crude polymer solution. The obtained crude polymer solution was dropped into 28 L of water to precipitate a polymer, and the obtained precipitate was separated by filtration and then vacuum-dried to obtain a powdery polymer (polymer A). When the molecular weight of the polymer A was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 20,000. The weight-average molecular weight of the resin obtained in each production example was measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) under the following conditions to determine the weight-average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene. Pump: JASCO PU-980 Detector: JASCO RI-930 Column oven: JASCO CO-965 40 ° C Column: 2 Shodex KD-806M Tandem mobile phases: 0.1 mol / L LiBr / NMP (N-methylpyrrolidone, N- Methylpyrrolidone) Flow rate: 1 ml / min. <Manufacturing example A2> ((A) Synthesis of polymer B as a polyimide precursor) Using 3,3 ', 4,4'-biphenyl Except that 147.1 g of tetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA) was used instead of 15,5.1 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) in Production Example A1, the same method as described in Production Example A1 was used. The reaction was carried out in such a manner that polymer B was obtained. When the molecular weight of the polymer B was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 22,000. <Manufacturing Example A3> ((A) Synthesis of polymer C as a polyimide precursor) 2,2'-bistrifluoromethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (TFMB) 147.8 g Instead of 93.0 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) in Production Example A1, a polymer C was obtained by reacting in the same manner as in the method described in Production Example A1 above. When the molecular weight of the polymer C was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 21,000. <Manufacturing Example A4> ((A) Synthesis of Polymer D as Polyamide) (Synthesis of Terephthalate Compound AIPA-MO) A 5-L separable flask was charged with a 5-amino group. 543.5 g of phthalic acid {hereinafter abbreviated as AIPA} and 1700 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone were mixed and stirred, and heated to 50 ° C. in a water bath. A solution obtained by diluting 512.0 g (3.3 mol) of 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate with 500 g of γ-butyrolactone was added dropwise thereto using a dropping funnel, and the mixture was directly stirred at 50 ° C for about 2 hours. . After confirming the completion of the reaction (the disappearance of 5-aminoisophthalic acid) by low molecular weight gel permeation chromatography {hereinafter referred to as low molecular weight GPC}, the reaction solution was poured into 15 L of ion-exchanged water and stirred, It was left to stand, and after the crystalline precipitate of the reaction product appeared, it was separated by filtration, washed with appropriate water, and then dried under vacuum at 40 ° C for 48 hours, thereby obtaining an amine group and isocyanide from 5-aminoisophthalic acid. AIPA-MO obtained by the isocyanate action of 2-methacrylic acid ethoxyethyl. The purity of the obtained low molecular weight GPC of AIPA-MO was about 100%. (Synthesis of Polymer D) Put the obtained AIPA-MO 100.89 g (0.3 mol), pyridine 71.2 g (0.9 mol), GBL (butyrolactone, γ-butyrolactone) 400 into a separable flask with a volume of 2 L. g, mix and cool to 5 ° C with an ice bath. Under ice-cooling, a solution obtained by dissolving and diluting 125.0 g (0.606 mol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) with GBL 125 g was added dropwise over about 20 minutes. Then, the solution was added dropwise over about 20 minutes. 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl {hereinafter referred to as BAPB} 103.16 g (0.28 mol) dissolved in 168 g of NMP, and maintained in an ice bath for 3 hours to less than 5 ° C, and then The ice bath was removed and stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration to obtain a reaction solution. A mixed solution of 840 g of water and 560 g of isopropyl alcohol was added dropwise to the obtained reaction solution, and the precipitated polymer was separated and redissolved in 650 g of NMP. The obtained crude polymer solution was dropped into 5 L of water to precipitate a polymer, and the obtained precipitate was separated by filtration, and then vacuum-dried to obtain a powdery polymer (Polymer E). When the molecular weight of the polymer D was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 34,700. <Manufacturing Example A5> ((A) Synthesis of polymer E as a polyoxazole precursor) In a separable flask with a volume of 3 L, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) -183.1 g of hexafluoropropane, 640.9 g of N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc), and 63.3 g of pyridine were mixed and stirred at room temperature (25 ° C) to prepare a homogeneous solution. A solution obtained by dissolving 11,8.0 g of 4,4'-diphenyl ether dimethylarsine chloride in 354 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (DMDG) was added dropwise thereto using a dropping funnel. At this time, the separable flask was cooled in a water bath at 15-20 ° C. The time required for dripping was 40 minutes, and the temperature of the reaction solution was 30 ° C at the highest. 3 hours after the end of the dripping, 30.8 g (0.2 mol) of 1,2-cyclohexyl dicarboxylic anhydride was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was left to stir at room temperature for 15 hours, so that the polymer chain accounted for 99% of the total amines. The terminal group is terminated with a carboxycyclohexylamidoamine group. The reaction rate at this time can be easily calculated by tracking the remaining amount of the 1,2-cyclohexyl dicarboxylic anhydride which has been introduced by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Thereafter, the reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the polymer. The polymer was recovered, washed with appropriate water, dehydrated, and vacuum-dried to obtain gel permeation chromatography (GPC). A crude polybenzoxazole precursor having a weight average molecular weight of 9,000 (in terms of polystyrene) measured by) method. The crude polybenzoxazole precursor obtained above was re-dissolved in γ-butyrolactone (GBL), and then treated with a cation exchange resin and an anion exchange resin, and the solution thus obtained was put into ion exchanged water. The precipitated polymer was separated by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum, thereby obtaining a purified polybenzoxazole precursor (polymer E). <Manufacturing Example A6> ((A) Synthesis of polymer F as polyimide) A glass separable four-necked flask equipped with an anchor stirrer made of Teflon (registered trademark) was attached with Dean-Star G separator cooling tube. While the nitrogen gas was bubbled in, the flask was immersed in a silicone oil bath and stirred. Added 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane (manufactured by Clariant Japan) (hereinafter referred to as BAP) 72.28 g (280 mmol), 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydro) -3-furanyl) -3-methyl-cyclohexene-1,2 dicarboxylic anhydride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (hereinafter referred to as MCTC) 70.29 g (266 mmol), γ-butyrolactone 254.6 g, 60 g of toluene, and stirred at 100 rpm for 4 hours at room temperature, and then added 5-decene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 4.6 g (28 mmol) Heat and stir at 100 rpm in a silicon bath at 50 ° C for 8 hours while introducing nitrogen gas. Thereafter, it was heated to a temperature of 180 ° C in a silicon bath, and stirred at 100 rpm for 2 hours. The toluene and water distilled off during the reaction were removed. After the imidization reaction is completed, the temperature is returned to room temperature. Thereafter, the reaction solution was added dropwise to 3 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the polymer. The polymer was recovered, washed with appropriate water, dehydrated, and vacuum-dried to obtain gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Crude polyimide (Polymer F) having a weight-average molecular weight of 23,000 (in terms of polystyrene) measured by the method. <Manufacturing Example A7> ((A) Synthesis of polymer G as a phenol resin) In a separable flask with a Dean-Stark apparatus having a volume of 0.5 L, methyl 3,5-dihydroxybenzoate 128.3 g (0.76 mol), 4,4'-bis (methoxymethyl) biphenyl (hereinafter also referred to as `` BMMB '') 121.2 g (0.5 mol), diethyl sulfuric acid 3.9 g (0.025 mol), diethyl 140 g of diol dimethyl ether was mixed and stirred at 70 ° C to dissolve the solid matter. The mixed solution was heated to 140 ° C in an oil bath, and it was confirmed that methanol was produced from the reaction solution. The reaction solution was stirred directly at 140 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 100 g of tetrahydrofuran was added thereto and stirred. The reaction diluent was added dropwise to 4 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the resin. The resin was recovered, washed with appropriate water, dehydrated, and then vacuum-dried to obtain 3,5-dihydroxy containing 70% yield. Copolymer of methyl benzoate / BMMB (Polymer G). The weight average molecular weight of this polymer G calculated by standard polystyrene conversion by the GPC method was 21,000. <Manufacturing example A8> ((A) Synthesis of polymer H as a phenol resin) A separable flask with a Dean-Stark apparatus with a volume of 1.0 L was replaced with nitrogen, and then the separable flask was 81.3 g (0.738 mol) of resorcinol, 84.8 g (0.35 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (hereinafter also referred to as PGME) were performed at 50 ° C. Mix and stir to dissolve the solids. The mixed solution was heated to 120 ° C in an oil bath, and it was confirmed that methanol was produced from the reaction solution. The reaction solution was stirred directly at 120 ° C for 3 hours. Then, in another container, 24.9 g (0.150 mol) of 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) p-cresol and 249 g of PGME were mixed and stirred to dissolve uniformly, and the obtained solution was used in a dropping funnel for a period of time. The solution was added dropwise to the separable flask for 1 hour, and the solution was further stirred for 2 hours after dropping. After completion of the reaction, the same treatment as in Production Example A7 was performed, and a resorcinol / BMMB / 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -p-cresol copolymer (polymer H) was obtained in a yield of 77%. The weight average molecular weight of this polymer H calculated by standard polystyrene conversion by GPC method was 9,900. <Example A1> Using the polymers A and B, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared by the following method, and the prepared photosensitive resin composition was evaluated. Polymers A 50 g and B 50 g (corresponding to (A) resin) and xanthine (corresponding to (B) a cyclic compound having a carbonyl group) as polyimide precursors 0.2 g, 1-phenyl- 1,2-propanedione-2- (O-ethoxycarbonyl) -oxime (denoted as "PDO" in Table 1) (equivalent to (C) photosensitizer) 4 g, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylic acid 8 g of ester, 1.5 g of N- [3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl] benzamide were dissolved together in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (hereinafter referred to as NMP) 80 g and ethyl lactate 20 g mixed solvent. The viscosity of the obtained solution was adjusted to about 35 poise by further adding a small amount of the above-mentioned mixed solvent to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition. The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.2% was obtained. <Example A2> A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example A1 except that the amount of xanthine added was changed to 0.05 g as the component (B) in Example A1. For this composition, a cured relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 230 ° C by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 6.4% was obtained. <Example A3> A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example A1 except that the amount of xanthine added was changed to 5 g as the component (B) in Example A1. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 230 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 4.9% was obtained. <Example A4> In the above-mentioned Example A1, except that 8-azaxanthine was used instead of xanthine as the component (B), a negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example A1. . The composition was cured at 230 ° C. to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer by the method described above. After a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a 5.1% result was obtained. <Example A5> A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example A1 except that uric acid was used instead of xanthine as the component (B) in Example A1. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 230 ° C by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.4% was obtained. <Example A6> A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example A1, except that dioxotetrahydropyridine was used as the component (B) in place of xanthine. . For this composition, a cured relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 230 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the ratio of the area occupied by the voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated to obtain a result of 5.5%. <Example A7> A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example A1, except that barbituric acid was used instead of xanthine as the component (B) in the above-mentioned Example A1. The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 7.3% was obtained. <Example A8> A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in the above-mentioned Example A1, and a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing the composition at 350 ° C. by the method described above. After the high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids to the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 4.5% was obtained. <Example A9> In the above-mentioned Example A1, as the (A) resin, polymer A 50 g and polymer B 50 g were changed to polymer A 100 g, and as component (C), PDO 4 g was changed to 1 In addition, 2.5 g of 2-octanedione-1- {4- (phenylthio) -2- (O-benzylidene oxime)} (Irgacure OXE01 (trade name) manufactured by BASF), A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example A1. The composition was cured at 230 ° C. to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer by the method described above. After a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a 5.1% result was obtained. <Example A10> In the above-mentioned Example A1, as the resin (A), polymer A 50 g and polymer B 50 g were changed to polymer A 100 g, and as component (C), PDO 4 g was changed to 1 2.5 g of 2-octanedione-1- {4- (phenylthio) -2- (O-benzylidene oxime)} (Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF, trade name)) 2.5 g A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example A1, except for 85 g of γ-butyrolactone and 15 g of dimethyl sulfene. The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.2% was obtained. <Example A11> In the above-mentioned Example A1, except that the polymer A 50 g and the polymer B 50 g were changed to the polymer C 100 g as the (A) resin, the same method as in Example A1 was used. A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 350 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 4.9% was obtained. <Example A12> In the above-mentioned Example A1, except that the polymer A 50 g and the polymer B 50 g were changed to the polymer D 100 g as the (A) resin, the same method as in Example A1 was used. A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 250 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated to obtain a result of 5.0%. <Example A13> Using the polymer E, a positive-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared by the following method, and the prepared photosensitive resin composition was evaluated. A polymer E 100 g (corresponding to (A) resin) as a polyoxazole precursor and the following formula (96): 77% of the indicated phenolic hydroxyl groups are naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonated photosensitive diazoquinone compounds (manufactured by Toyo Kosei, equivalent to (C) photosensitizer) (C1) 20 g, yellow Purine (equivalent to (B) a cyclic compound having a carbonyl group) 0.2 g, 6 g of 3-tert-butoxycarbonylaminopropyltriethoxysilane, both dissolved in γ-butyrolactone (as a solvent) 100 g. The viscosity of the obtained solution was adjusted to about 20 poise by further adding a small amount of γ-butyrolactone to prepare a positive-type photosensitive resin composition. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 350 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated to obtain a result of 5.5%. <Example A14> In the above-mentioned Example A13, except that the polymer E 100 g was changed to the polymer F 100 g as the (A) resin, a positive-type photosensitive resin was prepared in the same manner as in Example A13. Composition solution. The composition was cured at 250 ° C. to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer by the method described above. After a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated to obtain a result of 5.7%. <Example A15> In the above-mentioned Example A13, except that the polymer E 100 g was changed to the polymer G 100 g as the (A) resin, a positive-type photosensitive resin was prepared in the same manner as in Example A13. Composition solution. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 220 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.3% was obtained. <Example A16> In the above-mentioned Example A13, except that the polymer E 100 g was changed to the polymer H 100 g as the (A) resin, a positive-type photosensitive resin was prepared in the same manner as in Example A13. Composition solution. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 220 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.2% was obtained. <Comparative Example A1> A negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example A1, except that 0.2 g of benzotriazole was added instead of 0.2 g of xanthine to the composition of Example A1. The evaluation was the same as in Example A1. Since the compound (B) of the present invention was not contained, the evaluation result was 15.2%. <Comparative example A2> Except that xanthine was not added to the composition of Example A1, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example A1, and the same evaluation as in Example A1 was performed. Since the compound (B) of the present invention was not contained, the evaluation result was 14.3%. <Comparative Example A3> Except that xanthine was not added to the composition of Example A10, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example A10, and the same evaluation as in Example A10 was performed. Since the compound (B) of the present invention was not contained, the evaluation result was 15.7%. <Comparative Example A4> Except that xanthine was not added to the composition of Example A11, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example A11, and the same evaluation as in Example A11 was performed. Since the compound (B) of the present invention was not contained, the evaluation result was 14.9%. The results of Examples A1 to 16 and Comparative Examples A1 to 4 are summarized in Table 1. Example B <Manufacturing Example B1> ((A) Synthesis of polymer A as a polyimide precursor) Into a separable flask with a volume of 2 L, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid di 155.1 g of anhydride (ODPA), 131.2 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and 400 ml of γ-butyrolactone were added and stirred at room temperature, and 81.5 g of pyridine was added while stirring to obtain a reaction mixture. After the exothermic heat generated by the reaction was completed, it was left to cool to room temperature and left for 16 hours. Next, while cooling in an ice bath, the solution obtained by dissolving 206.3 g of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) in 180 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added to the reaction mixture while stirring for 40 minutes, and then stirred while stirring. One side was added over a period of 60 minutes to obtain a suspension of 93.0 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) in 350 ml of γ-butyrolactone. After further stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, 30 ml of ethanol was added and stirred for 1 hour, and then 400 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added. The precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration to obtain a reaction solution. The obtained reaction solution was added to 3 L of ethanol to form a precipitate containing a crude polymer. The produced crude polymer was separated by filtration and dissolved in 1.5 L of tetrahydrofuran to obtain a crude polymer solution. The obtained crude polymer solution was dropped into 28 L of water to precipitate a polymer, and the obtained precipitate was separated by filtration and then vacuum-dried to obtain a powdery polymer (polymer A). When the molecular weight of the polymer A was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 20,000. In addition, the weight average molecular weight of the resin obtained in each Production Example B was measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) under the following conditions to determine the weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene. Pump: JASCO PU-980 Detector: JASCO RI-930 Column oven: JASCO CO-965 40 ° C Column: 2 Shodex KD-806M mobile phases in series: 0.1 mol / L LiBr / NMP Flow rate: 1 ml / min. <Manufacturing example B2> ((A) Synthesis of polymer B as a polyimide precursor) 3,3 ', 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA) 147.1 g was used instead of the manufacturing example A polymer B was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Production Example B1 except that 155.1 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) of B1 was reacted. When the molecular weight of the polymer B was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 22,000. <Production Example B3> ((A) Synthesis of polymer C as a polyimide precursor) Using 2,2'-bistrifluoromethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (TFMB) 147.8 g Instead of 93.0 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) in Production Example B1, a polymer C was obtained by performing a reaction in the same manner as in the method described in Production Example B1 above. When the molecular weight of the polymer C was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 21,000. <Manufacturing Example B4> ((A) Synthesis of Polymer D as Polyamide) (Synthesis of Terephthalate Compound AIPA-MO) A 5-L separable flask was charged with 5-amino groups. 543.5 g of phthalic acid {hereinafter abbreviated as AIPA} and 1700 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone were mixed and stirred, and heated to 50 ° C. in a water bath. A solution obtained by diluting 512.0 g (3.3 mol) of 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate with 500 g of γ-butyrolactone was added dropwise thereto using a dropping funnel, and the mixture was directly stirred at 50 ° C for about 2 hours. . After confirming the completion of the reaction (the disappearance of 5-aminoisophthalic acid) by low molecular weight gel permeation chromatography {hereinafter referred to as low molecular weight GPC}, the reaction solution was poured into 15 L of ion-exchanged water and stirred, It was left to stand, and after the crystalline precipitate of the reaction product appeared, it was separated by filtration, washed with appropriate water, and then dried under vacuum at 40 ° C for 48 hours, thereby obtaining an amine group and isocyanide from 5-aminoisophthalic acid. AIPA-MO obtained by the isocyanate action of 2-methacrylic acid ethoxyethyl. The purity of the obtained low molecular weight GPC of AIPA-MO was about 100%. (Synthesis of Polymer D) Put the obtained AIPA-MO 100.89 g (0.3 mol), pyridine 71.2 g (0.9 mol), and GBL 400 g into a separable flask with a volume of 2 L, and mix them with an ice bath. Cool to 5 ° C. Under ice-cooling, a solution obtained by dissolving and diluting 125.0 g (0.606 mol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) with GBL 125 g was added dropwise over about 20 minutes. Then, the solution was added dropwise over about 20 minutes. 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl {hereinafter referred to as BAPB} 103.16 g (0.28 mol) dissolved in 168 g of NMP, and maintained in an ice bath for 3 hours to less than 5 ° C, and then The ice bath was removed and stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration to obtain a reaction solution. A mixed solution of 840 g of water and 560 g of isopropyl alcohol was added dropwise to the obtained reaction solution, and the precipitated polymer was separated and redissolved in 650 g of NMP. The obtained crude polymer solution was dropped into 5 L of water to precipitate a polymer, and the obtained precipitate was separated by filtration, and then vacuum-dried to obtain a powdery polymer (Polymer E). When the molecular weight of the polymer D was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 34,700. <Manufacturing example B5> ((A) Synthesis of polymer E as a polyoxazole precursor) In a separable flask with a volume of 3 L, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) -183.1 g of hexafluoropropane, 640.9 g of N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc), and 63.3 g of pyridine were mixed and stirred at room temperature (25 ° C) to prepare a homogeneous solution. A solution obtained by dissolving 11,8.0 g of 4,4'-diphenyl ether dimethylarsine chloride in 354 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (DMDG) was added dropwise thereto using a dropping funnel. At this time, the separable flask was cooled in a water bath at 15-20 ° C. The time required for dripping was 40 minutes, and the temperature of the reaction solution was 30 ° C at the highest. 3 hours after the end of the dripping, 30.8 g (0.2 mol) of 1,2-cyclohexyl dicarboxylic anhydride was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was left to stir at room temperature for 15 hours, so that the polymer chain accounted for 99% of the total amines. The terminal group is terminated with a carboxycyclohexylamidoamine group. The reaction rate at this time can be easily calculated by tracking the remaining amount of the 1,2-cyclohexyl dicarboxylic anhydride which has been introduced by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Thereafter, the reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the polymer. The polymer was recovered, washed with appropriate water, dehydrated, and vacuum-dried to obtain gel permeation chromatography (GPC). A crude polybenzoxazole precursor having a weight average molecular weight of 9,000 (in terms of polystyrene) measured by) method. The crude polybenzoxazole precursor obtained above was re-dissolved in γ-butyrolactone (GBL), and then treated with a cation exchange resin and an anion exchange resin, and the solution thus obtained was put into ion exchanged water. The precipitated polymer was separated by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum, thereby obtaining a purified polybenzoxazole precursor (polymer E). <Manufacturing Example B6> ((A) Synthesis of Polymer F as Polyimide) A glass separable four-neck flask equipped with an anchor stirrer made of Teflon (registered trademark) was attached with Dean-Star G separator cooling tube. While the nitrogen gas was bubbled in, the flask was immersed in a silicone oil bath and stirred. Added 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane (manufactured by Clariant Japan) (hereinafter referred to as BAP) 72.28 g (280 mmol), 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydro) -3-furanyl) -3-methyl-cyclohexene-1,2 dicarboxylic anhydride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (hereinafter referred to as MCTC) 70.29 g (266 mmol), γ-butyrolactone 254.6 g, 60 g of toluene, and stirred at 100 rpm for 4 hours at room temperature, and then added 5-decene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 4.6 g (28 mmol) Heat and stir at 100 rpm in a silicon bath at 50 ° C for 8 hours while introducing nitrogen gas. Thereafter, it was heated to a temperature of 180 ° C in a silicon bath, and stirred at 100 rpm for 2 hours. The toluene and water distilled off during the reaction were removed. After the imidization reaction is completed, the temperature is returned to room temperature. Thereafter, the reaction solution was added dropwise to 3 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the polymer. The polymer was recovered, washed with appropriate water, dehydrated, and vacuum-dried to obtain gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Crude polyimide (Polymer F) having a weight-average molecular weight of 23,000 (in terms of polystyrene) measured by the method. <Manufacturing Example B7> ((A) Synthesis of polymer G as a phenol resin) In a separable flask with a Dean-Stark apparatus having a volume of 0.5 L, methyl 3,5-dihydroxybenzoate 128.3 g (0.76 mol), 4,4'-bis (methoxymethyl) biphenyl (hereinafter also referred to as `` BMMB '') 121.2 g (0.5 mol), diethyl sulfuric acid 3.9 g (0.025 mol), diethyl 140 g of diol dimethyl ether was mixed and stirred at 70 ° C to dissolve the solid matter. The mixed solution was heated to 140 ° C in an oil bath, and it was confirmed that methanol was produced from the reaction solution. The reaction solution was stirred directly at 140 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 100 g of tetrahydrofuran was added thereto and stirred. The reaction diluent was added dropwise to 4 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the resin. The resin was recovered, washed with appropriate water, dehydrated, and then vacuum-dried to obtain 3,5-dihydroxy containing 70% yield. Copolymer of methyl benzoate / BMMB (Polymer G). The weight average molecular weight of this polymer G calculated by standard polystyrene conversion by the GPC method was 21,000. <Manufacturing Example B8> ((A) Synthesis of polymer H as a phenol resin) A separable flask with a Dean-Stark apparatus with a volume of 1.0 L was replaced with nitrogen, and then the separable flask was 81.3 g (0.738 mol) of resorcinol, 84.8 g (0.35 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (hereinafter also referred to as PGME) were performed at 50 ° C. Mix and stir to dissolve the solids. The mixed solution was heated to 120 ° C in an oil bath, and it was confirmed that methanol was produced from the reaction solution. The reaction solution was stirred directly at 120 ° C for 3 hours. Then, in another container, 24.9 g (0.150 mol) of 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) p-cresol and 249 g of PGME were mixed and stirred to dissolve uniformly, and the obtained solution was used in a dropping funnel for a period of time. The solution was added dropwise to the separable flask for 1 hour, and the solution was further stirred for 2 hours after dropping. After completion of the reaction, the same treatment as in Production Example B7 was performed, and a resorcinol / BMMB / 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -p-cresol copolymer (polymer H) was obtained in a yield of 77%. The weight average molecular weight of this polymer H calculated by standard polystyrene conversion by GPC method was 9,900. <Example B1> Using the polymers A and B, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared by the following method, and the prepared photosensitive resin composition was evaluated. Polymers A 50 g and B 50 g (corresponding to (A) resin) and polycyclohexyl thiourea (corresponding to (B) sulfur-containing compound) as polyimide precursors 0.5 g, 1-phenyl- 1,2-propanedione-2- (O-ethoxycarbonyl) -oxime (denoted as "PDO" in Table 2) (equivalent to (C) photosensitizer) 4 g, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylic acid 8 g of ester, 1.5 g of N- [3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl] benzamide were dissolved together in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (hereinafter referred to as NMP) 80 g and ethyl lactate 20 g mixed solvent. The viscosity of the obtained solution was adjusted to about 35 poise by further adding a small amount of the above-mentioned mixed solvent to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition. For this composition, a cured relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 230 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the ratio of the area occupied by the voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated to obtain a result of 5.5%. <Example B2> In the above-mentioned Example B1, except that the amount of dicyclohexylthiourea was changed to 0.1 g as the component (B), a negative-type photosensitive resin combination was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1.物 溶液。 The solution. The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 6.9% was obtained. <Example B3> In the above Example B1, except that the addition amount of dicyclohexylthiourea was changed to 4 g as the component (B), a negative-type photosensitive resin combination was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1.物 溶液。 The solution. The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 4.8% was obtained. <Example B4> A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that benzothiazole was used as the component (B) in the above-mentioned Example B1, instead of dicyclohexylthiourea. . The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 7.3% was obtained. <Example B5> A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except that rhodamine was used instead of dicyclohexylthiourea as the component (B) in Example B1. . The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 7.2% was obtained. <Example B6> In the above-mentioned Example B1, as the (B) component, 2-9-oxysulfur &# 134079 was used; A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except that instead of dicyclohexylthiourea. The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 7.3% was obtained. <Example B7> A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in the above-mentioned Example B1, and a hardened relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing the composition at 350 ° C. by the method described above. After the high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 4.9% was obtained. <Example B8> In the above-mentioned Example B1, as the resin (A), polymer A 50 g and polymer B 50 g were changed to polymer A 100 g, and as component (C), PDO 4 g was changed to 1 In addition, 2.5 g of 2-octanedione-1- {4- (phenylthio) -2- (O-benzylidene oxime)} (Irgacure OXE01 (trade name) manufactured by BASF), A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1. The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.7% was obtained. <Example B9> In the above-mentioned Example B1, as the resin (A), polymer A 50 g and polymer B 50 g were changed to polymer A 100 g, and as component (C), PDO 4 g was changed to 1 2.5 g of 2-octanedione-1- {4- (phenylthio) -2- (O-benzylidene oxime)} (Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF, trade name)) 2.5 g A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except for 85 g of γ-butyrolactone and 15 g of dimethyl sulfene. The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.6% was obtained. <Example B10> In the above-mentioned Example B1, except that the polymer A 50 g and the polymer B 50 g were changed to the polymer C 100 g as the (A) resin, the same method as in Example B1 was used. A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 350 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 4.9% was obtained. <Example B11> In the above-mentioned Example B1, except that the polymer A 50 g and the polymer B 50 g were changed to the polymer D 100 g as the resin (A), the same method as in Example B1 was used. A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 250 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.3% was obtained. <Example B12> Using the polymer E, a positive-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared by the following method, and the prepared photosensitive resin composition was evaluated. A polymer E 100 g (corresponding to (A) resin) as a polyoxazole precursor and the following formula (96): 77% of the indicated phenolic hydroxyl groups are naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonated photosensitive diazoquinone compounds (manufactured by Toyo Gosei, equivalent to (C) photosensitizer) (C1) 15 g, two 0.5 g of cyclohexylthiourea (equivalent to (B) sulfur-containing compound), 6 g of 3-tert-butoxycarbonylaminopropyltriethoxysilane, dissolved in γ-butyrolactone (as solvent) 100 g. The viscosity of the obtained solution was adjusted to about 20 poise by further adding a small amount of γ-butyrolactone to prepare a positive-type photosensitive resin composition. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 350 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.4% was obtained. <Example B13> In the above-mentioned Example B12, except that the polymer E 100 g was changed to the polymer F 100 g as the (A) resin, a positive-type photosensitive resin was prepared in the same manner as in Example B12. Composition solution. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 250 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.5% was obtained. <Example B14> In the above Example B12, except that the polymer E 100 g was changed to the polymer G 100 g as the (A) resin, a positive-type photosensitive resin was prepared in the same manner as in Example B12. Composition solution. For the composition, a hardened relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 220 ° C by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated to obtain a result of 5.7%. <Example B15> In the above Example B12, except that the polymer E 100 g was changed to the polymer H 100 g as the (A) resin, a positive-type photosensitive resin was prepared in the same manner as in Example B12. Composition solution. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 220 ° C by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.6% was obtained. <Comparative Example B1> Except that dicyclohexylthiourea was not added to the composition of Example B1, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, and the same procedure as in Example B1 was performed. Evaluation. Since the compound (B) of the present invention was not contained, the evaluation result was 14.3%. <Comparative Example B2> Except that dicyclohexylthiourea was not added to the composition of Example B11, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B11, and was performed in the same manner as in Example B11. Evaluation. Since the compound (B) of the present invention was not contained, the evaluation result was 15.5%. <Comparative Example B3> Except that dicyclohexylthiourea was not added to the composition of Example B12, a positive-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B12, and the same procedure as in Example B12 was performed. Evaluation. Since the compound (B) of the present invention was not contained, the evaluation result was 14.6%. The results of Examples B1 to 15 and Comparative Examples B1 to 3 are summarized in Table 2. Example C <Manufacturing Example C1> ((A) Synthesis of polymer A as a polyimide precursor) Into a separable flask with a volume of 2 L, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid di 155.1 g of anhydride (ODPA), 131.2 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and 400 ml of γ-butyrolactone were added and stirred at room temperature, and 81.5 g of pyridine was added while stirring to obtain a reaction mixture. After the exothermic heat generated by the reaction was completed, it was left to cool to room temperature and left for 16 hours. Next, while cooling in an ice bath, the solution obtained by dissolving 206.3 g of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) in 180 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added to the reaction mixture while stirring for 40 minutes, and then stirred while stirring. One side was added over a period of 60 minutes to obtain a suspension of 93.0 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) in 350 ml of γ-butyrolactone. After further stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, 30 ml of ethanol was added and stirred for 1 hour, and then 400 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added. The precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration to obtain a reaction solution. The obtained reaction solution was added to 3 L of ethanol to form a precipitate containing a crude polymer. The produced crude polymer was separated by filtration and dissolved in 1.5 L of tetrahydrofuran to obtain a crude polymer solution. The obtained crude polymer solution was dropped into 28 L of water to precipitate a polymer, and the obtained precipitate was separated by filtration and then vacuum-dried to obtain a powdery polymer (polymer A). When the molecular weight of the polymer A was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 20,000. The weight-average molecular weight of the resin obtained in each Production Example C was measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) under the following conditions to determine the weight-average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene. Pump: JASCO PU-980 Detector: JASCO RI-930 Column oven: JASCO CO-965 40 ° C Column: 2 Shodex KD-806M mobile phases in series: 0.1 mol / L LiBr / NMP Flow rate: 1 ml / min. <Manufacturing example C2> ((A) Synthesis of polymer B as a polyimide precursor) 3,3 ', 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA) 147.1 g was used instead of the manufacturing example Except for 155.1 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) of C1, a polymer B was obtained by a reaction in the same manner as in the method described in Production Example C1 above. When the molecular weight of the polymer B was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 22,000. <Manufacturing Example C3> ((A) Synthesis of polymer C as a polyimide precursor) Using 2,2'-bistrifluoromethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (TFMB) 147.8 g Instead of 93.0 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) in Production Example C1, a polymer C was obtained by reacting in the same manner as in the method described in Production Example C1 above. When the molecular weight of the polymer C was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 21,000. <Manufacturing Example C4> ((A) Synthesis of polymer D as polyamidoamine) (Synthesis of phthalate compound capping body AIPA-MO) A 5-L separable flask was charged with a 5-amino group. 543.5 g of phthalic acid {hereinafter abbreviated as AIPA} and 1700 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone were mixed and stirred, and heated to 50 ° C. in a water bath. A solution obtained by diluting 512.0 g (3.3 mol) of 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate with 500 g of γ-butyrolactone was added dropwise thereto using a dropping funnel, and the mixture was directly stirred at 50 ° C for about 2 hours. . After confirming the completion of the reaction (the disappearance of 5-aminoisophthalic acid) by low molecular weight gel permeation chromatography {hereinafter referred to as low molecular weight GPC}, the reaction solution was poured into 15 L of ion-exchanged water and stirred, It was left to stand, and after the crystalline precipitate of the reaction product appeared, it was separated by filtration, washed with appropriate water, and then dried under vacuum at 40 ° C for 48 hours, thereby obtaining an amine group and isocyanide from 5-aminoisophthalic acid. AIPA-MO obtained by the isocyanate action of 2-methacrylic acid ethoxyethyl. The purity of the obtained low molecular weight GPC of AIPA-MO was about 100%. (Synthesis of Polymer D) Put the obtained AIPA-MO 100.89 g (0.3 mol), pyridine 71.2 g (0.9 mol), and GBL 400 g into a separable flask with a volume of 2 L, and mix them with an ice bath. Cool to 5 ° C. Under ice-cooling, a solution obtained by dissolving and diluting 125.0 g (0.606 mol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) with GBL 125 g was added dropwise over about 20 minutes. Then, the solution was added dropwise over about 20 minutes. 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl {hereinafter referred to as BAPB} 103.16 g (0.28 mol) dissolved in 168 g of NMP, and maintained in an ice bath for 3 hours to less than 5 ° C, and then The ice bath was removed and stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration to obtain a reaction solution. A mixed solution of 840 g of water and 560 g of isopropyl alcohol was added dropwise to the obtained reaction solution, and the precipitated polymer was separated and redissolved in 650 g of NMP. The obtained crude polymer solution was dropped into 5 L of water to precipitate a polymer, and the obtained precipitate was separated by filtration, and then vacuum-dried to obtain a powdery polymer (Polymer E). When the molecular weight of the polymer D was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 34,700. <Production Example C5> ((A) Synthesis of polymer E as a polyoxazole precursor) In a separable flask with a volume of 3 L, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) -183.1 g of hexafluoropropane, 640.9 g of N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc), and 63.3 g of pyridine were mixed and stirred at room temperature (25 ° C) to prepare a homogeneous solution. A solution obtained by dissolving 11,8.0 g of 4,4'-diphenyl ether dimethylarsine chloride in 354 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (DMDG) was added dropwise thereto using a dropping funnel. At this time, the separable flask was cooled in a water bath at 15-20 ° C. The time required for dripping was 40 minutes, and the temperature of the reaction solution was 30 ° C at the highest. 3 hours after the end of the dripping, 30.8 g (0.2 mol) of 1,2-cyclohexyl dicarboxylic anhydride was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was left to stir at room temperature for 15 hours, so that the polymer chain accounted for 99% of the total amines. The terminal group is terminated with a carboxycyclohexylamidoamine group. The reaction rate at this time can be easily calculated by tracking the remaining amount of the 1,2-cyclohexyl dicarboxylic anhydride which has been introduced by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Thereafter, the reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the polymer. The polymer was recovered, washed with appropriate water, dehydrated, and vacuum-dried to obtain gel permeation chromatography (GPC). A crude polybenzoxazole precursor having a weight average molecular weight of 9,000 (in terms of polystyrene) measured by) method. The crude polybenzoxazole precursor obtained above was re-dissolved in γ-butyrolactone (GBL), and then treated with a cation exchange resin and an anion exchange resin, and the solution thus obtained was put into ion exchanged water. The precipitated polymer was separated by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum, thereby obtaining a purified polybenzoxazole precursor (polymer E). <Manufacturing Example C6> ((A) Synthesis of polymer F as polyimide) A glass separable four-necked flask equipped with an anchor stirrer made of Teflon (registered trademark) was attached with Dean-Star G separator cooling tube. While the nitrogen gas was bubbled in, the flask was immersed in a silicone oil bath and stirred. Added 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane (manufactured by Clariant Japan) (hereinafter referred to as BAP) 72.28 g (280 mmol), 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydro) -3-furanyl) -3-methyl-cyclohexene-1,2 dicarboxylic anhydride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (hereinafter referred to as MCTC) 70.29 g (266 mmol), γ-butyrolactone 254.6 g, 60 g of toluene, and stirred at 100 rpm for 4 hours at room temperature, and then added 5-decene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 4.6 g (28 mmol) Heat and stir at 100 rpm in a silicon bath at 50 ° C for 8 hours while introducing nitrogen gas. Thereafter, it was heated to a temperature of 180 ° C in a silicon bath, and stirred at 100 rpm for 2 hours. The toluene and water distilled off during the reaction were removed. After the imidization reaction is completed, the temperature is returned to room temperature. Thereafter, the reaction solution was added dropwise to 3 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the polymer. The polymer was recovered, washed with appropriate water, dehydrated, and vacuum-dried to obtain gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Crude polyimide (Polymer F) having a weight-average molecular weight of 23,000 (in terms of polystyrene) measured by the method. <Manufacturing Example C7> ((A) Synthesis of polymer G as a phenol resin) In a separable flask with a Dean-Stark apparatus with a volume of 0.5 L, 3,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester 128.3 g (0.76 mol), 4,4'-bis (methoxymethyl) biphenyl (hereinafter also referred to as `` BMMB '') 121.2 g (0.5 mol), diethyl sulfuric acid 3.9 g (0.025 mol), diethyl 140 g of diol dimethyl ether was mixed and stirred at 70 ° C to dissolve the solid matter. The mixed solution was heated to 140 ° C in an oil bath, and it was confirmed that methanol was produced from the reaction solution. The reaction solution was stirred directly at 140 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 100 g of tetrahydrofuran was added thereto and stirred. The reaction diluent was added dropwise to 4 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the resin. The resin was recovered, washed with appropriate water, dehydrated, and then vacuum-dried to obtain 3,5-dihydroxy containing 70% yield. Copolymer of methyl benzoate / BMMB (Polymer G). The weight average molecular weight of this polymer G calculated by standard polystyrene conversion by the GPC method was 21,000. <Manufacturing Example C8> ((A) Synthesis of polymer H as a phenol resin) A separable flask with a Dean-Stark apparatus with a volume of 1.0 L was replaced with nitrogen, and then the separable flask was 81.3 g (0.738 mol) of resorcinol, 84.8 g (0.35 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (hereinafter also referred to as PGME) were performed at 50 ° C. Mix and stir to dissolve the solids. The mixed solution was heated to 120 ° C in an oil bath, and it was confirmed that methanol was produced from the reaction solution. The reaction solution was stirred directly at 120 ° C for 3 hours. Then, in another container, 24.9 g (0.150 mol) of 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) p-cresol and 249 g of PGME were mixed and stirred to dissolve uniformly, and the obtained solution was used in a dropping funnel for a period of time. The solution was added dropwise to the separable flask for 1 hour, and the solution was further stirred for 2 hours after dropping. After completion of the reaction, the same treatment as in Production Example C7 was performed, and a resorcinol / BMMB / 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -p-cresol copolymer (polymer H) was obtained in a yield of 77%. The weight average molecular weight of this polymer H calculated by standard polystyrene conversion by GPC method was 9,900. <Example C1> Using the polymers A and B, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared by the following method, and the prepared photosensitive resin composition was evaluated. Polymers A 50 g and B 50 g (corresponding to (A) resin) and butyl urea (corresponding to (B-1) compound) 1 g of polyimide precursor, 1-phenyl-1, 2-propanedione-2- (O-ethoxycarbonyl) -oxime (denoted as "PDO" in Table 3) (equivalent to (C) photosensitizer) 4 g, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate 8 g, 1.5 g of N- [3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl] xylylenediamine was dissolved together in 80 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (hereinafter referred to as NMP) and A mixed solvent of 20 g of ethyl lactate. The viscosity of the obtained solution was adjusted to about 35 poise by further adding a small amount of the above-mentioned mixed solvent to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition. For this composition, a cured relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 230 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the ratio of the area occupied by the voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated to obtain a result of 5.5%. <Example C2> In the above Example C1, except that the amount of butylurea was changed to 0.1 g as the component (B), a negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example C1. . The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids to the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 6.8% was obtained. <Example C3> In the above Example C1, except that the amount of butylurea was changed to 5 g as the component (B), a negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example C1. . The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 4.8% was obtained. <Example C4> In the above-mentioned Example C1, except that tetraethylene glycol (equivalent to the (B-2) compound) was used as the component (B) instead of butyl urea, the same method as in Example C1 was used. A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared. For this composition, a cured relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 230 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated to obtain a result of 6.2%. <Example C5> In the above Example C1, bis (2-methoxyethyl) adipate (corresponding to the (B-3) compound) was used instead of butyl urea as the component (B). A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example C1. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 230 ° C by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 6.3% was obtained. <Example C6> A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in the above-mentioned Example C1, and a hardened relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing the composition at 350 ° C. by the method described above. After the high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids to the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 4.7% was obtained. <Example C7> In the above-mentioned Example C1, as the resin (A), polymer A 50 g and polymer B 50 g were changed to polymer A 100 g, and as component (C), PDO 4 g was changed to 1 In addition, 2.5 g of 2-octanedione-1- {4- (phenylthio) -2- (O-benzylidene oxime)} (Irgacure OXE01 (trade name) manufactured by BASF), A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example C1. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 230 ° C by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.4% was obtained. <Example C8> In the above-mentioned Example C1, as the resin (A), polymer A 50 g and polymer B 50 g were changed to polymer A 100 g, and as component (C), PDO 4 g was changed to 1 2.5 g of 2-octanedione-1- {4- (phenylthio) -2- (O-benzylidene oxime)} (Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF, trade name)) 2.5 g A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example C1, except for 85 g of γ-butyrolactone and 15 g of dimethyl sulfene. For this composition, a cured relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 230 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the ratio of the area occupied by the voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated to obtain a result of 5.5%. <Example C9> In the above-mentioned Example C1, except that the polymer A 50 g and the polymer B 50 g were changed to the polymer C 100 g as the (A) resin, the same method as in Example C1 was used. A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 350 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated to obtain a result of 4.7%. <Example C10> In the above-mentioned Example C1, except that the polymer A 50 g and the polymer B 50 g were changed to the polymer D 100 g as the (A) resin, the same method as in Example C1 was used. A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 250 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.8% was obtained. <Example C11> Using the polymer E, a positive-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared by the following method, and the prepared photosensitive resin composition was evaluated. 100 g of polymer E (equivalent to (A) resin) as a polyoxazole precursor and the following formula (96): 77% of the phenolic hydroxyl group represented by naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonated photosensitive diazoquinone compound (manufactured by Toyo Kosei, equivalent to (C) photosensitizer) 15 g, C1 1 g of carbamide (corresponding to (B-1) compound) and 6 g of 3-tert-butoxycarbonylaminopropyltriethoxysilane were dissolved in 100 g of γ-butyrolactone (as a solvent). The viscosity of the obtained solution was adjusted to about 20 poise by further adding a small amount of γ-butyrolactone to prepare a positive-type photosensitive resin composition. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 350 ° C by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids to the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.6% was obtained. <Example C12> In the above-mentioned Example C11, except that the polymer E 100 g was changed to the polymer F 100 g as the (A) resin, a positive-type photosensitive resin was prepared in the same manner as in Example C11. Composition solution. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 250 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.9% was obtained. <Example C13> In the above-mentioned Example C11, except that the polymer E 100 g was changed to the polymer G 100 g as the (A) resin, a positive-type photosensitive resin was prepared in the same manner as in Example C11. Composition solution. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 220 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.5% was obtained. <Example C14> In the above-mentioned Example C11, except that the polymer E 100 g was changed to the polymer H 100 g as the (A) resin, a positive-type photosensitive resin was prepared in the same manner as in Example C13. Composition solution. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 220 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.4% was obtained. <Comparative Example C1> Except that butylurea was not added to the composition of Example C1, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example C1, and the same evaluation as in Example C1 was performed. . Since the compound (B) of the present invention was not contained, the evaluation result was 14.3%. <Comparative Example C2> Except that butylurea was not added to the composition of Example C12, a positive-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example C12, and the same evaluation as in Example C12 was performed. . Since the compound (B) of the present invention was not contained, the evaluation result was 15.5%. <Comparative Example C3> Except that butylurea was not added to the composition of Example C13, a positive-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example C13, and the same evaluation as in Example C11 was performed. . Since the compound (B) of the present invention was not contained, the evaluation result was 15.7%. Example D <Manufacturing Example D1> ((A) Synthesis of polymer (A) -1 as polyimide precursor)) 4,4'-oxydi-neo was placed in a separable flask with a volume of 2 L 155.1 g of phthalic dianhydride (ODPA), 131.2 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and 400 ml of γ-butyrolactone were stirred at room temperature, and 81.5 g of pyridine was added while stirring, to obtain a reaction mixture. After the exothermic heat generated by the reaction was completed, it was left to cool to room temperature and left for 16 hours. Next, while cooling in an ice bath, the solution obtained by dissolving 206.3 g of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) in 180 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added to the reaction mixture while stirring for 40 minutes, and then stirred while stirring. One side was added over a period of 60 minutes to obtain a suspension of 93.0 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) in 350 ml of γ-butyrolactone. After further stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, 30 ml of ethanol was added and stirred for 1 hour, and then 400 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added. The precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration to obtain a reaction solution. The obtained reaction solution was added to 3 L of ethanol to form a precipitate containing a crude polymer. The produced crude polymer was separated by filtration and dissolved in 1.5 L of tetrahydrofuran to obtain a crude polymer solution. The obtained crude polymer solution was dropped into 28 L of water to precipitate a polymer, and the obtained precipitate was separated by filtration, and then vacuum-dried to obtain a powdery polymer (Polymer (A) -1). When the molecular weight of the polymer (A) -1 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 20,000. The weight-average molecular weight of the resin obtained in each Production Example D was measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) under the following conditions to determine the weight-average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene. Pump: JASCO PU-980 Detector: JASCO RI-930 Column oven: JASCO CO-965 40 ° C Column: 2 Shodex KD-806M mobile phases in series: 0.1 mol / L LiBr / NMP Flow rate: 1 ml / min. <Production Example D2> ((A) Synthesis of polymer (A) -2 as a polyimide precursor)) 3,3 ', 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA) 147.1 was used g Instead of 15,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) 155.1 g in Production Example D1, a polymer was obtained by reacting in the same manner as in the method described in Production Example D1 above. (A) -2. When the molecular weight of the polymer (A) -2 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 22,000. <Manufacturing Example D3> ((A) Synthesis of polymer (A) -3 as polyimide precursor)) 2,2'-bistrifluoromethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl ( TFMB) was replaced by 147.8 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) of Production Example D1, and 93.0 g. Except for this, polymerization was performed by the same method as described in Production Example D1 to obtain polymerization.物 (A) -3. When the molecular weight of the polymer (A) -3 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 21,000. <Manufacturing example D4> ((A) Synthesis of polyamine polymer (A) -4) (Synthesis of phthalic acid compound capping body AIPA-MO) Put 5 into a separable flask with a volume of 5 L. -543.5 g of amino isophthalic acid {hereinafter abbreviated as AIPA}, 1700 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and mixing and heating to 50 ° C in a water bath. A solution obtained by diluting 512.0 g (3.3 mol) of 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate with 500 g of γ-butyrolactone was added dropwise thereto using a dropping funnel, and the mixture was directly stirred at 50 ° C for about 2 hours. . After confirming the completion of the reaction (the disappearance of 5-aminoisophthalic acid) by low molecular weight gel permeation chromatography {hereinafter referred to as low molecular weight GPC}, the reaction solution was poured into 15 L of ion-exchanged water and stirred, It was left to stand, and after the crystalline precipitate of the reaction product appeared, it was separated by filtration, washed with appropriate water, and then dried under vacuum at 40 ° C for 48 hours, thereby obtaining an amine group and isocyanide from 5-aminoisophthalic acid. AIPA-MO obtained by the isocyanate action of 2-methacrylic acid ethoxyethyl. The purity of the obtained low molecular weight GPC of AIPA-MO was about 100%. (Synthesis of polymer (A) -4) In a separable flask with a volume of 2 L, put the obtained AIPA-MO 100.89 g (0.3 mol), pyridine 71.2 g (0.9 mol), and GBL 400 g, and mix them. Cool to 5 ° C with an ice bath. Under ice-cooling, a solution obtained by dissolving and diluting 125.0 g (0.606 mol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) with GBL 125 g was added dropwise over about 20 minutes. Then, the solution was added dropwise over about 20 minutes. 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl {hereinafter referred to as BAPB} 103.16 g (0.28 mol) dissolved in 168 g of NMP, and maintained in an ice bath for 3 hours to less than 5 ° C, and then The ice bath was removed and stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration to obtain a reaction solution. A mixed solution of 840 g of water and 560 g of isopropyl alcohol was added dropwise to the obtained reaction solution, and the precipitated polymer was separated and redissolved in 650 g of NMP. The obtained crude polymer solution was dropped into 5 L of water to precipitate a polymer, and the obtained precipitate was separated by filtration and then vacuum-dried to obtain a powdery polymer (Polymer (A) -4). When the molecular weight of the polymer (A) -4 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 34,700. <Manufacturing Example D5> (Synthesis of polymer (A) -5 as (A) polyoxazole precursor) In a separable flask with a volume of 3 L, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4- 183.1 g of hydroxyphenyl) -hexafluoropropane, 640.9 g of N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc), and 63.3 g of pyridine were mixed and stirred at room temperature (25 ° C) to prepare a homogeneous solution. A solution obtained by dissolving 11,8.0 g of 4,4'-diphenyl ether dimethylarsine chloride in 354 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (DMDG) was added dropwise thereto using a dropping funnel. At this time, the separable flask was cooled in a water bath at 15-20 ° C. The time required for dripping was 40 minutes, and the temperature of the reaction solution was 30 ° C at the highest. 3 hours after the end of the dripping, 30.8 g (0.2 mol) of 1,2-cyclohexyl dicarboxylic anhydride was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was left to stir at room temperature for 15 hours, so that the polymer chain accounted for 99% of the total amines. The terminal group is terminated with a carboxycyclohexylamidoamine group. The reaction rate at this time can be easily calculated by tracking the remaining amount of the 1,2-cyclohexyl dicarboxylic anhydride which has been introduced by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Thereafter, the reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the polymer. The polymer was recovered, washed with appropriate water, dehydrated, and vacuum-dried to obtain gel permeation chromatography (GPC). A crude polybenzoxazole precursor having a weight average molecular weight of 9,000 (in terms of polystyrene) measured by) method. The crude polybenzoxazole precursor obtained above was re-dissolved in γ-butyrolactone (GBL), and then treated with a cation exchange resin and an anion exchange resin, and the solution thus obtained was put into ion exchanged water. The precipitated polymer was separated by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum, thereby obtaining a purified polybenzoxazole precursor (polymer (A) -5). <Manufacturing Example D6> ((A) Synthesis of Polyimide Polymer (A) -6)) A glass separable four-necked flask equipped with an anchor stirrer made of Teflon (registered trademark) was attached. Cooling tube for An-Stark separator. While the nitrogen gas was bubbled in, the flask was immersed in a silicone oil bath and stirred. Added 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane (manufactured by Clariant Japan) (hereinafter referred to as BAP) 72.28 g (280 mmol), 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydro) -3-furanyl) -3-methyl-cyclohexene-1,2 dicarboxylic anhydride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (hereinafter referred to as MCTC) 70.29 g (266 mmol), γ-butyrolactone 254.6 g, 60 g of toluene, and stirred at 100 rpm for 4 hours at room temperature, and then added 5-decene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 4.6 g (28 mmol) Heat and stir at 100 rpm in a silicon bath at 50 ° C for 8 hours while introducing nitrogen gas. Thereafter, it was heated to a temperature of 180 ° C in a silicon bath, and stirred at 100 rpm for 2 hours. The toluene and water distilled off during the reaction were removed. After the imidization reaction is completed, the temperature is returned to room temperature. Thereafter, the reaction solution was added dropwise to 3 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the polymer. The polymer was recovered, washed with appropriate water, dehydrated, and vacuum-dried to obtain gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Crude polyimide (Polymer (A) -6) having a weight average molecular weight of 23,000 (in terms of polystyrene) measured by the method. <Example D1> Using the polymers (A) -1 and (A) -2, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared by the following method, and the photosensitive resin composition was evaluated. Polymers (A) -1 50 g and (A) -2 50 g (equivalent to (A) resin), which are precursors of polyimide, and N-phenylbenzylamine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) , Equivalent to (B) -1) 3 g, 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2- (O-ethoxycarbonyl) -oxime (denoted as "PDO" in Table 4) (equivalent to (C) Photosensitizer) 4 g, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate 8 g, and 1.5 g of N- [3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl] xylylenediamine were dissolved together A mixed solvent of 80 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (hereinafter referred to as NMP) and 20 g of ethyl lactate. The viscosity of the obtained solution was adjusted to about 35 poise by further adding a small amount of the above-mentioned mixed solvent to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition. The composition was cured at 230 ° C. to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer by the method described above. After a high temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 4.5% was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D2> In the above Example D1, the component (B) was changed to N, N'-diphenylethane-1,2-diamine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example D1. The composition was cured at 230 ° C. to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer by the method described above. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 4.2% was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D3> In the above-mentioned Example D1, except that the component (B) was changed to the third butyl phenyl carbamate (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), the same method as in Example D1 was used. A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared. The composition was cured at 230 ° C. to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer by the method described above. After a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a 5.1% result was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D4> In the above Example D1, except that the component (B) was changed to (3-hydroxyphenyl) amino formic acid tertiary butyl ester (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), it was implemented by In Example D1, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 230 ° C by the method described above, and after performing a high temperature storage test, the area ratio of the voids to the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.8% was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D5> In the above Example D1, the component (B) was changed to 2-hydroxy-N- (1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl) benzamide (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) Except for Adekastab CDA-1), a negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example D1. The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 4.8% was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D6> In the above Example D1, the component (B) was changed to 2- (2H-benzo [d] [1,2,3] triazol-2-yl) -4- (2,4, Except for 4-trimethylpentane-2-yl) phenol (Adekastab LA-29, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), a negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example D1. The composition was cured at 230 ° C. to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer by the method described above. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 4.2% was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D7> In the above Example D1, the component (B) was changed to (4-((1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl) methyl) phenyl) methanol (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd.), except that a negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example D1. For the composition, a cured relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 230 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated to obtain a result of 6.1%. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D8> A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example D1, except that the addition amount of the component (B) -1 was changed to 1 g in Example D1. The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 8.5% was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D9> In Example D1 described above, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example D1, except that the addition amount of the component (B) -1 was changed to 6 g. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was formed on the Cu layer by curing at 230 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 4.9% was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D10> In Example D1 described above, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example D1, except that the addition amount of the component (B) -1 was changed to 10 g. The composition was cured at 230 ° C by the above method to produce a hardened relief pattern on the Cu layer. After a high-temperature storage test was performed, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.0% was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D11> In Example D1, except that the curing temperature was changed from 230 ° C to 350 ° C, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example D1. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 6.1% was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D12> In the above-mentioned Example D1, as the (A) resin, the polymer (A) -1 50 g and the polymer (A) -2 50 g were changed to the polymer (A) -1 100 g. (C) The component is changed from PDO to 1,2-octanedione-1- {4- (phenylthio) -2- (O-benzylidene oxime)} (Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF, trade name) )) Except for 2.5 g, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example D1. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.8% was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D13> In the above Example D12, a negative-type photosensitive resin was prepared in the same manner as in Example D12, except that the solvent was changed to 85 g of γ-butyrolactone and 15 g of dimethylsulfinium. Composition solution. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 5.4% was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D14> In the above-mentioned Example D1, as the (A) resin, the polymer (A) -1 50 g and the polymer (A) -2 50 g were changed to the polymer (A) -3 100 g. A negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example D1, except that the curing temperature was changed from 230 ° C to 350 ° C. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 7.2% was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D15> In the above-mentioned Example D1, as the (A) resin, the polymer (A) -1 50 g and the polymer (A) -2 50 g were changed to the polymer (A) -4 100 g. Other than that, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example D1. For this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio occupied by the voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 4.9% was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D16> Using the polymer (A) -5, a positive-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared by the following method, and the prepared photosensitive resin composition was evaluated. A polymer (A) -5 100 g (corresponding to (A) resin) as a polyoxazole precursor and the following formula (96): 77 g of the indicated phenolic hydroxyl group was photosensitized by the naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonic acid diazoquinone compound (manufactured by Toyo Gosei, equivalent to component (C)) 15 g (C1) dissolved in γ -100 g of butyrolactone (as solvent). The viscosity of the obtained solution was adjusted to about 20 poise by further adding a small amount of γ-butyrolactone to prepare a positive-type photosensitive resin composition. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 350 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids on the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a result of 6.9% was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Example D17> In the above-mentioned Example D16, the polymer (A) -5 100 g was changed to the polymer (A) -6 100 g as the resin (A), except that it was the same as in Example D12. In this manner, a positive-type photosensitive resin composition solution was prepared. With respect to this composition, a hardened relief pattern was produced on the Cu layer by curing at 250 ° C. by the method described above, and after performing a high-temperature storage test, the area ratio of voids to the surface of the Cu layer was evaluated, and a 6.0% result was obtained. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Comparative example D1> Except that component (B) -1 was not added to the composition of Example D1, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example D1, and was performed in the same manner as in Example D1. The same evaluation. Since the component (B) of the present invention was not included, the evaluation result was 15.2%. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Comparative example D2> Except that component (B) -1 was not added to the composition of Example D15, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example D15, and was performed in the same manner as in Example D15. The same evaluation. Since the component (B) of the present invention was not included, the evaluation result was 14.3%. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Comparative example D3> Except that component (B) -1 was not added to the composition of Example D13, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example D13, and was performed in the same manner as in Example D13. The same evaluation. Since the component (B) of the present invention was not contained, the evaluation result was 15.7%. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Comparative example D4> Except that component (B) -1 was not added to the composition of Example D17, a positive-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example D17, and was performed in the same manner as in Example D17. The same evaluation. Since the component (B) of the present invention was not included, the evaluation result was 16.3%. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was within 10%. <Comparative Example D5> A negative-type photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example D1, except that the amount of component (B) -1 was changed to 25 g in the composition of Example D1, and The same evaluation as in Example D1 was performed. The evaluation result was 7.2%. The viscosity change rate of the obtained varnish after the storage stability test was 10% or more. The results of Examples D1 to 17 and Comparative Examples D1 to 5 are summarized in Table 4. [表 1] Table 1 [表 2] Table 2 [表 3] Table 3 [表 4] Table 4 [Industrial Applicability] The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be preferably used in the field of photosensitive materials useful for the manufacture of electrical and electronic materials such as semiconductor devices and multilayer wiring boards.

Claims (7)

一種感光性樹脂組合物,其包含:(A)選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺酸鹽、聚羥基醯胺、聚胺基醯胺、聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、聚苯并唑、以及酚醛清漆、聚羥基苯乙烯及酚樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種樹脂:100質量份;(B)選自下述通式(B-1):{式中,Rq1表示由碳原子、氫原子所形成之碳數1~10之有機基}、下述通式(B-2):{式中,Rq2表示選自羥基、碳數1~10之烷基或烷氧基中之有機基,Rq3表示氫原子或碳數1~10之烷基,ll表示選自1~10之整數}、及下述通式(B-3):{式中,Rq4、Rq5分別表示選自羥基、碳數1~10之烷基或烷氧基中之有機基,XS表示碳數1~10之2價之烴基,mm、nn分別表示選自1~10之整數}中之至少一種化合物:以上述(A)樹脂100質量份為基準計0.01~10質量份;以及(C)感光劑:以上述(A)樹脂100質量份為基準計1~50質量份。A photosensitive resin composition comprising: (A) selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamidate, polyamidate, polyhydroxyamidoamine, polyamidoamine, polyamidoamine, polyamidoamine Peryleneimine, polyimide, polybenzo Azole, and at least one resin in the group consisting of novolac, polyhydroxystyrene, and phenol resin: 100 parts by mass; (B) selected from the following general formula (B-1): {In the formula, R q1 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms formed by a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom}, and the following general formula (B-2): {In the formula, R q2 represents an organic group selected from a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group, R q3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and ll represents one selected from 1 to 10 An integer}, and the following general formula (B-3): {In the formula, R q4 and R q5 respectively represent an organic group selected from a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group, X S represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and mm and nn are respectively Represents at least one compound selected from the integers 1 to 10: 0.01 to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the above (A) resin; and (C) photosensitizer: based on 100 parts by mass of the (A) resin as 1 to 50 parts by mass. 如請求項1之感光性樹脂組合物,其中上述(A)樹脂為選自由包含下述通式(1)之聚醯亞胺前驅物、包含下述通式(4)之聚醯胺、包含下述通式(5)之聚唑前驅物、包含下述通式(6)之聚醯亞胺、以及酚醛清漆、聚羥基苯乙烯及包含下述通式(7)之酚樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種,下述通式(1)為{式中,X1為4價之有機基,Y1為2價之有機基,n1為2~150之整數,並且R1及R2分別獨立為氫原子、碳數1~30之飽和脂肪族基、芳香族基、或下述通式(2):(式中,R3、R4及R5分別獨立為氫原子或碳數1~3之有機基,並且m1為2~10之整數)所表示之1價之有機基、或碳數1~4之飽和脂肪族基、或下述通式(3):(式中,R6、R7及R8分別獨立為氫原子或碳數1~3之有機基,並且m2為2~10之整數)所表示之一價之銨離子}所表示之作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯或聚醯胺酸鹽,下述通式(4)為具有{式中,X2為碳數6~15之3價之有機基,Y2為碳數6~35之2價之有機基,且可為同一結構或具有複數種結構,R9為具有至少一個碳數3~20之自由基聚合性之不飽和鍵結基的有機基,並且n2為1~1000之整數}所表示之結構之聚醯胺,下述通式(5)為具有{式中,Y3為具有碳原子之4價之有機基,Y4、X3及X4分別獨立為具有2個以上之碳原子之2價之有機基,n3為1~1000之整數,n4為0~500之整數,n3/(n3+n4)>0.5,並且包含X3及Y3之n3個二羥基二醯胺單元以及包含X4及Y4之n4個二醯胺單元之排列順序為任意}所表示之結構之作為聚唑前驅物之聚羥基醯胺,下述通式(6)為具有{式中,X5為4~14價之有機基,Y5為2~12價之有機基,R10及R11分別獨立地表示具有至少一個選自酚性羥基、磺酸基或硫醇基中之基的有機基,n5為3~200之整數,並且m3及m4表示0~10之整數}所表示之結構之聚醯亞胺,並且下述通式(7)為{式中,a為1~3之整數,b為0~3之整數,1≦(a+b)≦4,R12表示選自由碳數1~20之1價之有機基、鹵素原子、硝基及氰基所組成之群中之1價之取代基,於b為2或3之情形時,複數個R12相互可相同或亦可不同,X表示選自由可具有不飽和鍵之碳數2~10之2價之脂肪族基、碳數3~20之2價之脂環式基、下述通式(8):-CpH2pO- (8)(式中,p為1~10之整數)所表示之2價之伸烷氧基、及具有碳數6~12之芳香族環之2價之有機基所組成之群中之2價之有機基}所表示之酚樹脂。The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the (A) resin is selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor containing the following general formula (1), a polyfluoride containing the following general formula (4), Polymerization of the following general formula (5) An azole precursor, a polyimide comprising the following general formula (6), and at least one of the group consisting of a novolac, a polyhydroxystyrene, and a phenol resin containing the following general formula (7). Equation (1) is {In the formula, X 1 is a tetravalent organic group, Y 1 is a divalent organic group, n 1 is an integer of 2 to 150, and R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom and a saturated carbon number of 1 to 30. Aliphatic group, aromatic group, or the following general formula (2): (Wherein R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m 1 is an integer of 2 to 10) a monovalent organic group represented by 1 or a carbon number 1 ~ 4 saturated aliphatic group, or the following general formula (3): (Wherein R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m 2 is an integer of 2 to 10). The polyamidate precursor, polyamidate, polyamidate, or polyamidate, has the following general formula (4): {Wherein X 2 is a trivalent organic group having 6 to 15 carbons, Y 2 is a divalent organic group having 6 to 35 carbons, and may be the same structure or have a plurality of structures, and R 9 is a compound having at least A polyamine having a structure of a radically polymerizable unsaturated bond having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and n 2 is an integer of 1 to 1,000}. The following general formula (5) is {In the formula, Y 3 is a tetravalent organic group having a carbon atom, Y 4 , X 3, and X 4 are each independently a divalent organic group having two or more carbon atoms, and n 3 is an integer from 1 to 1000. , N 4 is an integer from 0 to 500, n 3 / (n 3 + n 4 )> 0.5, and includes n 3 dihydroxydiamine units of X 3 and Y 3 and n 4 of X 4 and Y 4 The order of the diamine units is arbitrary. The polyhydroxyamidoamine of the azole precursor has the following general formula (6): {In the formula, X 5 is a 4- to 14-valent organic group, Y 5 is a 2- to 12-valent organic group, and R 10 and R 11 each independently have at least one selected from a phenolic hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a thiol. In the organic group of the group, n 5 is an integer of 3 to 200, and m 3 and m 4 represent integers of 0 to 10}, and polyimide having a structure represented by}, and the following general formula (7) is {In the formula, a is an integer of 1 to 3, b is an integer of 0 to 3, 1 ≦ (a + b) ≦ 4, and R 12 represents a monovalent organic group selected from a carbon number of 1 to 20, a halogen atom, In the case of a monovalent substituent in a group consisting of a nitro group and a cyano group, when b is 2 or 3, a plurality of R 12 may be the same as or different from each other, and X represents a group selected from carbons which may have an unsaturated bond. Divalent aliphatic group of 2 to 10, divalent alicyclic group of 3 to 20 carbons, and the following general formula (8): -C p H 2p O- (8) (where p is An integer of 1 to 10), a divalent alkoxy group represented by a divalent alkoxy group, and a divalent organic group of the group consisting of a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms; a phenol represented by a divalent organic group} Resin. 如請求項2之感光性樹脂組合物,其中上述感光性樹脂組合物包含具有上述通式(7)所表示之重複單元之酚樹脂,上述通式(7)中之X為選自由下述通式(9):{式中,R13、R14、R15及R16分別獨立為氫原子、碳數1~10之1價之脂肪族基、或氫原子之一部分或全部被取代為氟原子而成之碳數1~10之1價之脂肪族基,n6為0~4之整數,且n6為1~4之整數之情形時之R17為鹵素原子、羥基、或碳數1~12之1價之有機基,至少1個R17為羥基,n6為2~4之整數之情形時之複數個R17相互可相同或亦可不同}所表示之2價之基、及下述通式(10):{式中,R18、R19、R20及R21分別獨立表示氫原子、碳數1~10之1價之脂肪族基、或氫原子之一部分或全部被取代為氟原子而成之碳數1~10之1價之脂肪族基,W為單鍵、選自由可經氟原子取代之碳數1~10之脂肪族基、可經氟原子取代之碳數3~20之脂環式基、下述通式(8):-CpH2pO- (8)(式中,p為1~10之整數)所表示之2價之伸烷氧基、及下述式(11):所表示之2價之基所組成之群中之2價之基}所表示之2價之基所組成之群中之2價之有機基。The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 2, wherein the photosensitive resin composition includes a phenol resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (7), and X in the general formula (7) is selected from the following general formula: Equation (9): {In the formula, R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a carbon in which a part or all of a hydrogen atom is replaced with a fluorine atom A monovalent aliphatic group having a number of 1 to 10, where n 6 is an integer of 0 to 4, and when n 6 is an integer of 1 to 4, R 17 is a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a carbon number of 1 to 12 Valent organic group, at least one R 17 is a hydroxyl group, and a plurality of R 17 when n 6 is an integer of 2 to 4 may be the same as or different from each other} The divalent group represented by} and the following general formula (10): {In the formula, R 18 , R 19 , R 20 and R 21 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a carbon in which a part or all of a hydrogen atom is replaced with a fluorine atom A monovalent aliphatic group having a number of 1 to 10, W is a single bond, selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 that may be substituted by a fluorine atom, and an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20 that may be substituted by a fluorine atom Group, the following general formula (8): a divalent alkoxy group represented by -C p H 2p O- (8) (wherein p is an integer of 1 to 10), and the following formula (11) : The divalent base in the group consisting of the divalent base represented} the divalent organic group in the group consisting of the divalent base represented by the divalent base}. 如請求項1至3中任一項之感光性樹脂組合物,其中(B)為下述通式(B-1),{式中,Rq1表示由碳原子、氫原子所形成之碳數1~10之有機基}。The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein (B) is the following general formula (B-1), {In the formula, R q1 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms formed by a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom}. 一種硬化浮凸圖案之製造方法,其包括:(1)藉由於基板上塗佈如請求項1至4中任一項之感光性樹脂組合物而於上述基板上形成感光性樹脂層之步驟;(2)對上述感光性樹脂層進行曝光之步驟;(3)將上述曝光後之感光性樹脂層進行顯影而形成浮凸圖案之步驟;及(4)藉由對上述浮凸圖案進行加熱處理而形成硬化浮凸圖案之步驟。A method for manufacturing a hardened relief pattern, comprising: (1) forming a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate by coating the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4 on the substrate; (2) a step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer; (3) a step of developing the embossed pattern by developing the photosensitive resin layer after the exposure; and (4) heat-treating the embossed pattern The step of forming a hardened relief pattern. 如請求項5之方法,其中上述基板係由銅或銅合金形成。The method of claim 5, wherein the substrate is formed of copper or a copper alloy. 一種半導體裝置,其包含藉由如請求項5或6之製造方法所獲得之硬化浮凸圖案。A semiconductor device including a hardened relief pattern obtained by a manufacturing method as claimed in claim 5 or 6.
TW107112595A 2016-04-14 2017-03-30 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, and semiconductor device TWI666233B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP??2016-081114 2016-04-14
JP2016081114 2016-04-14
JP??2016-082965 2016-04-18
JP2016083018 2016-04-18
JP2016082965 2016-04-18
JP??2016-083018 2016-04-18
JP2016083889 2016-04-19
JP??2016-083889 2016-04-19

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201825557A TW201825557A (en) 2018-07-16
TWI666233B true TWI666233B (en) 2019-07-21

Family

ID=60156054

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111139414A TW202305039A (en) 2016-04-14 2017-03-30 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern and semiconductor device
TW108121559A TWI782214B (en) 2016-04-14 2017-03-30 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, and semiconductor device
TW106110714A TWI662365B (en) 2016-04-14 2017-03-30 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, and semiconductor device
TW107112595A TWI666233B (en) 2016-04-14 2017-03-30 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, and semiconductor device

Family Applications Before (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111139414A TW202305039A (en) 2016-04-14 2017-03-30 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern and semiconductor device
TW108121559A TWI782214B (en) 2016-04-14 2017-03-30 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, and semiconductor device
TW106110714A TWI662365B (en) 2016-04-14 2017-03-30 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, and semiconductor device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (3) JP6947519B2 (en)
TW (4) TW202305039A (en)

Families Citing this family (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019003913A1 (en) * 2017-06-30 2019-01-03 住友ベークライト株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, resin film, and electronic device
CN111902457B (en) * 2018-03-28 2023-03-28 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Polyimide resin, polyimide varnish, and polyimide film
JP7351637B2 (en) * 2018-05-29 2023-09-27 旭化成株式会社 Resin composition and method for producing cured film
JP7210588B2 (en) * 2018-07-31 2023-01-23 旭化成株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, and method for producing polyimide and cured relief pattern using the same
WO2020079772A1 (en) * 2018-10-17 2020-04-23 日立化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, patterned cured film and method for producing same, semiconductor device and electronic device
JP7241502B2 (en) * 2018-10-18 2023-03-17 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern
JP7219654B2 (en) * 2019-03-28 2023-02-08 東京応化工業株式会社 Composition and method for forming insulation
CN111848954B (en) * 2019-04-25 2023-10-17 北京鼎材科技有限公司 Modified polyimide precursor resin, photosensitive resin composition and application thereof
JP7319381B2 (en) * 2019-10-18 2023-08-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Negative curable composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
KR20220108029A (en) * 2019-11-29 2022-08-02 에이치디 마이크로시스템즈 가부시키가이샤 Resin composition, manufacturing method of cured product, cured product, cover coat layer, surface protective film and electronic component
JP7451969B2 (en) 2019-11-29 2024-03-19 Hdマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Resin composition, method for producing cured product, cured product, cover coat layer, surface protective film, and electronic components
JP7451970B2 (en) 2019-11-29 2024-03-19 Hdマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Resin composition, method for producing cured product, cured product, cover coat layer, surface protective film, and electronic components
JP7488659B2 (en) * 2020-01-30 2024-05-22 旭化成株式会社 Negative-type photosensitive resin composition, and method for producing polyimide and cured relief pattern using the same
TWI827901B (en) * 2020-01-29 2024-01-01 日商旭化成股份有限公司 Negative photosensitive resin composition, polyimide and hardened relief pattern manufacturing method using the same
JP7443970B2 (en) 2020-07-22 2024-03-06 Hdマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, method for producing patterned cured product, and electronic components
KR20220015327A (en) * 2020-07-30 2022-02-08 주식회사 엘지화학 Binder resin, positive-type photosensitive resin composition, insulating film and semiconductor device
TW202224929A (en) * 2020-12-25 2022-07-01 律勝科技股份有限公司 Laminate and manufacturing method thereof
TWI817316B (en) * 2021-01-12 2023-10-01 日商旭化成股份有限公司 Polyimide precursor resin composition and manufacturing method thereof
CN114805794B (en) * 2022-03-31 2023-08-29 金发科技股份有限公司 Application of compound in improving molecular weight of nylon
WO2024095573A1 (en) * 2022-11-02 2024-05-10 Hdマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Polyimide precursor and resin composition
CN116874703B (en) * 2023-09-08 2023-12-08 西南石油大学 Photoresponse benzoxazine material and preparation method thereof

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201011466A (en) * 2008-05-29 2010-03-16 Asahi Kasei E Materials Corp Photosensitive resin composition, process for producing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device
TW201140242A (en) * 2010-02-16 2011-11-16 Asahi Kasei E Materials Corp Negative photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device
TW201211686A (en) * 2010-08-05 2012-03-16 Asahi Kasei E Materials Corp Photosensitive resin composition, fabrication method of cured relief pattern and semiconductor device

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100995620B1 (en) 2006-04-28 2010-11-22 아사히 가세이 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive film
JP5571990B2 (en) * 2009-06-04 2014-08-13 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured relief pattern forming / manufacturing method, and semiconductor device
TWI481657B (en) 2010-09-15 2015-04-21 Asahi Kasei E Materials Corp A phenol resin composition and a hardened embossed pattern, and a method for manufacturing the semiconductor
JP6108869B2 (en) * 2013-02-22 2017-04-05 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device
JP6116954B2 (en) * 2013-03-22 2017-04-19 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing cured relief pattern
JP2015147907A (en) * 2014-02-07 2015-08-20 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Resin composition, method of producing cured film using resin composition and electronic component
CN106104381B (en) * 2014-03-17 2019-12-13 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201011466A (en) * 2008-05-29 2010-03-16 Asahi Kasei E Materials Corp Photosensitive resin composition, process for producing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device
TW201140242A (en) * 2010-02-16 2011-11-16 Asahi Kasei E Materials Corp Negative photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device
TW201211686A (en) * 2010-08-05 2012-03-16 Asahi Kasei E Materials Corp Photosensitive resin composition, fabrication method of cured relief pattern and semiconductor device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201740199A (en) 2017-11-16
TW202305039A (en) 2023-02-01
JP7293299B2 (en) 2023-06-19
TWI662365B (en) 2019-06-11
JP6947519B2 (en) 2021-10-13
TWI782214B (en) 2022-11-01
TW201936722A (en) 2019-09-16
JP2022008428A (en) 2022-01-13
TW201825557A (en) 2018-07-16
JP2017194677A (en) 2017-10-26
JP2023111975A (en) 2023-08-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI666233B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, and semiconductor device
JP6878515B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device
JP7408599B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing cured relief pattern
JP2024043132A (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing cured relief pattern